This is a modern-English version of On Liberty, originally written by Mill, John Stuart. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.



On Freedom. By John Stuart Mill.

With an Introduction by
W. L. Courtney, LL.D.

With an Introduction by
W. L. Courtney, LL.D.

 

The Walter Scott Publishing Co., Ltd.
London and Felling-on-Tyne
New York and Melbourne

The Walter Scott Publishing Co., Ltd.
London and Felling-on-Tyne
New York and Melbourne


To the beloved and deplored memory of her who was the inspirer, and in part the author, of all that is best in my writings—the friend and wife whose exalted sense of truth and right was my strongest incitement, and whose approbation was my chief reward—I dedicate this volume. Like all that I have written for many years, it belongs as much to her as to me; but the work as it stands has had, in a very insufficient degree, the inestimable advantage of her revision; some of the most important portions having been reserved for a more careful re-examination, which they are now never destined to receive. Were I but capable of interpreting to the world one-half the great thoughts and noble feelings which are buried in her grave, I should be the medium of a greater benefit to it than is ever likely to arise from anything that I can write, unprompted and unassisted by her all but unrivalled wisdom.

To the cherished and mourned memory of the one who inspired, and partly authored, all that is best in my writings—the friend and wife whose profound sense of truth and justice was my greatest motivation, and whose approval was my main reward—I dedicate this book. Like everything I’ve written for many years, it belongs as much to her as to me; however, this work has only had a very limited benefit from her review. Some of the most important parts were set aside for a more thorough examination, which they will never receive now. If only I could express to the world even half of the great thoughts and noble feelings that lie in her grave, I would be able to offer greater value than anything I could write on my own, without her nearly unparalleled wisdom.


INTRO. I.

John Stuart Mill was born on 20th May 1806. He was a delicate child, and the extraordinary education designed by his father was not calculated to develop and improve his physical powers. "I never was a boy," he says; "never played cricket." His exercise was taken in the form of walks with his father, during which the elder Mill lectured his son and examined him on his work. It is idle to speculate on the possible results of a different treatment. Mill remained delicate throughout his life, but was endowed with that intense mental energy which is so often combined with physical weakness. His youth was sacrificed to an idea; he was designed by his father to carry on his work; the individuality of the boy was unimportant. A visit to the south of France at the age of fourteen, in company with the family of General Sir Samuel Bentham, was[Pg viii] not without its influence. It was a glimpse of another atmosphere, though the studious habits of his home life were maintained. Moreover, he derived from it his interest in foreign politics, which remained one of his characteristics to the end of his life. In 1823 he was appointed junior clerk in the Examiners' Office at the India House.

John Stuart Mill was born on May 20, 1806. He was a frail child, and the extraordinary education his father designed didn’t help to develop his physical abilities. "I was never a boy," he said; "I never played cricket." His exercise consisted of walks with his father, during which the elder Mill would lecture his son and quiz him on his studies. It's pointless to wonder what might have happened with different treatment. Mill remained fragile throughout his life, but he was gifted with that intense mental energy that often comes with physical weakness. His youth was sacrificed for a purpose; his father intended for him to continue his work, and the boy's individuality was considered unimportant. A trip to southern France at the age of fourteen, alongside the family of General Sir Samuel Bentham, had some impact on him. It offered a glimpse of a different atmosphere, even though his studious home habits were upheld. Additionally, he developed an interest in foreign politics from this experience, which stayed with him for his entire life. In 1823, he was appointed as a junior clerk in the Examiners' Office at the India House.

Mill's first essays were written in the Traveller about a year before he entered the India House. From that time forward his literary work was uninterrupted save by attacks of illness. His industry was stupendous. He wrote articles on an infinite variety of subjects, political, metaphysical, philosophic, religious, poetical. He discovered Tennyson for his generation, he influenced the writing of Carlyle's French Revolution as well as its success. And all the while he was engaged in studying and preparing for his more ambitious works, while he rose step by step at the India Office. His Essays on Unsettled Questions in Political Economy were written in 1831, although they did not appear until thirteen years later. His System of Logic, the design of which was even then fashioning itself in his brain, took thirteen years to complete, and was actually published[Pg ix] before the Political Economy. In 1844 appeared the article on Michelet, which its author anticipated would cause some discussion, but which did not create the sensation he expected. Next year there were the "Claims of Labour" and "Guizot," and in 1847 his articles on Irish affairs in the Morning Chronicle. These years were very much influenced by his friendship and correspondence with Comte, a curious comradeship between men of such different temperament. In 1848 Mill published his Political Economy, to which he had given his serious study since the completion of his Logic. His articles and reviews, though they involved a good deal of work—as, for instance, the re-perusal of the Iliad and the Odyssey in the original before reviewing Grote's Greece—were recreation to the student. The year 1856 saw him head of the Examiners' Office in the India House, and another two years brought the end of his official work, owing to the transfer of India to the Crown. In the same year his wife died. Liberty was published shortly after, as well as the Thoughts on Parliamentary Reform, and no year passed without Mill making important contributions on the political, philosophical, and ethical questions of the day.

Mill's first essays were published in the Traveller about a year before he started working at the India House. After that, his writing continued without interruption, except for periods of illness. His work ethic was incredible. He wrote articles on a huge range of topics—political, metaphysical, philosophical, religious, and poetic. He introduced Tennyson to his generation and influenced the writing and success of Carlyle's French Revolution. All the while, he was studying and preparing for his more ambitious projects while steadily advancing at the India Office. His Essays on Unsettled Questions in Political Economy were written in 1831 but weren’t published until thirteen years later. His System of Logic, which he had been conceptualizing for some time, took thirteen years to finish and was actually published[Pg ix] before the Political Economy. In 1844, he published an article on Michelet, which he thought would spark some debate, but it didn’t create the buzz he anticipated. The following year included "Claims of Labour" and "Guizot," and in 1847, he wrote articles on Irish issues for the Morning Chronicle. These years were greatly influenced by his friendship and correspondence with Comte, a fascinating bond between two men of such different personalities. In 1848, Mill published his Political Economy, which he had been seriously studying since finishing his Logic. His articles and reviews, though requiring significant effort—like rereading the Iliad and the Odyssey in the original before reviewing Grote's Greece—were a form of relaxation for him as a student. In 1856, he became head of the Examiners' Office at the India House, and two years later, his official work ended due to the transfer of India to the Crown. That same year, his wife passed away. Liberty was published shortly after, along with Thoughts on Parliamentary Reform, and he continued to make significant contributions on the political, philosophical, and ethical issues of the day every year.

Seven years after the death of his wife, Mill was invited to contest Westminster. His feeling on the conduct of elections made him refuse to take any personal action in the matter, and he gave the frankest expression to his political views, but nevertheless he was elected by a large majority. He was not a conventional success in the House; as a speaker he lacked magnetism. But his influence was widely felt. "For the sake of the House of Commons at large," said Mr. Gladstone, "I rejoiced in his advent and deplored his disappearance. He did us all good." After only three years in Parliament, he was defeated at the next General Election by Mr. W. H. Smith. He retired to Avignon, to the pleasant little house where the happiest years of his life had been spent in the companionship of his wife, and continued his disinterested labours. He completed his edition of his father's Analysis of the Mind, and also produced, in addition to less important work, The Subjection of Women, in which he had the active co-operation of his step-daughter. A book on Socialism was under consideration, but, like an earlier study of Sociology, it never was written. He died in 1873, his last years being spent peacefully in the pleasant society of his[Pg xi] step-daughter, from whose tender care and earnest intellectual sympathy he caught maybe a far-off reflection of the light which had irradiated his spiritual life.

Seven years after his wife's death, Mill was invited to run for Westminster. His feelings about how elections were conducted led him to refuse to take any personal action on the matter. He openly expressed his political views, yet he was elected by a large majority. He wasn't a typical success in the House; as a speaker, he lacked charisma. But his influence was widely acknowledged. "For the sake of the House of Commons as a whole," said Mr. Gladstone, "I was glad he came and sorry to see him go. He benefited us all." After just three years in Parliament, he lost at the next General Election to Mr. W. H. Smith. He retired to Avignon, to the charming little house where he had spent the happiest years of his life with his wife, and continued his selfless work. He finished his edition of his father's Analysis of the Mind, and also produced, alongside other less significant work, The Subjection of Women, in which he had the active collaboration of his step-daughter. A book on Socialism was being considered, but like an earlier study of Sociology, it was never completed. He passed away in 1873, spending his last years peacefully in the enjoyable company of his[Pg xi] step-daughter, from whose caring support and genuine intellectual companionship he perhaps caught a distant reflection of the light that had illuminated his spiritual life.

II.

The circumstances under which John Stuart Mill wrote his Liberty are largely connected with the influence which Mrs. Taylor wielded over his career. The dedication is well known. It contains the most extraordinary panegyric on a woman that any philosopher has ever penned. "Were I but capable of interpreting to the world one-half the great thoughts and noble feelings which are buried in her grave, I should be the medium of a greater benefit to it than is ever likely to arise from anything that I can write, unprompted and unassisted by her all but unrivalled wisdom." It is easy for the ordinary worldly cynicism to curl a sceptical lip over sentences like these. There may be exaggeration of sentiment, the necessary and inevitable reaction of a man who was trained according to the "dry light" of so unimpressionable a man as James Mill, the father; but the passage quoted is not the only one in which John Stuart Mill proclaims his unhesitating[Pg xii] belief in the intellectual influence of his wife. The treatise on Liberty was written especially under her authority and encouragement, but there are many earlier references to the power which she exercised over his mind. Mill was introduced to her as early as 1831, at a dinner-party at Mr. Taylor's house, where were present, amongst others, Roebuck, W. J. Fox, and Miss Harriet Martineau. The acquaintance rapidly ripened into intimacy and the intimacy into friendship, and Mill was never weary of expatiating on all the advantages of so singular a relationship. In some of the presentation copies of his work on Political Economy, he wrote the following dedication:—"To Mrs. John Taylor, who, of all persons known to the author, is the most highly qualified either to originate or to appreciate speculation on social advancement, this work is with the highest respect and esteem dedicated." An article on the enfranchisement of women was made the occasion for another encomium. We shall hardly be wrong in attributing a much later book, The Subjection of Women, published in 1869, to the influence wielded by Mrs. Taylor. Finally, the pages of the Autobiography ring with the dithyrambic praise of his "almost infallible counsellor."

The circumstances under which John Stuart Mill wrote his Liberty are closely tied to the impact that Mrs. Taylor had on his career. The dedication is well-known. It includes one of the most remarkable praises of a woman that any philosopher has ever written. "If I could only convey to the world even half of the great thoughts and noble feelings that are buried in her grave, I would provide a greater benefit than anything I could write without her unmatched wisdom." It's easy for the average cynic to dismiss statements like these. There might be some exaggeration, a natural reaction from a man trained under the "dry light" of his father, James Mill, who was quite unmovable. However, this quote isn't the only one where John Stuart Mill openly expresses his unwavering belief in his wife's intellectual influence. The treatise on Liberty was specifically written under her guidance and encouragement, but there are numerous earlier mentions of the impact she had on his thinking. Mill met her as early as 1831 at a dinner party at Mr. Taylor's house, where guests included Roebuck, W. J. Fox, and Miss Harriet Martineau. Their acquaintance quickly developed into closeness, and that closeness grew into a strong friendship. Mill constantly highlighted the benefits of such a unique relationship. In several presentation copies of his work on Political Economy, he included the following dedication: "To Mrs. John Taylor, who, above all others known to the author, is the most qualified to either originate or appreciate ideas on social progress, this work is dedicated with the highest respect and esteem." An article on women's suffrage also led to another tribute. We can probably attribute a much later book, The Subjection of Women, published in 1869, to Mrs. Taylor's influence. Ultimately, the pages of the Autobiography resonate with his enthusiastic praise of his "almost infallible counselor."

The facts of this remarkable intimacy can easily be stated. The deductions are more difficult. There is no question that Mill's infatuation was the cause of considerable trouble to his acquaintances and friends. His father openly taxed him with being in love with another man's wife. Roebuck, Mrs. Grote, Mrs. Austin, Miss Harriet Martineau were amongst those who suffered because they made some allusion to a forbidden subject. Mrs. Taylor lived with her daughter in a lodging in the country; but in 1851 her husband died, and then Mill made her his wife. Opinions were widely divergent as to her merits; but every one agreed that up to the time of her death, in 1858, Mill was wholly lost to his friends. George Mill, one of Mill's younger brothers, gave it as his opinion that she was a clever and remarkable woman, but "nothing like what John took her to be." Carlyle, in his reminiscences, described her with ambiguous epithets. She was "vivid," "iridescent," "pale and passionate and sad-looking, a living-romance heroine of the royalist volition and questionable destiny." It is not possible to make much of a judgment like this, but we get on more certain ground when we discover that Mrs. Carlyle said on one occasion[Pg xiv] that "she is thought to be dangerous," and that Carlyle added that she was worse than dangerous, she was patronising. The occasion when Mill and his wife were brought into close contact with the Carlyles is well known. The manuscript of the first volume of the French Revolution had been lent to Mill, and was accidentally burnt by Mrs. Mill's servant. Mill and his wife drove up to Carlyle's door, the wife speechless, the husband so full of conversation that he detained Carlyle with desperate attempts at loquacity for two hours. But Dr. Garnett tells us, in his Life of Carlyle, that Mill made a substantial reparation for the calamity for which he was responsible by inducing the aggrieved author to accept half of the £200 which he offered. Mrs. Mill, as I have said, died in 1858, after seven years of happy companionship with her husband, and was buried at Avignon. The inscription which Mill wrote for her grave is too characteristic to be omitted:—"Her great and loving heart, her noble soul, her clear, powerful, original, and comprehensive intellect, made her the guide and support, the instructor in wisdom and the example in goodness, as she was the sole earthly delight of those who had the happiness to belong to her. As earnest for[Pg xv] all public good as she was generous and devoted to all who surrounded her, her influence has been felt in many of the greatest improvements of the age, and will be in those still to come. Were there even a few hearts and intellects like hers, this earth would already become the hoped-for Heaven." These lines prove the intensity of Mill's feeling, which is not afraid of abundant verbiage; but they also prove that he could not imagine what the effect would be on others, and, as Grote said, only Mill's reputation could survive these and similar displays.

The details of this intense relationship are straightforward to outline, but drawing conclusions is more complex. There's no doubt that Mill's obsession caused a lot of trouble for his friends and acquaintances. His father openly accused him of being in love with another man's wife. Roebuck, Mrs. Grote, Mrs. Austin, and Miss Harriet Martineau were among those who were affected because they mentioned a taboo topic. Mrs. Taylor lived with her daughter in a country lodging; however, after her husband died in 1851, Mill married her. Opinions about her were quite different; still, everyone agreed that until her death in 1858, Mill was completely absorbed in her. George Mill, one of Mill's younger brothers, believed she was a clever and remarkable woman, but "nothing like what John thought she was." Carlyle, in his reflections, described her with vague terms. She was "vivid," "iridescent," "pale and passionate and sad-looking, like a living romance heroine with royal ambitions and a questionable fate." It's hard to make a definitive judgment on that comment, but we get a clearer picture when we learn that Mrs. Carlyle once declared[Pg xiv] that "she is considered to be dangerous," to which Carlyle added that she was worse than dangerous; she was condescending. The instance when Mill and his wife interacted closely with the Carlyles is well-known. The manuscript of the first volume of the French Revolution had been lent to Mill and was accidentally burned by Mrs. Mill's maid. Mill and his wife arrived at Carlyle's home, with the wife at a loss for words, while the husband filled the room with chatter, keeping Carlyle engaged for two hours with his conversation. However, Dr. Garnett mentions in his Life of Carlyle that Mill made a significant amends for the misfortune he caused by persuading the upset author to accept half of the £200 he offered. Mrs. Mill, as I mentioned, passed away in 1858 after seven years of a happy marriage, and she was laid to rest in Avignon. The inscription Mill wrote for her grave is too telling to ignore:—"Her great and loving heart, her noble soul, her clear, powerful, original, and comprehensive intellect, made her the guide and support, the teacher of wisdom and the example of goodness, as she was the sole earthly joy of those who were fortunate to be close to her. As committed to all public good as she was generous and devoted to those around her, her influence has impacted many of the significant advancements of the time and will continue to do so in the future. Were there just a few more hearts and minds like hers, this world would already be the desired Heaven." These words highlight the depth of Mill's feelings, which are rich with expression; they also indicate that he couldn’t foresee how they would affect others, and, as Grote noted, only Mill's reputation could survive such displays.

Every one will judge for himself of this romantic episode in Mill's career, according to such experience as he may possess of the philosophic mind and of the value of these curious but not infrequent relationships. It may have been a piece of infatuation, or, if we prefer to say so, it may have been the most gracious and the most human page in Mill's career. Mrs. Mill may have flattered her husband's vanity by echoing his opinions, or she may have indeed been an Egeria, full of inspiration and intellectual helpfulness. What usually happens in these cases,—although the philosopher himself, through his belief in the[Pg xvi] equality of the sexes, was debarred from thinking so,—is the extremely valuable action and reaction of two different classes and orders of mind. To any one whose thoughts have been occupied with the sphere of abstract speculation, the lively and vivid presentment of concrete fact comes as a delightful and agreeable shock. The instinct of the woman often enables her not only to apprehend but to illustrate a truth for which she would be totally unable to give the adequate philosophic reasoning. On the other hand, the man, with the more careful logical methods and the slow processes of formal reasoning, is apt to suppose that the happy intuition which leaps to the conclusion is really based on the intellectual processes of which he is conscious in his own case. Thus both parties to the happy contract are equally pleased. The abstract truth gets the concrete illustration; the concrete illustration finds its proper foundation in a series of abstract inquiries. Perhaps Carlyle's epithets of "iridescent" and "vivid" refer incidentally to Mrs. Mill's quick perceptiveness, and thus throw a useful light on the mutual advantages of the common work of husband and wife. But it savours almost of impertinence even to attempt to lift the veil on[Pg xvii] a mystery like this. It is enough to say, perhaps, that however much we may deplore the exaggeration of Mill's references to his wife, we recognise that, for whatever reason, the pair lived an ideally happy life.

Everyone will judge for themselves this romantic episode in Mill's career based on their own understanding of the philosophical mind and the importance of these unusual but not uncommon relationships. It could have been a case of obsession, or, if we prefer to frame it differently, it might have been the most graceful and human aspect of Mill's life. Mrs. Mill may have flattered her husband's ego by mirroring his opinions, or she may have truly been an Egeria, filled with inspiration and intellectual support. What often occurs in these situations—although the philosopher himself, due to his belief in the equality of the sexes, might have found it hard to see—is the incredibly valuable interaction between two distinct classes and styles of thinking. For anyone whose thoughts have been focused on abstract speculation, the lively and vivid presentation of concrete facts can be a delightful and refreshing surprise. The woman's instinct often allows her not only to grasp but also to illustrate a truth for which she would be completely unable to provide sufficient philosophical reasoning. Meanwhile, the man, with his more careful logical methods and the slower processes of formal reasoning, tends to assume that the happy intuition that jumps to conclusions is genuinely grounded in the intellectual processes of which he is aware in his own experience. As a result, both parties in this fortunate partnership are equally satisfied. The abstract truth receives a concrete illustration; the concrete illustration finds its foundation in a series of abstract inquiries. Perhaps Carlyle's descriptions of "iridescent" and "vivid" indirectly refer to Mrs. Mill's sharp perceptiveness, thus shedding light on the mutual benefits of the collaboration between husband and wife. However, it almost seems disrespectful to try to uncover the mystery of such a relationship. It might be enough to say that, no matter how much we might lament the exaggeration in Mill's references to his wife, we acknowledge that, for whatever reason, the couple led an ideally happy life.

It still, however, remains to estimate the extent to which Mrs. Taylor, both before and after her marriage with Mill, made actual contributions to his thoughts and his public work. Here I may be perhaps permitted to avail myself of what I have already written in a previous work.[1] Mill gives us abundant help in this matter in the Autobiography. When first he knew her, his thoughts were turning to the subject of Logic. But his published work on the subject owed nothing to her, he tells us, in its doctrines. It was Mill's custom to write the whole of a book so as to get his general scheme complete, and then laboriously to re-write it in order to perfect the phrases and the composition. Doubtless Mrs. Taylor was of considerable help to him as a critic of style. But to be a critic of doctrine she was hardly qualified. Mill has made some clear admissions on this point. "The only actual revolution which has ever taken place in my modes of thinking was[Pg xviii] already complete,"[2] he says, before her influence became paramount. There is a curiously humble estimate of his own powers (to which Dr. Bain has called attention), which reads at first sight as if it contradicted this. "During the greater part of my literary life I have performed the office in relation to her, which, from a rather early period, I had considered as the most useful part that I was qualified to take in the domain of thought, that of an interpreter of original thinkers, and mediator between them and the public." So far it would seem that Mill had sat at the feet of his oracle; but observe the highly remarkable exception which is made in the following sentence:—"For I had always a humble opinion of my own powers as an original thinker, except in abstract science (logic, metaphysics, and the theoretic principles of political economy and politics.)"[3] If Mill then was an original thinker in logic, metaphysics, and the science of economy and politics, it is clear that he had not learnt these from her lips. And to most men logic and metaphysics may be safely taken as forming a domain in which originality of thought, if it can be honestly professed, is a sufficient title of distinction.

It still remains to assess how much Mrs. Taylor contributed to Mill's ideas and public work, both before and after their marriage. Here, I can draw from what I’ve previously written in another work.[1] Mill provides plenty of insight on this in his Autobiography. When he first met her, he was focused on the topic of Logic. However, he mentions that his published work on the subject didn't owe its doctrines to her. Mill typically wrote an entire book to establish his overall plan and then painstakingly rewrote it to refine the language and style. Mrs. Taylor likely helped him significantly as a style critic, but she was hardly qualified to critique the doctrines. Mill has made clear statements about this. "The only actual revolution that has ever taken place in my ways of thinking was[Pg xviii] already complete,"[2] he says, before her influence became dominant. There’s a strangely humble assessment of his own abilities (which Dr. Bain has noted), that at first seems to contradict this. "For most of my literary life, I played the role of an interpreter of original thinkers and a mediator between them and the public," he states. It appears Mill learned from his mentor; however, note the significant exception he makes in the next sentence:—"For I always had a humble opinion of my own abilities as an original thinker, except in abstract science (logic, metaphysics, and the theoretical principles of political economy and politics.)"[3] If Mill was indeed an original thinker in logic, metaphysics, and the sciences of economy and politics, it’s clear he didn’t learn those from her. For most, logic and metaphysics can be confidently seen as areas where originality, if genuinely claimed, is a significant distinction.

Mrs. Taylor's assistance in the Political Economy is confined to certain definite points. The purely scientific part was, we are assured, not learnt from her. "But it was chiefly her influence which gave to the book that general tone by which it is distinguished from all previous expositions of political economy that had any pretensions to be scientific, and which has made it so useful in conciliating minds which those previous expositions had repelled. This tone consisted chiefly in making the proper distinction between the laws of the production of wealth, which are real laws of Nature, dependent on the properties of objects, and the modes of its distribution, which, subject to certain conditions, depend on human will.... I had indeed partially learnt this view of things from the thoughts awakened in me by the speculations of St. Simonians; but it was made a living principle, pervading and animating the book, by my wife's promptings."[4] The part which is italicised is noticeable. Here, as elsewhere, Mill thinks out the matter by himself; the concrete form of the thoughts is suggested or prompted by the wife. Apart from this "general tone," Mill tells us that there was a[Pg xx] specific contribution. "The chapter which has had a greater influence on opinion than all the rest, that on the Probable Future of the Labouring Classes, is entirely due to her. In the first draft of the book that chapter did not exist. She pointed out the need of such a chapter, and the extreme imperfection of the book without it; she was the cause of my writing it." From this it would appear that she gave Mill that tendency to Socialism which, while it lends a progressive spirit to his speculations on politics, at the same time does not manifestly accord with his earlier advocacy of peasant proprietorships. Nor, again, is it, on the face of it, consistent with those doctrines of individual liberty which, aided by the intellectual companionship of his wife, he propounded in a later work. The ideal of individual freedom is not the ideal of Socialism, just as that invocation of governmental aid to which the Socialist resorts is not consistent with the theory of laisser-faire. Yet Liberty was planned by Mill and his wife in concert. Perhaps a slight visionariness of speculation was no less the attribute of Mrs. Mill than an absence of rigid logical principles. Be this as it may, she undoubtedly checked the half-recognised leanings[Pg xxi] of her husband in the direction of Coleridge and Carlyle. Whether this was an instance of her steadying influence,[5] or whether it added one more unassimilated element to Mill's diverse intellectual sustenance, may be wisely left an open question. We cannot, however, be wrong in attributing to her the parentage of one book of Mill, The Subjection of Women. It is true that Mill had before learnt that men and women ought to be equal in legal, political, social, and domestic relations. This was a point on which he had already fallen foul of his father's essay on Government. But Mrs. Taylor had actually written on this very point, and the warmth and fervour of Mill's denunciations of women's servitude were unmistakably caught from his wife's view of the practical disabilities entailed by the feminine position.

Mrs. Taylor's contribution to the Political Economy is limited to certain specific aspects. We're assured that she didn't teach the purely scientific part. "But it was mostly her influence that gave the book its general tone, setting it apart from all previous attempts at explaining political economy that claimed to be scientific, making it much more effective in bringing together minds that those earlier works had alienated. This tone primarily involved clearly distinguishing between the true laws of wealth production, which are real natural laws based on the properties of objects, and the ways in which it is distributed, which, under certain conditions, depend on human choice.... I had indeed partially learned this perspective from the ideas stirred in me by the speculations of the St. Simonians; but my wife’s encouragement made it a living principle, filling and energizing the book." [4] The italicized part stands out. Here, as in other instances, Mill figures things out by himself; the concrete expression of those thoughts is inspired by his wife. Besides this "general tone," Mill tells us there was a[Pg xx] specific contribution. "The chapter that has influenced opinion more than any other, the one on the Probable Future of the Labouring Classes, is entirely her doing. In the first draft of the book, that chapter didn't exist. She pointed out the necessity of such a chapter and how significantly imperfect the book would be without it; she was the reason I wrote it." From this, it seems she gave Mill a tendency towards Socialism, which, while it adds a progressive spirit to his political ideas, doesn’t completely align with his earlier support for peasant ownership. Also, it doesn't seem to fit with his later ideas on individual liberty, which he developed with his wife's intellectual support. The ideal of individual freedom isn’t the same as the ideal of Socialism, just as seeking government assistance, which Socialists do, contradicts the theory of laisser-faire. Yet Liberty was co-created by Mill and his wife. Perhaps Mrs. Mill also had a visionary quality in her speculations, as well as a lack of rigid logical principles. Regardless, she certainly tempered her husband’s somewhat unacknowledged leanings towards Coleridge and Carlyle. Whether this was a case of her steadying influence,[5] or whether it added another unblended element to Mill’s varied intellectual nourishment, is wisely left as an open question. However, we can’t be mistaken in crediting her for one of Mill's works, The Subjection of Women. It’s true Mill already believed that men and women should be equal in legal, political, social, and domestic relationships. He had previously clashed with his father's essay on Government over this issue. But Mrs. Taylor had actually written on this very topic, and the passion and intensity of Mill’s denunciations of women's subjugation were clearly inspired by his wife's perspective on the real-life challenges faced by women.

III.

Liberty was published in 1859, when the nineteenth century was half over, but in its general spirit and in some of its special tendencies the little tract belongs rather to the standpoint of the eighteenth century than to that which saw its birth. In many of his[Pg xxii] speculations John Stuart Mill forms a sort of connecting link between the doctrines of the earlier English empirical school and those which we associate with the name of Mr. Herbert Spencer. In his Logic, for instance, he represents an advance on the theories of Hume, and yet does not see how profoundly the victories of Science modify the conclusions of the earlier thinker. Similarly, in his Political Economy, he desires to improve and to enlarge upon Ricardo, and yet does not advance so far as the modifications of political economy by Sociology, indicated by some later—and especially German—speculations on the subject. In the tract on Liberty, Mill is advocating the rights of the individual as against Society at the very opening of an era that was rapidly coming to the conclusion that the individual had no absolute rights against Society. The eighteenth century view is that individuals existed first, each with their own special claims and responsibilities; that they deliberately formed a Social State, either by a contract or otherwise; and that then finally they limited their own action out of regard for the interests of the social organism thus arbitrarily produced. This is hardly the view of the nineteenth century. It is possible[Pg xxiii] that logically the individual is prior to the State; historically and in the order of Nature, the State is prior to the individual. In other words, such rights as every single personality possesses in a modern world do not belong to him by an original ordinance of Nature, but are slowly acquired in the growth and development of the social state. It is not the truth that individual liberties were forfeited by some deliberate act when men made themselves into a Commonwealth. It is more true to say, as Aristotle said long ago, that man is naturally a political animal, that he lived under strict social laws as a mere item, almost a nonentity, as compared with the Order, Society, or Community to which he belonged, and that such privileges as he subsequently acquired have been obtained in virtue of his growing importance as a member of a growing organisation. But if this is even approximately true, it seriously restricts that liberty of the individual for which Mill pleads. The individual has no chance, because he has no rights, against the social organism. Society can punish him for acts or even opinions which are anti-social in character. His virtue lies in recognising the intimate communion with his fellows. His sphere of activity is bounded by[Pg xxiv] the common interest. Just as it is an absurd and exploded theory that all men are originally equal, so it is an ancient and false doctrine to protest that a man has an individual liberty to live and think as he chooses in any spirit of antagonism to that larger body of which he forms an insignificant part.

Liberty was published in 1859, halfway through the nineteenth century, but in its overall spirit and some of its specific tendencies, this short work aligns more with the perspective of the eighteenth century than with the one that produced it. In many of his[Pg xxii] ideas, John Stuart Mill serves as a kind of bridge between the beliefs of the earlier English empirical school and those we associate with Mr. Herbert Spencer. For example, in his Logic, he represents a step forward from Hume's theories but doesn't fully grasp how significantly the achievements of Science change the conclusions of earlier thinkers. Likewise, in his Political Economy, he aims to improve and expand on Ricardo, yet he doesn’t go as far as the adjustments made to political economy by Sociology, as pointed out by some later—especially German—ideas on the topic. In the tract on Liberty, Mill argues for individual rights against Society right at the beginning of an era that was quickly realizing that individuals had no absolute rights against Society. The view from the eighteenth century is that individuals existed first, each with their own special claims and responsibilities; they consciously formed a Social State through a contract or otherwise, and then limited their own actions out of respect for the interests of the social organism they created. This is not the perspective of the nineteenth century. Logically, the individual may come before the State; but historically and in the order of Nature, the State precedes the individual. In other words, the rights that each individual has in a modern world are not given to them by an original decree of Nature but are gradually earned through the growth and development of the social state. It is not accurate to say that individual liberties were sacrificed by a deliberate act when people formed a Commonwealth. It is more accurate to say, as Aristotle pointed out long ago, that humans are naturally political beings, living under strict social laws as mere components, almost insignificant, in comparison to the Order, Society, or Community to which they belong, and that the privileges they later acquired have come from their increasing significance as members of a growing organization. However, if this is even somewhat true, it seriously limits the liberty of the individual that Mill advocates for. The individual has no chance because they have no rights against the social organism. Society can punish them for actions or even opinions that are seen as anti-social. Their virtue lies in recognizing their close bond with others. Their sphere of activity is defined by[Pg xxiv] the common interest. Just as it is an outdated and debunked idea that all people are originally equal, it is also an old and incorrect belief to insist that a person has the individual freedom to live and think as they wish while opposing that larger body of which they are a small part.

Nowadays this view of Society and of its development, which we largely owe to the Philosophie Positive of M. Auguste Comte, is so familiar and possibly so damaging to the individual initiative, that it becomes necessary to advance and proclaim the truth which resides in an opposite theory. All progress, as we are aware, depends on the joint process of integration and differentiation; synthesis, analysis, and then a larger synthesis seem to form the law of development. If it ever comes to pass that Society is tyrannical in its restrictions of the individual, if, as for instance in some forms of Socialism, based on deceptive analogies of Nature's dealings, the type is everything and the individual nothing, it must be confidently urged in answer that the fuller life of the future depends on the manifold activities, even though they may be antagonistic, of the individual. In England, at all events, we know that [Pg xxv]government in all its different forms, whether as King, or as a caste of nobles, or as an oligarchical plutocracy, or even as trades unions, is so dwarfing in its action that, for the sake of the future, the individual must revolt. Just as our former point of view limited the value of Mill's treatise on Liberty, so these considerations tend to show its eternal importance. The omnipotence of Society means a dead level of uniformity. The claim of the individual to be heard, to say what he likes, to do what he likes, to live as he likes, is absolutely necessary, not only for the variety of elements without which life is poor, but also for the hope of a future age. So long as individual initiative and effort are recognised as a vital element in English history, so long will Mill's Liberty, which he confesses was based on a suggestion derived from Von Humboldt, remain as an indispensable contribution to the speculations, and also to the health and sanity, of the world.

Today, this perspective on society and its evolution, which we largely owe to M. Auguste Comte's Philosophie Positive, is so familiar and potentially harmful to individual initiative that it’s essential to promote and assert the truth found in an opposing theory. All progress, as we know, relies on the combined processes of integration and differentiation; synthesis, analysis, and then a broader synthesis seem to follow the pattern of development. If society ever becomes oppressive in limiting the individual, as seen in some types of socialism that are misleadingly based on nature's patterns, where the collective is valued above the individual, it must be firmly stated that the fuller life of the future relies on the diverse activities of individuals, even if they conflict. In England, at least, we recognize that [Pg xxv]government, in all its forms—whether as a monarchy, a noble class, an oligarchical plutocracy, or even trade unions—stifles action so much that, for the sake of the future, individuals must stand against it. Just as our earlier view limited the value of Mill's work on Liberty, these points underscore its ongoing significance. The absolute power of society leads to a monotonous uniformity. The individual's right to be heard, to express themselves, to act as they wish, and to live as they choose is crucial, not just for the diversity of elements, which makes life fulfilling, but also for the promise of a brighter future. As long as individual initiative and effort are recognized as vital to English history, Mill's Liberty, which he admits was inspired by Von Humboldt's ideas, will remain an essential contribution to our thinking, as well as to the well-being and sanity of the world.

 

What his wife really was to Mill, we shall, perhaps, never know. But that she was an actual and vivid force, which roused the latent enthusiasm of his nature, we have abundant evidence. And when she died at Avignon,[Pg xxvi] though his friends may have regained an almost estranged companionship, Mill was, personally, the poorer. Into the sorrow of that bereavement we cannot enter: we have no right or power to draw the veil. It is enough to quote the simple words, so eloquent of an unspoken grief—"I can say nothing which could describe, even in the faintest manner, what that loss was and is. But because I know that she would have wished it, I endeavour to make the best of what life I have left, and to work for her purposes with such diminished strength as can be derived from thoughts of her, and communion with her memory."

What his wife truly meant to Mill, we may never fully understand. However, it’s clear that she was a powerful and inspiring presence that awakened the hidden passion within him. When she passed away in Avignon,[Pg xxvi] even if his friends managed to rekindle a somewhat distant companionship, Mill personally felt the loss deeply. We cannot delve into the sorrow of that loss: we have no right or ability to lift the veil. It suffices to share his simple yet profoundly poignant words—"I can say nothing that could even faintly convey what that loss was and still is. But knowing that she would have wanted me to, I strive to make the most of the life I have left and to honor her wishes with whatever diminished strength I gain from thinking of her and sharing in her memory."

W. L. COURTNEY.

W.L. Courtney.

London, July 5th, 1901.

London, July 5, 1901.

FOOTNOTES:

[1] Life of John Stuart Mill, chapter vi. (Walter Scott.)

[1] Life of John Stuart Mill, chapter vi. (Walter Scott.)

[2] Autobiography, p. 190.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Memoir, p. 190.

[3] Ibid., p. 242.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ibid., p. 242.

[4] Autobiography, pp. 246, 247.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Autobiography, pp. 246, 247.

[5] Cf. an instructive page in the Autobiography, p. 252.

[5] See a helpful page in the Autobiography, p. 252.


CONTENTS.

CONTENTS.

CHAPTER I.
  PAGE
INTRODUCTORY 1
 
CHAPTER II.
OF THE LIBERTY OF THOUGHT AND DISCUSSION 28
 
CHAPTER III.
OF INDIVIDUALITY, AS ONE OF THE ELEMENTS OF WELL-BEING 103
 
CHAPTER IV.
OF THE LIMITS TO THE AUTHORITY OF SOCIETY OVER THE INDIVIDUAL 140
 
CHAPTER V.
APPLICATIONS 177

The grand, leading principle, towards which every argument unfolded in these pages directly converges, is the absolute and essential importance of human development in its richest diversity.—Wilhelm Von Humboldt: Sphere and Duties of Government.

The central point of every argument in these pages highlights the crucial and vital significance of human development in all its varied forms.—Wilhelm Von Humboldt: Sphere and Duties of Government.


ON LIBERTY.

On Freedom.


CHAPTER 1. INTRO.

The subject of this Essay is not the so-called Liberty of the Will, so unfortunately opposed to the misnamed doctrine of Philosophical Necessity; but Civil, or Social Liberty: the nature and limits of the power which can be legitimately exercised by society over the individual. A question seldom stated, and hardly ever discussed, in general terms, but which profoundly influences the practical controversies of the age by its latent presence, and is likely soon to make itself recognised as the vital question of the future. It is so far from being new, that in a certain sense, it has divided mankind, almost from the remotest ages; but in the stage of progress into which the more civilised portions of the species have now[Pg 2] entered, it presents itself under new conditions, and requires a different and more fundamental treatment.

The topic of this essay isn’t the so-called Freedom of the Will, which is unfortunately at odds with the wrongly termed doctrine of Philosophical Necessity; rather, it is Civil or Social Liberty: the nature and limits of the power that society can legitimately exercise over individuals. This is a question rarely posed and hardly ever discussed in broad terms, yet it significantly impacts the practical debates of our time through its underlying presence and is likely to soon be recognized as the crucial question of the future. It’s far from being a new issue; in some ways, it has divided humanity for nearly as long as we've existed. However, now that more civilized parts of the world have reached a new stage of progress, this issue arises under new conditions and demands a different, more fundamental approach.

The struggle between Liberty and Authority is the most conspicuous feature in the portions of history with which we are earliest familiar, particularly in that of Greece, Rome, and England. But in old times this contest was between subjects, or some classes of subjects, and the government. By liberty, was meant protection against the tyranny of the political rulers. The rulers were conceived (except in some of the popular governments of Greece) as in a necessarily antagonistic position to the people whom they ruled. They consisted of a governing One, or a governing tribe or caste, who derived their authority from inheritance or conquest, who, at all events, did not hold it at the pleasure of the governed, and whose supremacy men did not venture, perhaps did not desire, to contest, whatever precautions might be taken against its oppressive exercise. Their power was regarded as necessary, but also as highly dangerous; as a weapon which they would attempt to use against their subjects, no less than against external enemies. To prevent the weaker members of the community from being preyed upon by innumerable vultures, it was needful that there[Pg 3] should be an animal of prey stronger than the rest, commissioned to keep them down. But as the king of the vultures would be no less bent upon preying on the flock than any of the minor harpies, it was indispensable to be in a perpetual attitude of defence against his beak and claws. The aim, therefore, of patriots, was to set limits to the power which the ruler should be suffered to exercise over the community; and this limitation was what they meant by liberty. It was attempted in two ways. First, by obtaining a recognition of certain immunities, called political liberties or rights, which it was to be regarded as a breach of duty in the ruler to infringe, and which if he did infringe, specific resistance, or general rebellion, was held to be justifiable. A second, and generally a later expedient, was the establishment of constitutional checks; by which the consent of the community, or of a body of some sort, supposed to represent its interests, was made a necessary condition to some of the more important acts of the governing power. To the first of these modes of limitation, the ruling power, in most European countries, was compelled, more or less, to submit. It was not so with the second; and to attain this, or when already in some degree possessed, to attain it more completely, became[Pg 4] everywhere the principal object of the lovers of liberty. And so long as mankind were content to combat one enemy by another, and to be ruled by a master, on condition of being guaranteed more or less efficaciously against his tyranny, they did not carry their aspirations beyond this point.

The conflict between freedom and authority is the most obvious aspect of the history we first learn about, especially in Greece, Rome, and England. Back then, this struggle was mainly between the governed, or various groups of them, and the government. Freedom meant protection against the oppression of political leaders. These leaders were seen (except in some of the more democratic governments of Greece) as being in a fundamentally opposing position to the people they ruled. They typically included a single ruler, or a ruling tribe or class, who got their power through inheritance or conquest, and who did not hold their authority at the will of the governed. People didn't challenge their power, possibly because they didn't want to, despite taking precautions against its harsh use. Their power was seen as necessary but also very risky; it was a tool they could use against their own subjects as well as foreign enemies. To protect the weaker members of society from being exploited by many predators, it was necessary to have a stronger predator in place to keep them in check. However, just as the king of the vultures would be just as eager to prey on the flock as any of the lesser harpies, it was essential to remain in a constant state of defense against his beak and claws. Therefore, the goal of freedom advocates was to limit the power that the ruler could exercise over the community; this limitation was what they meant by freedom. They aimed to achieve this in two ways. First, by securing acknowledgment of certain rights, known as political liberties or rights, which it would be considered a violation of duty for the ruler to infringe upon, and if he did so, specific resistance or a general rebellion was seen as justified. Second, and generally later, was the establishment of constitutional checks; by which the agreement of the community, or some representative body, was required for some of the more significant actions of the governing authority. Most European countries were somewhat compelled to accept the first type of limitation. The second, however, was not as easily achieved; gaining this, or strengthening it when it was partially in place, became the primary goal for advocates of freedom everywhere. As long as people were willing to fight one oppressor with another and be ruled by a master, as long as they were somewhat protected from his tyranny, they did not push their desires beyond that point.

A time, however, came, in the progress of human affairs, when men ceased to think it a necessity of nature that their governors should be an independent power, opposed in interest to themselves. It appeared to them much better that the various magistrates of the State should be their tenants or delegates, revocable at their pleasure. In that way alone, it seemed, could they have complete security that the powers of government would never be abused to their disadvantage. By degrees, this new demand for elective and temporary rulers became the prominent object of the exertions of the popular party, wherever any such party existed; and superseded, to a considerable extent, the previous efforts to limit the power of rulers. As the struggle proceeded for making the ruling power emanate from the periodical choice of the ruled, some persons began to think that too much importance had been attached to the limitation[Pg 5] of the power itself. That (it might seem) was a resource against rulers whose interests were habitually opposed to those of the people. What was now wanted was, that the rulers should be identified with the people; that their interest and will should be the interest and will of the nation. The nation did not need to be protected against its own will. There was no fear of its tyrannising over itself. Let the rulers be effectually responsible to it, promptly removable by it, and it could afford to trust them with power of which it could itself dictate the use to be made. Their power was but the nation's own power, concentrated, and in a form convenient for exercise. This mode of thought, or rather perhaps of feeling, was common among the last generation of European liberalism, in the Continental section of which it still apparently predominates. Those who admit any limit to what a government may do, except in the case of such governments as they think ought not to exist, stand out as brilliant exceptions among the political thinkers of the Continent. A similar tone of sentiment might by this time have been prevalent in our own country, if the circumstances which for a time encouraged it, had continued unaltered.

There came a time in human history when people stopped believing it was a natural necessity for their leaders to be an independent power, working against their own interests. They thought it was much better for various officials in the government to be their representatives or delegates, whom they could remove at will. This way, they could ensure that government powers would never be misused to their disadvantage. Gradually, the call for elected and temporary leaders became the main focus of the popular movement wherever it existed, overshadowing earlier efforts to limit the powers of those in charge. As the fight continued to make ruling power come from the regular choices of the people, some began to believe that too much emphasis had been placed on limiting that power itself. What was now needed was for the rulers to be aligned with the people; their interests and desires should reflect those of the nation. There was no need to protect the nation from its own wishes, and there was no fear of it oppressing itself. If the rulers were truly accountable to the people and could be removed quickly, the nation could trust them with power that it could directly control. Their power was essentially the nation's own power, concentrated and made easier to manage. This way of thinking, or perhaps feeling, was common among the last generation of European liberalism, particularly prevalent on the Continent. Those who accept any limits on what a government can do, except for those they believe shouldn’t exist, are standout exceptions among political thinkers in Europe. A similar sentiment might have been widespread in our own country by now if the favorable circumstances that once supported it had remained unchanged.

But, in political and philosophical theories, as[Pg 6] well as in persons, success discloses faults and infirmities which failure might have concealed from observation. The notion, that the people have no need to limit their power over themselves, might seem axiomatic, when popular government was a thing only dreamed about, or read of as having existed at some distant period of the past. Neither was that notion necessarily disturbed by such temporary aberrations as those of the French Revolution, the worst of which were the work of a usurping few, and which, in any case, belonged, not to the permanent working of popular institutions, but to a sudden and convulsive outbreak against monarchical and aristocratic despotism. In time, however, a democratic republic came to occupy a large portion of the earth's surface, and made itself felt as one of the most powerful members of the community of nations; and elective and responsible government became subject to the observations and criticisms which wait upon a great existing fact. It was now perceived that such phrases as "self-government," and "the power of the people over themselves," do not express the true state of the case. The "people" who exercise the power are not always the same people with those over whom it is exercised; and the "self-government" spoken of[Pg 7] is not the government of each by himself, but of each by all the rest. The will of the people, moreover, practically means, the will of the most numerous or the most active part of the people; the majority, or those who succeed in making themselves accepted as the majority: the people, consequently, may desire to oppress a part of their number; and precautions are as much needed against this, as against any other abuse of power. The limitation, therefore, of the power of government over individuals, loses none of its importance when the holders of power are regularly accountable to the community, that is, to the strongest party therein. This view of things, recommending itself equally to the intelligence of thinkers and to the inclination of those important classes in European society to whose real or supposed interests democracy is adverse, has had no difficulty in establishing itself; and in political speculations "the tyranny of the majority" is now generally included among the evils against which society requires to be on its guard.

But in political and philosophical theories, as[Pg 6] well as in individuals, success reveals flaws and weaknesses that failure might have hidden from view. The idea that people don’t need to limit their power over themselves might seem obvious, especially when popular government was just a dream or something written about from a long time ago. This idea wasn’t necessarily shaken by temporary crises like the French Revolution, which were largely caused by a few who seized control, and which, in any case, were not part of the ongoing operation of popular institutions, but rather a sudden and violent reaction against monarchical and aristocratic tyranny. Over time, however, a democratic republic established itself across a significant part of the planet and became one of the most powerful members of the global community; elective and accountable government started facing scrutiny and criticism that usually comes with such a major reality. It became clear that phrases like "self-government" and "the power of the people over themselves" do not accurately represent the situation. The "people" wielding power aren't always the same individuals as those on whom that power is exercised; and the "self-government" mentioned[Pg 7] doesn't mean each person governs themselves but is governed by everyone else. Furthermore, the will of the people essentially reflects the desires of the largest or most active part of the population; the majority or those who manage to present themselves as the majority. Therefore, the people might wish to oppress a portion of their group; and safeguards are just as necessary to protect against this as against any other misuse of power. Thus, limiting the power of government over individuals remains crucial even when those in power are regularly answerable to the community, that is, to the strongest faction within it. This perspective, appealing both to the insights of thinkers and to the interests of key groups in European society who feel threatened by democracy, has easily taken hold; and in political discussions, "the tyranny of the majority" is now commonly recognized as one of the dangers that society must beware of.

Like other tyrannies, the tyranny of the majority was at first, and is still vulgarly, held in dread, chiefly as operating through the acts of the public authorities. But reflecting persons perceived that when society is itself the tyrant[Pg 8]—society collectively, over the separate individuals who compose it—its means of tyrannising are not restricted to the acts which it may do by the hands of its political functionaries. Society can and does execute its own mandates: and if it issues wrong mandates instead of right, or any mandates at all in things with which it ought not to meddle, it practises a social tyranny more formidable than many kinds of political oppression, since, though not usually upheld by such extreme penalties, it leaves fewer means of escape, penetrating much more deeply into the details of life, and enslaving the soul itself. Protection, therefore, against the tyranny of the magistrate is not enough: there needs protection also against the tyranny of the prevailing opinion and feeling; against the tendency of society to impose, by other means than civil penalties, its own ideas and practices as rules of conduct on those who dissent from them; to fetter the development, and, if possible, prevent the formation, of any individuality not in harmony with its ways, and compel all characters to fashion themselves upon the model of its own. There is a limit to the legitimate interference of collective opinion with individual independence: and to find that limit, and maintain it against encroachment, is as indispensable to a good condition of[Pg 9] human affairs, as protection against political despotism.

Like other forms of tyranny, the tyranny of the majority was initially—and is still often—feared primarily for the actions of public authorities. However, thoughtful individuals recognized that when society itself becomes the oppressor—society as a whole, over the individual members within it—its methods of oppression aren’t limited to what its political agents may enact. Society can and does carry out its own directives, and if it issues misguided directives instead of right ones, or intervenes in matters it shouldn’t, it enacts a form of social tyranny that can be more daunting than many political oppressions. Although it might not usually enforce extreme punishments, it offers fewer avenues for escape, penetrating deeply into everyday life and enslaving the very spirit. Therefore, protection against the tyranny of government is not sufficient; we also need protection against the tyranny of prevailing opinions and feelings. This includes the inclination of society to impose its own ideas and behaviors as guides for conduct on those who disagree, stifling the growth of individuality that doesn’t align with its norms, and compelling everyone to conform to its model. There should be a limit to how far collective opinion can interfere with individual independence, and identifying and maintaining that limit is just as crucial for a healthy state of human affairs as protection against political despotism.

But though this proposition is not likely to be contested in general terms, the practical question, where to place the limit—how to make the fitting adjustment between individual independence and social control—is a subject on which nearly everything remains to be done. All that makes existence valuable to any one, depends on the enforcement of restraints upon the actions of other people. Some rules of conduct, therefore, must be imposed, by law in the first place, and by opinion on many things which are not fit subjects for the operation of law. What these rules should be, is the principal question in human affairs; but if we except a few of the most obvious cases, it is one of those which least progress has been made in resolving. No two ages, and scarcely any two countries, have decided it alike; and the decision of one age or country is a wonder to another. Yet the people of any given age and country no more suspect any difficulty in it, than if it were a subject on which mankind had always been agreed. The rules which obtain among themselves appear to them self-evident and self-justifying. This all but universal illusion is one of the examples of the magical influence of custom,[Pg 10] which is not only, as the proverb says, a second nature, but is continually mistaken for the first. The effect of custom, in preventing any misgiving respecting the rules of conduct which mankind impose on one another, is all the more complete because the subject is one on which it is not generally considered necessary that reasons should be given, either by one person to others, or by each to himself. People are accustomed to believe, and have been encouraged in the belief by some who aspire to the character of philosophers, that their feelings, on subjects of this nature, are better than reasons, and render reasons unnecessary. The practical principle which guides them to their opinions on the regulation of human conduct, is the feeling in each person's mind that everybody should be required to act as he, and those with whom he sympathises, would like them to act. No one, indeed, acknowledges to himself that his standard of judgment is his own liking; but an opinion on a point of conduct, not supported by reasons, can only count as one person's preference; and if the reasons, when given, are a mere appeal to a similar preference felt by other people, it is still only many people's liking instead of one. To an ordinary man, however, his own preference, thus supported, is not only a perfectly satisfactory[Pg 11] reason, but the only one he generally has for any of his notions of morality, taste, or propriety, which are not expressly written in his religious creed; and his chief guide in the interpretation even of that. Men's opinions, accordingly, on what is laudable or blamable, are affected by all the multifarious causes which influence their wishes in regard to the conduct of others, and which are as numerous as those which determine their wishes on any other subject. Sometimes their reason—at other times their prejudices or superstitions: often their social affections, not seldom their anti-social ones, their envy or jealousy, their arrogance or contemptuousness: but most commonly, their desires or fears for themselves—their legitimate or illegitimate self-interest. Wherever there is an ascendant class, a large portion of the morality of the country emanates from its class interests, and its feelings of class superiority. The morality between Spartans and Helots, between planters and negroes, between princes and subjects, between nobles and roturiers, between men and women, has been for the most part the creation of these class interests and feelings: and the sentiments thus generated, react in turn upon the moral feelings of the members of the ascendant class, in their relations among themselves. Where, on the other[Pg 12] hand, a class, formerly ascendant, has lost its ascendancy, or where its ascendancy is unpopular, the prevailing moral sentiments frequently bear the impress of an impatient dislike of superiority. Another grand determining principle of the rules of conduct, both in act and forbearance, which have been enforced by law or opinion, has been the servility of mankind towards the supposed preferences or aversions of their temporal masters, or of their gods. This servility, though essentially selfish, is not hypocrisy; it gives rise to perfectly genuine sentiments of abhorrence; it made men burn magicians and heretics. Among so many baser influences, the general and obvious interests of society have of course had a share, and a large one, in the direction of the moral sentiments: less, however, as a matter of reason, and on their own account, than as a consequence of the sympathies and antipathies which grew out of them: and sympathies and antipathies which had little or nothing to do with the interests of society, have made themselves felt in the establishment of moralities with quite as great force.

But while this idea is unlikely to be disputed in broad terms, the real issue of where to draw the line—how to balance individual freedom with societal control—is a topic that still needs a lot of work. Everything that makes life meaningful to anyone relies on enforcing limits on the actions of others. Therefore, some rules of behavior must be established, first by law and then by societal opinion on many matters that don’t fall under legal regulation. What these rules should be is a critical question in human affairs; however, aside from a few obvious cases, progress in finding answers is minimal. No two eras, and almost no two countries, have agreed on this matter; and the resolution of one era or country is often astonishing to another. Yet, people in any given time and place don’t perceive any challenge in it, as if it were something humanity has always unanimously understood. The rules they follow seem self-evident and justifiable to them. This widespread misconception illustrates the powerful influence of tradition, which, as the saying goes, is not just a second nature but is often confused with the first. The effect of tradition in preventing any doubts about the behavioral norms imposed by individuals is especially strong because this subject is generally not thought to require justification, either from one person to others or from individuals to themselves. People tend to believe—and some philosophers have supported this belief—that their feelings on these topics are superior to reasons and make reasoning unnecessary. The practical principle guiding their views on regulating human behavior is the inner feeling that everyone should be expected to act according to what they and their sympathizers desire. In reality, no one admits to themselves that their criteria for judgment are merely personal preferences; yet an opinion about behavior, without supporting reasons, amounts to just one person's choice; and if the reasons provided appeal only to a similar preference of others, it remains just the preferences of many rather than one. For an ordinary person, however, their own supported preference is not only a completely satisfactory reason but often the only one they have for any views on morality, taste, or propriety not explicitly stated in their religious beliefs; it also guides their interpretation of those beliefs. Consequently, people's views on what is commendable or blameworthy are influenced by a variety of factors that affect their desires regarding others’ behavior, as numerous as those that shape their desires about anything else. Sometimes their reasoning—other times their biases or superstitions: often their social connections, but just as frequently their anti-social feelings, including envy or jealousy, arrogance, or contempt: but most often, their desires or fears for themselves—their legitimate or illegitimate self-interest. Where there is a dominant class, much of the nation's morality comes from its class interests and sense of superiority. The morality between Spartans and Helots, between planters and slaves, between rulers and subjects, between nobles and commoners, between men and women, has largely been shaped by these class interests and feelings: and the sentiments created this way also influence the moral beliefs of those in the dominant class, in their interactions with each other. Conversely, when a previously dominant class loses its power or when its dominance is viewed unfavorably, prevailing moral sentiments often reflect a strong resentment of superiority. Another major factor influencing the rules of conduct—both in terms of actions and abstentions—enforced by law or opinion has been humanity's servility to the perceived preferences or dislikes of their rulers or gods. This servility, while fundamentally self-serving, is not hypocritical; it fosters genuine feelings of aversion; it led people to burn magicians and heretics. Amidst these lesser influences, the overall and evident interests of society have certainly played a significant role in shaping moral sentiments, but less as a rational basis or for their own sake than as a result of the likes and dislikes that arose from them: and sentiments that had little or nothing to do with societal interests have exerted just as strong an influence in forming moralities.

The likings and dislikings of society, or of some powerful portion of it, are thus the main thing which has practically determined the rules laid down for general observance, under the penalties[Pg 13] of law or opinion. And in general, those who have been in advance of society in thought and feeling have left this condition of things unassailed in principle, however they may have come into conflict with it in some of its details. They have occupied themselves rather in inquiring what things society ought to like or dislike, than in questioning whether its likings or dislikings should be a law to individuals. They preferred endeavouring to alter the feelings of mankind on the particular points on which they were themselves heretical, rather than make common cause in defence of freedom, with heretics generally. The only case in which the higher ground has been taken on principle and maintained with consistency, by any but an individual here and there, is that of religious belief: a case instructive in many ways, and not least so as forming a most striking instance of the fallibility of what is called the moral sense: for the odium theologicum, in a sincere bigot, is one of the most unequivocal cases of moral feeling. Those who first broke the yoke of what called itself the Universal Church, were in general as little willing to permit difference of religious opinion as that church itself. But when the heat of the conflict was over, without giving a complete victory to any party, and each church or[Pg 14] sect was reduced to limit its hopes to retaining possession of the ground it already occupied; minorities, seeing that they had no chance of becoming majorities, were under the necessity of pleading to those whom they could not convert, for permission to differ. It is accordingly on this battle-field, almost solely, that the rights of the individual against society have been asserted on broad grounds of principle, and the claim of society to exercise authority over dissentients, openly controverted. The great writers to whom the world owes what religious liberty it possesses, have mostly asserted freedom of conscience as an indefeasible right, and denied absolutely that a human being is accountable to others for his religious belief. Yet so natural to mankind is intolerance in whatever they really care about, that religious freedom has hardly anywhere been practically realised, except where religious indifference, which dislikes to have its peace disturbed by theological quarrels, has added its weight to the scale. In the minds of almost all religious persons, even in the most tolerant countries, the duty of toleration is admitted with tacit reserves. One person will bear with dissent in matters of church government, but not of dogma; another can tolerate everybody, short of[Pg 15] a Papist or a Unitarian; another, every one who believes in revealed religion; a few extend their charity a little further, but stop at the belief in a God and in a future state. Wherever the sentiment of the majority is still genuine and intense, it is found to have abated little of its claim to be obeyed.

Society's likes and dislikes, or those of a powerful part of it, are really what shape the rules that everyone has to follow, often backed by the penalties of law or social opinion. Generally, those who have thought and felt differently from society haven't really challenged this situation in principle, even if they did clash with it over specific issues. They've focused more on what society should appreciate or reject, rather than questioning whether its preferences should dictate individual choices. They preferred trying to change people's feelings on the issues where they strayed from the norm, rather than unite with all outsiders in defense of freedom. The only time anyone, other than a few individuals, has taken and consistently maintained a principled stand is regarding religious belief: a case that is insightful in many ways, especially as it highlights the fallibility of what is called moral sense. The intense hatred in a sincere bigot towards others due to religious differences is a clear example of moral feeling. Those who first challenged what called itself the Universal Church were often just as unwilling to accept differing religious views as the church itself. However, once the battle cooled and no side won outright, each church or sect had to settle for holding onto what territory it already had; minorities, realizing they couldn't become majorities, had to ask those they couldn’t convert for permission to disagree. It’s mainly in this setting that individual rights versus society's authority have been broadly challenged, and where society's claim to control dissenters has been openly debated. The prominent writers responsible for the religious freedoms we have today have largely defended freedom of conscience as a fundamental right and completely rejected the idea that anyone should have to answer to others for their religious beliefs. Yet, because intolerance is so innate to people regarding what they genuinely care about, true religious freedom has only been realized in places where indifference to religion—seeking to avoid disturbances from theological arguments—has tipped the balance. In the minds of almost all religious people, even in the most tolerant societies, the obligation to be tolerant comes with unspoken limitations. One person may tolerate differing opinions on church governance, but not on doctrine; another might accept everyone except a Papist or a Unitarian; yet another will accept everyone who believes in revealed religion; a few extend their openness a bit further but stop at believing in God and an afterlife. Wherever the majority's sentiment is still strong and genuine, it hasn't lessened its demand to be followed.

In England, from the peculiar circumstances of our political history, though the yoke of opinion is perhaps heavier, that of law is lighter, than in most other countries of Europe; and there is considerable jealousy of direct interference, by the legislative or the executive power, with private conduct; not so much from any just regard for the independence of the individual, as from the still subsisting habit of looking on the government as representing an opposite interest to the public. The majority have not yet learnt to feel the power of the government their power, or its opinions their opinions. When they do so, individual liberty will probably be as much exposed to invasion from the government, as it already is from public opinion. But, as yet, there is a considerable amount of feeling ready to be called forth against any attempt of the law to control individuals in things in which they have not hitherto been accustomed to be controlled by it;[Pg 16] and this with very little discrimination as to whether the matter is, or is not, within the legitimate sphere of legal control; insomuch that the feeling, highly salutary on the whole, is perhaps quite as often misplaced as well grounded in the particular instances of its application. There is, in fact, no recognised principle by which the propriety or impropriety of government interference is customarily tested. People decide according to their personal preferences. Some, whenever they see any good to be done, or evil to be remedied, would willingly instigate the government to undertake the business; while others prefer to bear almost any amount of social evil, rather than add one to the departments of human interests amenable to governmental control. And men range themselves on one or the other side in any particular case, according to this general direction of their sentiments; or according to the degree of interest which they feel in the particular thing which it is proposed that the government should do, or according to the belief they entertain that the government would, or would not, do it in the manner they prefer; but very rarely on account of any opinion to which they consistently adhere, as to what things are fit to be done by a government. And it seems to me that in[Pg 17] consequence of this absence of rule or principle, one side is at present as often wrong as the other; the interference of government is, with about equal frequency, improperly invoked and improperly condemned.

In England, because of our unique political history, while public opinion is often more oppressive, the laws are less strict compared to most other European countries. There's a significant reluctance to let the government interfere with personal behavior, not so much out of a genuine respect for individual independence, but because people still see the government as having interests that oppose those of the public. Most haven’t learned to see government power as their own, or its views as representing their own views. Once they do, personal freedom could be just as vulnerable to government intrusion as it currently is to public opinion. For now, though, there’s a strong sentiment ready to rise against any legal attempt to control individuals in areas where they haven't previously been controlled by law; and this reaction often lacks discernment about whether the issue is legitimately within the bounds of legal authority. The feeling, which is generally beneficial, can equally stem from misguided or well-founded concerns depending on the situation. There isn't a standard principle by which the appropriateness of government interference is usually judged. People base their opinions on personal inclinations. Some are eager to push the government to address problems whenever they see a need, while others would rather tolerate various social issues than allow any more areas of human life to fall under government control. People tend to align themselves on one side or the other in specific cases based on their general feelings, the personal significance they attach to the issue at hand, or their belief in how well the government would handle it. Rarely, they do so based on a consistent opinion about what is suitable for government action. It appears to me that due to this lack of a guiding principle, each side is just as often misjudged as the other; government interference is both wrongly encouraged and wrongly criticized with similar frequency.

The object of this Essay is to assert one very simple principle, as entitled to govern absolutely the dealings of society with the individual in the way of compulsion and control, whether the means used be physical force in the form of legal penalties, or the moral coercion of public opinion. That principle is, that the sole end for which mankind are warranted, individually or collectively, in interfering with the liberty of action of any of their number, is self-protection. That the only purpose for which power can be rightfully exercised over any member of a civilised community, against his will, is to prevent harm to others. His own good, either physical or moral, is not a sufficient warrant. He cannot rightfully be compelled to do or forbear because it will be better for him to do so, because it will make him happier, because, in the opinions of others, to do so would be wise, or even right. These are good reasons for remonstrating with him, or reasoning with him, or persuading him, or entreating him, but not for compelling him, or visiting him with[Pg 18] any evil in case he do otherwise. To justify that, the conduct from which it is desired to deter him must be calculated to produce evil to some one else. The only part of the conduct of any one, for which he is amenable to society, is that which concerns others. In the part which merely concerns himself, his independence is, of right, absolute. Over himself, over his own body and mind, the individual is sovereign.

The purpose of this essay is to establish a straightforward principle that should completely guide how society interacts with individuals regarding enforcement and control, whether through physical force, like legal penalties, or the moral pressure of public opinion. That principle is that the only reason people, either individually or collectively, are justified in interfering with someone's freedom of action is for self-protection. The only valid reason for exercising power over any member of a civilized community, against their will, is to prevent harm to others. A person's own well-being, whether physical or moral, is not enough justification. They cannot be justly forced to act or refrain from acting simply because it would be better for them, because it would make them happier, or because others believe it would be wise or right to do so. Those may be good reasons to talk to them, reason with them, persuade them, or ask them nicely, but not to force them or punish them if they choose otherwise. To justify such actions, the behavior that one seeks to deter must be likely to cause harm to someone else. The only aspects of a person's behavior for which they are accountable to society are those that affect others. In matters that solely concern themselves, their right to independence is absolute. Over themselves, their own body and mind, individuals are sovereign.

It is, perhaps, hardly necessary to say that this doctrine is meant to apply only to human beings in the maturity of their faculties. We are not speaking of children, or of young persons below the age which the law may fix as that of manhood or womanhood. Those who are still in a state to require being taken care of by others, must be protected against their own actions as well as against external injury. For the same reason, we may leave out of consideration those backward states of society in which the race itself may be considered as in its nonage. The early difficulties in the way of spontaneous progress are so great, that there is seldom any choice of means for overcoming them; and a ruler full of the spirit of improvement is warranted in the use of any expedients that will attain an end, perhaps otherwise unattainable. Despotism is a legitimate[Pg 19] mode of government in dealing with barbarians, provided the end be their improvement, and the means justified by actually effecting that end. Liberty, as a principle, has no application to any state of things anterior to the time when mankind have become capable of being improved by free and equal discussion. Until then, there is nothing for them but implicit obedience to an Akbar or a Charlemagne, if they are so fortunate as to find one. But as soon as mankind have attained the capacity of being guided to their own improvement by conviction or persuasion (a period long since reached in all nations with whom we need here concern ourselves), compulsion, either in the direct form or in that of pains and penalties for non-compliance, is no longer admissible as a means to their own good, and justifiable only for the security of others.

It’s probably unnecessary to say that this idea is only meant to apply to adults who are fully capable. We’re not talking about children or young people under the age that the law defines as adulthood. Those who still need care from others must be safeguarded from their own actions as well as from outside harm. For the same reason, we can ignore those underdeveloped societies where the whole race can be seen as immature. The initial challenges to spontaneous progress are so significant that there’s rarely a choice in how to overcome them; a ruler who is motivated to improve has the right to use any methods that will achieve a goal that might not be reachable otherwise. Despotism is a legitimate mode of government when dealing with those considered uncivilized, as long as the goal is their betterment and the methods actually lead to that improvement. The principle of liberty doesn’t apply to any situation before humanity has become capable of self-improvement through open and equal discussion. Until then, their only option is to obey an Akbar or a Charlemagne, if they're lucky enough to find one. But once humanity has reached the ability to be guided toward their own improvement through conviction or persuasion (a point that has long been reached in all nations we need to consider), using force, either directly or as punishment for non-compliance, is no longer acceptable as a means for their own benefit, and can only be justified for the safety of others.

It is proper to state that I forego any advantage which could be derived to my argument from the idea of abstract right, as a thing independent of utility. I regard utility as the ultimate appeal on all ethical questions; but it must be utility in the largest sense, grounded on the permanent interests of man as a progressive being. Those interests, I contend, authorise the subjection of individual spontaneity to external control, only in respect to[Pg 20] those actions of each, which concern the interest of other people. If any one does an act hurtful to others, there is a primâ facie case for punishing him, by law, or, where legal penalties are not safely applicable, by general disapprobation. There are also many positive acts for the benefit of others, which he may rightfully be compelled to perform; such as, to give evidence in a court of justice; to bear his fair share in the common defence, or in any other joint work necessary to the interest of the society of which he enjoys the protection; and to perform certain acts of individual beneficence, such as saving a fellow-creature's life, or interposing to protect the defenceless against ill-usage, things which whenever it is obviously a man's duty to do, he may rightfully be made responsible to society for not doing. A person may cause evil to others not only by his actions but by his inaction, and in either case he is justly accountable to them for the injury. The latter case, it is true, requires a much more cautious exercise of compulsion than the former. To make any one answerable for doing evil to others, is the rule; to make him answerable for not preventing evil, is, comparatively speaking, the exception. Yet there are many cases clear enough and grave enough to justify that exception. In all things which regard[Pg 21] the external relations of the individual, he is de jure amenable to those whose interests are concerned, and if need be, to society as their protector. There are often good reasons for not holding him to the responsibility; but these reasons must arise from the special expediencies of the case: either because it is a kind of case in which he is on the whole likely to act better, when left to his own discretion, than when controlled in any way in which society have it in their power to control him; or because the attempt to exercise control would produce other evils, greater than those which it would prevent. When such reasons as these preclude the enforcement of responsibility, the conscience of the agent himself should step into the vacant judgment seat, and protect those interests of others which have no external protection; judging himself all the more rigidly, because the case does not admit of his being made accountable to the judgment of his fellow-creatures.

It’s important to say that I give up any advantage I could gain for my argument from the idea of abstract rights as something separate from usefulness. I see usefulness as the ultimate factor in all ethical questions, but it must be usefulness in the broadest sense, based on the lasting interests of humanity as a progressive species. I argue that these interests allow the restriction of individual freedom to external control, but only with respect to[Pg 20] those actions that affect other people’s interests. If someone does something harmful to others, there is a clear case for punishing them, either through the law or, when legal penalties aren't safe, through general disapproval. There are also many positive actions for the benefit of others that they can rightfully be compelled to perform, like giving evidence in court, contributing their fair share to common defense, or participating in any joint effort necessary for the society from which they receive protection. They are also obligated to perform acts of individual kindness, like saving someone’s life or intervening to protect the defenseless from harm. These actions, when it’s obvious that someone has a duty to do them, make that person justifiably accountable to society if they fail to act. A person can harm others not just through their actions but also through their inaction, and in either case, they are rightly responsible for the harm caused. The latter does require a much more careful approach to enforcing responsibility than the former. It is generally the rule to hold someone accountable for doing harm to others, while holding them accountable for failing to prevent harm is, comparatively speaking, the exception. Yet there are numerous clear and serious cases that justify that exception. In all matters concerning[Pg 21] the external relationships of the individual, they are legally accountable to those whose interests are at stake, and if necessary, to society as their protector. There are often valid reasons for not holding them responsible, but these reasons must come from the specific circumstances of the case: either because it’s a situation where they are likely to act better when left to their own judgment rather than being controlled by society, or because attempting to exert control would create greater problems than those it aims to solve. When such reasons prevent the enforcement of responsibility, the individual’s own conscience should take over to safeguard the interests of others that lack external protection, judging themselves even more strictly because the situation does not allow them to be held accountable by the judgment of others.

But there is a sphere of action in which society, as distinguished from the individual, has, if any, only an indirect interest; comprehending all that portion of a person's life and conduct which affects only himself, or if it also affects others, only with their free, voluntary, and undeceived consent and[Pg 22] participation. When I say only himself, I mean directly, and in the first instance: for whatever affects himself, may affect others through himself; and the objection which may be grounded on this contingency, will receive consideration in the sequel. This, then, is the appropriate region of human liberty. It comprises, first, the inward domain of consciousness; demanding liberty of conscience, in the most comprehensive sense; liberty of thought and feeling; absolute freedom of opinion and sentiment on all subjects, practical or speculative, scientific, moral, or theological. The liberty of expressing and publishing opinions may seem to fall under a different principle, since it belongs to that part of the conduct of an individual which concerns other people; but, being almost of as much importance as the liberty of thought itself, and resting in great part on the same reasons, is practically inseparable from it. Secondly, the principle requires liberty of tastes and pursuits; of framing the plan of our life to suit our own character; of doing as we like, subject to such consequences as may follow: without impediment from our fellow-creatures, so long as what we do does not harm them, even though they should think our conduct foolish, perverse, or wrong. Thirdly, from this liberty of[Pg 23] each individual, follows the liberty, within the same limits, of combination among individuals; freedom to unite, for any purpose not involving harm to others: the persons combining being supposed to be of full age, and not forced or deceived.

But there is a realm where society, distinct from the individual, has, if any, only an indirect interest; this includes all parts of a person's life and actions that affect only themselves, or if it also impacts others, only with their free, voluntary, and fully informed consent and[Pg 22] participation. When I say only themselves, I mean directly, and in the first instance: for whatever affects themselves can also impact others through them; and the concerns that may arise from this possibility will be addressed later. This, then, is the rightful area of human liberty. It includes, first, the inner realm of consciousness; demanding freedom of conscience in the broadest sense; freedom of thought and feeling; absolute freedom of opinion and sentiment on all issues, whether practical or theoretical, scientific, moral, or theological. The freedom to express and share opinions might seem to fit under a different principle, since it involves the behavior of an individual that affects others; however, being nearly as critical as the freedom of thought itself and largely based on the same reasons, it is practically inseparable from it. Secondly, the principle demands freedom of preferences and pursuits; the ability to shape the course of our lives to match our own character; to do as we wish, subjected to the consequences that may arise: without interference from others, as long as what we do doesn’t harm them, even if they consider our actions foolish, mistaken, or wrong. Thirdly, from this freedom of[Pg 23] each individual, comes the freedom, within the same limits, to form associations among individuals; the freedom to unite for any purpose that doesn't involve harming others: with the individuals joining presumed to be of legal age, and not coerced or misled.

No society in which these liberties are not, on the whole, respected, is free, whatever may be its form of government; and none is completely free in which they do not exist absolute and unqualified. The only freedom which deserves the name, is that of pursuing our own good in our own way, so long as we do not attempt to deprive others of theirs, or impede their efforts to obtain it. Each is the proper guardian of his own health, whether bodily, or mental and spiritual. Mankind are greater gainers by suffering each other to live as seems good to themselves, than by compelling each to live as seems good to the rest.

No society where these freedoms aren’t generally respected is truly free, regardless of its government type; and none is completely free if these freedoms don’t exist in absolute and unrestricted form. The only freedom that truly deserves the name is the ability to pursue our own happiness in our own way, as long as we don’t try to take away others’ freedoms or hinder their efforts to achieve their own. Each person is the best protector of their own health, whether physical, mental, or spiritual. People benefit more from allowing each other to live as they see fit than from forcing everyone to live according to others' standards.

Though this doctrine is anything but new, and, to some persons, may have the air of a truism, there is no doctrine which stands more directly opposed to the general tendency of existing opinion and practice. Society has expended fully as much effort in the attempt (according to its lights) to compel people to conform to its notions[Pg 24] of personal, as of social excellence. The ancient commonwealths thought themselves entitled to practise, and the ancient philosophers countenanced, the regulation of every part of private conduct by public authority, on the ground that the State had a deep interest in the whole bodily and mental discipline of every one of its citizens; a mode of thinking which may have been admissible in small republics surrounded by powerful enemies, in constant peril of being subverted by foreign attack or internal commotion, and to which even a short interval of relaxed energy and self-command might so easily be fatal, that they could not afford to wait for the salutary permanent effects of freedom. In the modern world, the greater size of political communities, and above all, the separation between spiritual and temporal authority (which placed the direction of men's consciences in other hands than those which controlled their worldly affairs), prevented so great an interference by law in the details of private life; but the engines of moral repression have been wielded more strenuously against divergence from the reigning opinion in self-regarding, than even in social matters; religion, the most powerful of the elements which have entered into the formation[Pg 25] of moral feeling, having almost always been governed either by the ambition of a hierarchy, seeking control over every department of human conduct, or by the spirit of Puritanism. And some of those modern reformers who have placed themselves in strongest opposition to the religions of the past, have been noway behind either churches or sects in their assertion of the right of spiritual domination: M. Comte, in particular, whose social system, as unfolded in his Traité de Politique Positive, aims at establishing (though by moral more than by legal appliances) a despotism of society over the individual, surpassing anything contemplated in the political ideal of the most rigid disciplinarian among the ancient philosophers.

Although this idea isn't new and may seem obvious to some, there's no concept that contradicts the current trends in opinion and behavior more directly. Society has put as much effort into trying (in its own way) to make people conform to its ideas[Pg 24] of personal as well as social excellence. Ancient city-states believed they had the right to regulate every aspect of private behavior through public authority, based on the idea that the State had a significant interest in the physical and mental well-being of each of its citizens. This way of thinking might have made sense in small republics facing powerful enemies and constant threats of foreign invasion or internal unrest, where even a brief period of relaxation in energy and self-control could be disastrous, leaving them unable to wait for the long-term benefits of freedom. In the modern world, the larger size of political communities and, above all, the separation of spiritual and temporal authority (which placed control of people's consciences in different hands from those managing their worldly affairs) has reduced the extent to which laws interfere in private life. However, the tools of moral control have been used even more aggressively against deviations from the prevailing opinion on personal matters than on social issues. Religion, a powerful influence in shaping[Pg 25] moral sentiment, has almost always been driven by the ambitions of a hierarchy looking to control every aspect of human behavior or by a spirit of Puritanism. Some of the modern reformers who strongly oppose the religions of the past have been no less rigorous than churches or sects in claiming their right to spiritual authority: M. Comte, in particular, whose social system, as outlined in his Traité de Politique Positive, seeks to establish (more through moral means than legal ones) a social despotism over the individual that goes beyond anything envisioned in the political ideals of the strictest disciplinarians among ancient philosophers.

Apart from the peculiar tenets of individual thinkers, there is also in the world at large an increasing inclination to stretch unduly the powers of society over the individual, both by the force of opinion and even by that of legislation: and as the tendency of all the changes taking place in the world is to strengthen society, and diminish the power of the individual, this encroachment is not one of the evils which tend spontaneously to disappear, but, on the contrary, to grow more and more formidable. The disposition of mankind,[Pg 26] whether as rulers or as fellow-citizens to impose their own opinions and inclinations as a rule of conduct on others, is so energetically supported by some of the best and by some of the worst feelings incident to human nature, that it is hardly ever kept under restraint by anything but want of power; and as the power is not declining, but growing, unless a strong barrier of moral conviction can be raised against the mischief, we must expect, in the present circumstances of the world, to see it increase.

Aside from the unique beliefs of individual thinkers, there’s a growing trend in society to overly extend its influence over individuals, both through public opinion and even through laws. As changes in the world continue to empower society and weaken individual rights, this overreach doesn’t seem to be one of the issues that resolves itself; instead, it appears to be becoming more and more serious. The tendency of people, whether as leaders or fellow citizens, to enforce their opinions and preferences as standards for others is strongly backed by both the best and worst aspects of human nature. This tendency is rarely kept in check except by a lack of power, and since that power is not diminishing but increasing, unless we build a strong moral conviction against this harm, we can expect it to grow in the current state of the world.

It will be convenient for the argument, if, instead of at once entering upon the general thesis, we confine ourselves in the first instance to a single branch of it, on which the principle here stated is, if not fully, yet to a certain point, recognised by the current opinions. This one branch is the Liberty of Thought: from which it is impossible to separate the cognate liberty of speaking and of writing. Although these liberties, to some considerable amount, form part of the political morality of all countries which profess religious toleration and free institutions, the grounds, both philosophical and practical, on which they rest, are perhaps not so familiar to the general mind, nor so thoroughly appreciated by many even of the leaders of opinion, as might[Pg 27] have been expected. Those grounds, when rightly understood, are of much wider application than to only one division of the subject, and a thorough consideration of this part of the question will be found the best introduction to the remainder. Those to whom nothing which I am about to say will be new, may therefore, I hope, excuse me, if on a subject which for now three centuries has been so often discussed, I venture on one discussion more.

For the sake of the argument, instead of jumping right into the overall thesis, let’s initially focus on one specific aspect of it, where the principle stated here is at least partially recognized in current opinions. This particular aspect is the Liberty of Thought, which is closely tied to the freedom of speech and writing. While these freedoms are significant parts of the political ethics in all countries that promote religious tolerance and free institutions, the philosophical and practical foundations that support them may not be as familiar to the general public, nor as well understood by many leaders of thought, as one might have expected. When properly understood, these foundations have much broader relevance than just one part of the topic, and a detailed examination of this issue will serve as the best introduction to the rest. Those who find nothing I am about to say new may forgive me if I attempt yet another discussion on a topic that has been debated for the past three centuries.


CHAPTER 2. ON THE FREEDOM OF THOUGHT AND DISCUSSION.

The time, it is to be hoped, is gone by, when any defence would be necessary of the "liberty of the press" as one of the securities against corrupt or tyrannical government. No argument, we may suppose, can now be needed, against permitting a legislature or an executive, not identified in interest with the people, to prescribe opinions to them, and determine what doctrines or what arguments they shall be allowed to hear. This aspect of the question, besides, has been so often and so triumphantly enforced by preceding writers, that it need not be specially insisted on in this place. Though the law of England, on the subject of the press, is as servile to this day as it was in the time of the Tudors, there is little danger of its being actually put in force against political discussion, except during some temporary panic, when fear of insurrection drives ministers and[Pg 29] judges from their propriety;[6] and, speaking generally, it is not, in constitutional countries, to be apprehended that the government, whether completely responsible to the people or not, will often attempt to control the expression of opinion, except when in doing so it makes itself the organ of the general intolerance of the public. Let us suppose, therefore, that the government is entirely at one with the people, and never thinks of exerting any power of coercion unless in agreement with what it conceives to be their voice. But I deny the right of the people to exercise such coercion, either by themselves or by their government. The power itself is illegitimate. The best[Pg 30] government has no more title to it than the worst. It is as noxious, or more noxious, when exerted in accordance with public opinion, than when in or opposition to it. If all mankind minus one, were of one opinion, and only one person were of the contrary opinion, mankind would be no more justified in silencing that one person, than he, if he had the power, would be justified in silencing mankind. Were an opinion a personal possession of no value except to the owner; if to be obstructed in the enjoyment of it were simply a private injury, it would make some difference whether the injury was inflicted only on a few persons or on[Pg 31] many. But the peculiar evil of silencing the expression of an opinion is, that it is robbing the human race; posterity as well as the existing generation; those who dissent from the opinion, still more than those who hold it. If the opinion is right, they are deprived of the opportunity of exchanging error for truth: if wrong, they lose, what is almost as great a benefit, the clearer perception and livelier impression of truth, produced by its collision with error.

The time has hopefully passed when there's a need to defend the "freedom of the press" as a safeguard against corrupt or oppressive government. It's safe to assume that no further arguments are needed against allowing a legislature or executive, not aligned with the people's interests, to dictate their opinions and decide what ideas or arguments they can access. This point has already been strongly articulated by many previous writers, so we don’t need to elaborate on it here. Although press laws in England remain as restrictive today as they were during the Tudor era, there's little risk of them being enforced against political debate, except during brief moments of panic when fear of rebellion drives officials and judges to lose their composure; generally, in constitutional countries, we shouldn’t worry that the government, whether fully accountable to the people or not, will frequently try to control the expression of opinions, unless it’s acting as a reflection of the public’s general intolerance. Let’s assume that the government is completely in sync with the people and only considers exercising power in alignment with what it believes to be their voice. However, I contest the right of the people to impose such coercion, whether directly or through their government. The power itself is illegitimate. The best government holds no greater claim to it than the worst. It is just as harmful, or even more so, when exercised in line with public opinion as when it goes against it. If everyone but one person shared the same opinion, and that one individual held an opposing view, humanity would have no justification for silencing that one person just as that person, if empowered, would have no justification for silencing humanity. If an opinion were merely a personal possession with no value beyond its owner; if obstructing its enjoyment were a private injury, it might matter whether the harm affected just a few or many. However, the unique harm of silencing an opinion is that it robs humanity—both current and future generations—and especially those who disagree with it, even more than those who share it. If the opinion is correct, they are denied the chance to turn error into truth; if incorrect, they miss out on what is nearly as valuable: a clearer understanding and stronger impression of truth gained from its clash with error.

It is necessary to consider separately these two hypotheses, each of which has a distinct branch of the argument corresponding to it. We can never be sure that the opinion we are endeavouring to stifle is a false opinion; and if we were sure, stifling it would be an evil still.

It’s important to look at these two hypotheses individually, as each one has its own line of reasoning. We can never know for certain that the opinion we’re trying to silence is a wrong one; and even if we were sure, silencing it would still be a bad thing.

 

First: the opinion which it is attempted to suppress by authority may possibly be true. Those who desire to suppress it, of course deny its truth; but they are not infallible. They have no authority to decide the question for all mankind, and exclude every other person from the means of judging. To refuse a hearing to an opinion, because they are sure that it is false, is to assume that their certainty is the same thing as absolute certainty. All silencing of discussion is[Pg 32] an assumption of infallibility. Its condemnation may be allowed to rest on this common argument, not the worse for being common.

First: the opinion that is being tried to suppress by authority might actually be true. Those who want to silence it obviously deny its truth, but they're not infallible. They don't have the authority to make the decision for everyone and prevent others from forming their own judgments. To refuse to listen to an opinion just because they believe it to be false is to assume that their certainty equals absolute certainty. Silencing discussion is[Pg 32] an assumption of infallibility. Its condemnation can be based on this common argument, which isn't any less valid for being widely held.

Unfortunately for the good sense of mankind, the fact of their fallibility is far from carrying the weight in their practical judgment, which is always allowed to it in theory; for while every one well knows himself to be fallible, few think it necessary to take any precautions against their own fallibility, or admit the supposition that any opinion, of which they feel very certain, may be one of the examples of the error to which they acknowledge themselves to be liable. Absolute princes, or others who are accustomed to unlimited deference, usually feel this complete confidence in their own opinions on nearly all subjects. People more happily situated, who sometimes hear their opinions disputed, and are not wholly unused to be set right when they are wrong, place the same unbounded reliance only on such of their opinions as are shared by all who surround them, or to whom they habitually defer: for in proportion to a man's want of confidence in his own solitary judgment, does he usually repose, with implicit trust, on the infallibility of "the world" in general. And the world, to each individual, means the part of it with which he comes in contact; his party,[Pg 33] his sect, his church, his class of society: the man may be called, by comparison, almost liberal and large-minded to whom it means anything so comprehensive as his own country or his own age. Nor is his faith in this collective authority at all shaken by his being aware that other ages, countries, sects, churches, classes, and parties have thought, and even now think, the exact reverse. He devolves upon his own world the responsibility of being in the right against the dissentient worlds of other people; and it never troubles him that mere accident has decided which of these numerous worlds is the object of his reliance, and that the same causes which make him a Churchman in London, would have made him a Buddhist or a Confucian in Pekin. Yet it is as evident in itself as any amount of argument can make it, that ages are no more infallible than individuals; every age having held many opinions which subsequent ages have deemed not only false but absurd; and it is as certain that many opinions, now general, will be rejected by future ages, as it is that many, once general, are rejected by the present.

Unfortunately for the good sense of humanity, the fact that people are fallible doesn't carry the same weight in their practical judgment, even though it’s generally acknowledged in theory. While everyone understands that they can make mistakes, few feel the need to take precautions against their own fallibility or consider that an opinion they are very confident in might actually be one of the errors they recognize they could make. Absolute rulers or those who typically receive unlimited deference often have complete confidence in their opinions on almost all subjects. People who are in more fortunate positions, who sometimes hear their views challenged and aren't completely unaccustomed to being corrected when they’re wrong, tend to only trust those opinions that are shared by everyone around them or those they usually defer to. The less confidence someone has in their individual judgment, the more they tend to place total trust in the supposed infallibility of "the world" in general. For each person, "the world" refers to the part of it they interact with: their political party, their religious sect, their church, or their social class. A person might be considered quite liberal and open-minded if their view of the world includes something as broad as their own country or their own era. Their faith in this collective authority is not shaken at all by the knowledge that other ages, countries, sects, churches, classes, and political parties have held, and even currently hold, exactly the opposite views. They assign to their own world the responsibility of being correct against the dissenting worlds of others; it never strikes them that mere chance decided which of these many worlds they rely on, nor that the same factors that make them a Churchman in London would have made them a Buddhist or Confucian in Beijing. Yet it is as clear as any argument could make it that ages are no more infallible than individuals; every age has held many opinions that later generations have deemed not just false but absurd; and it is just as certain that many opinions that are currently widespread will be dismissed by future generations, just as many opinions that were once common are rejected today.

The objection likely to be made to this argument, would probably take some such form as the following. There is no greater assumption of infallibility in forbidding the propagation of[Pg 34] error, than in any other thing which is done by public authority on its own judgment and responsibility. Judgment is given to men that they may use it. Because it may be used erroneously, are men to be told that they ought not to use it at all? To prohibit what they think pernicious, is not claiming exemption from error, but fulfilling the duty incumbent on them, although fallible, of acting on their conscientious conviction. If we were never to act on our opinions, because those opinions may be wrong, we should leave all our interests uncared for, and all our duties unperformed. An objection which applies to all conduct, can be no valid objection to any conduct in particular. It is the duty of governments, and of individuals, to form the truest opinions they can; to form them carefully, and never impose them upon others unless they are quite sure of being right. But when they are sure (such reasoners may say), it is not conscientiousness but cowardice to shrink from acting on their opinions, and allow doctrines which they honestly think dangerous to the welfare of mankind, either in this life or in another, to be scattered abroad without restraint, because other people, in less enlightened times, have persecuted opinions now believed to be true. Let us take[Pg 35] care, it may be said, not to make the same mistake: but governments and nations have made mistakes in other things, which are not denied to be fit subjects for the exercise of authority: they have laid on bad taxes, made unjust wars. Ought we therefore to lay on no taxes, and, under whatever provocation, make no wars? Men, and governments, must act to the best of their ability. There is no such thing as absolute certainty, but there is assurance sufficient for the purposes of human life. We may, and must, assume our opinion to be true for the guidance of our own conduct: and it is assuming no more when we forbid bad men to pervert society by the propagation of opinions which we regard as false and pernicious.

The objection likely to be made to this argument would probably look something like this: There’s no greater claim to infallibility in banning the spread of[Pg 34] error than in anything else done by public authority based on its own judgment and responsibility. Judgment is given to people so they can use it. Just because it might be used incorrectly, should people be told that they shouldn’t use it at all? To prohibit what they believe is harmful isn’t claiming to be free from error, but fulfilling their responsibility to act on their sincere convictions, even if they’re not perfect. If we never acted on our opinions because they could be wrong, we’d neglect all our interests and leave our duties undone. An objection that applies to all behavior can't be a valid objection to any specific behavior. It's the duty of both governments and individuals to form the best opinions they can; to form them thoughtfully, and not impose them on others unless they are certain they are right. But when they are sure (critics might say), it isn’t conscientiousness but cowardice to avoid acting on their opinions, allowing ideas they sincerely believe are dangerous to humanity, in this life or the next, to spread unchecked, just because people in less enlightened times persecuted ideas now considered true. We should be careful not to repeat that mistake, it might be argued; but governments and nations have made mistakes in other areas, which aren’t denied as appropriate subjects for authority: they have imposed bad taxes and waged unjust wars. Should we then avoid all taxes and never make wars, no matter the circumstances? People and governments must act to the best of their abilities. There’s no such thing as absolute certainty, but there’s enough assurance for human life. We may, and must, assume our opinion is true to guide our own conduct: and it's no more than that when we forbid bad people from corrupting society with the spread of beliefs we see as false and harmful.

I answer that it is assuming very much more. There is the greatest difference between presuming an opinion to be true, because, with every opportunity for contesting it, it has not been refuted, and assuming its truth for the purpose of not permitting its refutation. Complete liberty of contradicting and disproving our opinion, is the very condition which justifies us in assuming its truth for purposes of action; and on no other terms can a being with human faculties have any rational assurance of being right.

I respond that this is assuming a lot more. There’s a big difference between believing an opinion is true because it hasn’t been disproven despite plenty of chances to challenge it, and assuming its truth to avoid being challenged. Total freedom to contradict and disprove our opinion is the very condition that justifies us in assuming its truth for taking action, and on no other basis can a person with human abilities have any rational confidence in being correct.

When we consider either the history of opinion, or the ordinary conduct of human life, to what is it to be ascribed that the one and the other are no worse than they are? Not certainly to the inherent force of the human understanding; for, on any matter not self-evident, there are ninety-nine persons totally incapable of judging of it, for one who is capable; and the capacity of the hundredth person is only comparative; for the majority of the eminent men of every past generation held many opinions now known to be erroneous, and did or approved numerous things which no one will now justify. Why is it, then, that there is on the whole a preponderance among mankind of rational opinions and rational conduct? If there really is this preponderance—which there must be, unless human affairs are, and have always been, in an almost desperate state—it is owing to a quality of the human mind, the source of everything respectable in man either as an intellectual or as a moral being, namely, that his errors are corrigible. He is capable of rectifying his mistakes, by discussion and experience. Not by experience alone. There must be discussion, to show how experience is to be interpreted. Wrong opinions and practices gradually yield to fact and argument: but facts[Pg 37] and arguments, to produce any effect on the mind, must be brought before it. Very few facts are able to tell their own story, without comments to bring out their meaning. The whole strength and value, then, of human judgment, depending on the one property, that it can be set right when it is wrong, reliance can be placed on it only when the means of setting it right are kept constantly at hand. In the case of any person whose judgment is really deserving of confidence, how has it become so? Because he has kept his mind open to criticism of his opinions and conduct. Because it has been his practice to listen to all that could be said against him; to profit by as much of it as was just, and expound to himself, and upon occasion to others, the fallacy of what was fallacious. Because he has felt, that the only way in which a human being can make some approach to knowing the whole of a subject, is by hearing what can be said about it by persons of every variety of opinion, and studying all modes in which it can be looked at by every character of mind. No wise man ever acquired his wisdom in any mode but this; nor is it in the nature of human intellect to become wise in any other manner. The steady habit of correcting and completing his own opinion by collating it[Pg 38] with those of others, so far from causing doubt and hesitation in carrying it into practice, is the only stable foundation for a just reliance on it: for, being cognisant of all that can, at least obviously, be said against him, and having taken up his position against all gainsayers—knowing that he has sought for objections and difficulties, instead of avoiding them, and has shut out no light which can be thrown upon the subject from any quarter—he has a right to think his judgment better than that of any person, or any multitude, who have not gone through a similar process.

When we look at either the history of opinions or the normal behavior of human life, how can we explain that both are not worse than they are? It’s certainly not due to the natural strength of human understanding; for every subject that isn’t self-evident, there are ninety-nine people who can’t grasp it for every one who can. And even the one who can is only comparatively capable; many respected thinkers from past generations held incorrect beliefs and did or supported actions that no one would justify today. So, why is there, overall, a predominance of rational opinions and behavior among people? If this predominance truly exists—which it must unless human circumstances are or have always been dire—it’s because of a quality of the human mind that leads to everything commendable in people, intellectually or morally: that our mistakes can be corrected. We can fix our errors through discussion and experience, not by experience alone. Discussion is necessary to interpret experience correctly. Incorrect beliefs and actions eventually give way to facts and arguments; however, to influence the mind, facts and arguments must be presented. Very few facts can convey their own meaning without commentary to clarify their significance. Thus, the strength and value of human judgment rely on one key aspect: it can be corrected when wrong, so we can only trust it when the means to correct it are always available. For someone whose judgment genuinely deserves our trust, how did they achieve this? Because they kept their mind open to criticism of their views and actions. They made it a point to listen to everything said against them, to appreciate what was valid, and to analyze for themselves—and sometimes explain to others—the flaws in what was flawed. They realize that the only way a person can understand a topic better is by hearing all perspectives from various opinions and examining it from different viewpoints. No wise person ever gained knowledge in any other way, nor is it in human nature to attain wisdom differently. The consistent practice of correcting and enhancing one’s own opinion by comparing it with others not only fosters confidence in putting it into action but is the only reliable foundation for trusting one’s judgment: for being aware of all that can, at least evidently, be argued against them, and having confronted all critics—knowing they sought out objections and challenges rather than shunning them, and welcomed any light on the topic from any source—they have the right to believe their judgment is more accurate than that of anyone else who hasn’t undergone a similar process.

It is not too much to require that what the wisest of mankind, those who are best entitled to trust their own judgment, find necessary to warrant their relying on it, should be submitted to by that miscellaneous collection of a few wise and many foolish individuals, called the public. The most intolerant of churches, the Roman Catholic Church, even at the canonisation of a saint, admits, and listens patiently to, a "devil's advocate." The holiest of men, it appears, cannot be admitted to posthumous honours, until all that the devil could say against him is known and weighed. If even the Newtonian philosophy were not permitted to be questioned, mankind could not feel as complete assurance of its truth as they now do. The beliefs[Pg 39] which we have most warrant for, have no safeguard to rest on, but a standing invitation to the whole world to prove them unfounded. If the challenge is not accepted, or is accepted and the attempt fails, we are far enough from certainty still; but we have done the best that the existing state of human reason admits of; we have neglected nothing that could give the truth a chance of reaching us: if the lists are kept open, we may hope that if there be a better truth, it will be found when the human mind is capable of receiving it; and in the meantime we may rely on having attained such approach to truth, as is possible in our own day. This is the amount of certainty attainable by a fallible being, and this the sole way of attaining it.

It’s not too much to ask that what the wisest people, those most qualified to trust their own judgment, deem necessary to justify their reliance on it, should also be accepted by that mixed group of a few wise people and many foolish ones, known as the public. Even the most intolerant of churches, the Roman Catholic Church, during the canonization of a saint, includes and listens patiently to a "devil's advocate." The holiest of individuals, it seems, cannot receive posthumous honors until all that the devil could argue against them is known and considered. If even Newtonian philosophy weren’t allowed to be questioned, humanity couldn’t feel as confident in its truth as they do now. The beliefs[Pg 39] we have the strongest basis for, rest on nothing more than a standing invitation for the entire world to prove them wrong. If the challenge goes unanswered, or if it’s accepted and the attempt fails, we’re still quite far from certainty. But we have done the best that human reasoning allows; we haven’t overlooked anything that could give the truth a chance to reach us: if the competition remains open, we may hope that if a better truth exists, it will be discovered when the human mind is ready to understand it; and in the meantime, we can trust that we have gotten as close to the truth as possible in our time. This is the degree of certainty achievable by a fallible being, and this is the only way to attain it.

Strange it is, that men should admit the validity of the arguments for free discussion, but object to their being "pushed to an extreme;" not seeing that unless the reasons are good for an extreme case, they are not good for any case. Strange that they should imagine that they are not assuming infallibility, when they acknowledge that there should be free discussion on all subjects which can possibly be doubtful, but think that some particular principle or doctrine should be forbidden to be questioned because it is so certain,[Pg 40] that is, because they are certain that it is certain. To call any proposition certain, while there is any one who would deny its certainty if permitted, but who is not permitted, is to assume that we ourselves, and those who agree with us, are the judges of certainty, and judges without hearing the other side.

It's strange that people accept the arguments for free discussion but resist taking them "too far," not realizing that if the arguments don't hold up in extreme cases, they won't hold up in any cases. It's odd that they think they aren't claiming infallibility when they agree that there should be free discussion on any subject that might be doubtful, yet believe that certain principles or doctrines shouldn't be questioned because they are so certain,[Pg 40] meaning they are certain that it is certain. To label any proposition as certain while there is anyone who would dispute its certainty if allowed to is to assume that we, along with those who share our views, are the ones who decide what is certain, doing so without hearing the opposing side.

In the present age—which has been described as "destitute of faith, but terrified at scepticism"—in which people feel sure, not so much that their opinions are true, as that they should not know what to do without them—the claims of an opinion to be protected from public attack are rested not so much on its truth, as on its importance to society. There are, it is alleged, certain beliefs, so useful, not to say indispensable to well-being, that it is as much the duty of governments to uphold those beliefs, as to protect any other of the interests of society. In a case of such necessity, and so directly in the line of their duty, something less than infallibility may, it is maintained, warrant, and even bind, governments, to act on their own opinion, confirmed by the general opinion of mankind. It is also often argued, and still oftener thought, that none but bad men would desire to weaken these salutary beliefs; and there can be nothing wrong, it is thought, in restraining bad[Pg 41] men, and prohibiting what only such men would wish to practise. This mode of thinking makes the justification of restraints on discussion not a question of the truth of doctrines, but of their usefulness; and flatters itself by that means to escape the responsibility of claiming to be an infallible judge of opinions. But those who thus satisfy themselves, do not perceive that the assumption of infallibility is merely shifted from one point to another. The usefulness of an opinion is itself matter of opinion: as disputable, as open to discussion, and requiring discussion as much, as the opinion itself. There is the same need of an infallible judge of opinions to decide an opinion to be noxious, as to decide it to be false, unless the opinion condemned has full opportunity of defending itself. And it will not do to say that the heretic may be allowed to maintain the utility or harmlessness of his opinion, though forbidden to maintain its truth. The truth of an opinion is part of its utility. If we would know whether or not it is desirable that a proposition should be believed, is it possible to exclude the consideration of whether or not it is true? In the opinion, not of bad men, but of the best men, no belief which is contrary to truth can be really useful: and can you prevent such men[Pg 42] from urging that plea, when they are charged with culpability for denying some doctrine which they are told is useful, but which they believe to be false? Those who are on the side of received opinions, never fail to take all possible advantage of this plea; you do not find them handling the question of utility as if it could be completely abstracted from that of truth: on the contrary, it is, above all, because their doctrine is "the truth," that the knowledge or the belief of it is held to be so indispensable. There can be no fair discussion of the question of usefulness, when an argument so vital may be employed on one side, but not on the other. And in point of fact, when law or public feeling do not permit the truth of an opinion to be disputed, they are just as little tolerant of a denial of its usefulness. The utmost they allow is an extenuation of its absolute necessity, or of the positive guilt of rejecting it.

In today's world—which has been called "lacking faith but afraid of doubt"—people aren't so much confident that their opinions are accurate as they are unsure what to do without them. The argument for protecting an opinion from public scrutiny is based not on its truth but on its significance to society. There are believed to be certain beliefs that are so useful, if not essential, for well-being that it's as much the responsibility of governments to uphold those beliefs as it is to safeguard any other societal interests. In such situations, it’s argued that something less than absolute certainty can justify, and even compel, governments to act based on their own views, supported by the general consensus among people. It's often suggested, and frequently assumed, that only bad people would want to undermine these beneficial beliefs; thus, it seems acceptable to restrain bad individuals and ban practices that only they would advocate for. This line of thinking makes the justification for limiting discussions not a matter of truth, but of usefulness, and deludes itself into avoiding the responsibility of claiming to be an infallible judge of opinions. However, those who believe this approach fail to realize that the claim to infallibility is merely shifted from one argument to another. The usefulness of an opinion is itself a matter of opinion: as debatable and in need of discussion as the opinion itself. There is just as much need for an infallible judge to determine if an opinion is harmful as there is to determine if it is false, unless the condemned opinion is given a fair chance to defend itself. It’s insufficient to say that the heretic might be allowed to argue the utility or harmlessness of their opinion while being forbidden from claiming its truth. The truth of an opinion is part of its usefulness. If we want to determine whether a belief should be accepted, can we simply ignore whether it is true? In the view of the best individuals, no belief that contradicts the truth can genuinely be beneficial; and can you stop such people from making that argument when they are blamed for rejecting some doctrine that's claimed to be useful but which they believe is false? Those who support established opinions always take every opportunity to exploit this argument; you won’t find them discussing the issue of usefulness as if it could be completely separated from truth; on the contrary, it's primarily because their doctrine is considered "the truth" that its knowledge or belief is seen as essential. There can be no fair discussion about usefulness when such a critical argument is available to one side but not the other. In fact, when laws or public sentiment don’t allow for the truth of an opinion to be challenged, they are just as intolerant of any denial of its usefulness. The most they permit is a mitigation of its absolute necessity or a reduction of the blame for rejecting it.

In order more fully to illustrate the mischief of denying a hearing to opinions because we, in our own judgment, have condemned them, it will be desirable to fix down the discussion to a concrete case; and I choose, by preference, the cases which are least favourable to me—in which the argument against freedom of opinion, both on the score of truth and on that of utility, is considered the[Pg 43] strongest. Let the opinions impugned be the belief in a God and in a future state, or any of the commonly received doctrines of morality. To fight the battle on such ground, gives a great advantage to an unfair antagonist; since he will be sure to say (and many who have no desire to be unfair will say it internally), Are these the doctrines which you do not deem sufficiently certain to be taken under the protection of law? Is the belief in a God one of the opinions, to feel sure of which, you hold to be assuming infallibility? But I must be permitted to observe, that it is not the feeling sure of a doctrine (be it what it may) which I call an assumption of infallibility. It is the undertaking to decide that question for others, without allowing them to hear what can be said on the contrary side. And I denounce and reprobate this pretension not the less, if put forth on the side of my most solemn convictions. However positive any one's persuasion may be, not only of the falsity, but of the pernicious consequences—not only of the pernicious consequences, but (to adopt expressions which I altogether condemn) the immorality and impiety of an opinion; yet if, in pursuance of that private judgment, though backed by the public judgment of his country[Pg 44] or his contemporaries, he prevents the opinion from being heard in its defence, he assumes infallibility. And so far from the assumption being less objectionable or less dangerous because the opinion is called immoral or impious, this is the case of all others in which it is most fatal. These are exactly the occasions on which the men of one generation commit those dreadful mistakes, which excite the astonishment and horror of posterity. It is among such that we find the instances memorable in history, when the arm of the law has been employed to root out the best men and the noblest doctrines; with deplorable success as to the men, though some of the doctrines have survived to be (as if in mockery) invoked, in defence of similar conduct towards those who dissent from them, or from their received interpretation.

To better show the harm of denying a hearing to opinions just because we’ve judged them unworthy, it’s useful to focus on a specific case. I’ll choose the examples that don’t favor me the most—where the argument against freedom of opinion, in terms of both truth and usefulness, is seen as the[Pg 43] strongest. Let’s consider the beliefs in God and an afterlife, or any commonly accepted moral doctrines. Taking a stand on such issues gives an unfair advantage to an opponent; they can easily ask (and many who don’t want to be unfair may still think it), “Are these the beliefs you don’t think are certain enough to deserve legal protection? Is belief in God one of those opinions that you’re so sure about that you assume it to be infallible?” But I need to point out that it’s not the certainty of a belief (no matter what it is) that I consider an assumption of infallibility. It’s the act of determining that decision for others, without letting them hear the opposing viewpoint. I reject this claim, no matter how much it comes from my own deepest beliefs. No matter how strongly someone believes in the falsehood, harmful effects—not to mention the (to use terms I completely reject) immorality and impiety of an opinion—if they prevent that opinion from being defended based on their private judgment, even if it’s supported by the public opinion of their country[Pg 44] or their peers, they are assuming infallibility. And this assumption is no less problematic or dangerous just because the opinion is labeled immoral or impious; in fact, this is the situation where it’s most deadly. These are precisely the times when people in one generation make terrible mistakes, which shock and horrify future generations. Among these failures, we find historical examples where the law has been used to eradicate the best people and the noblest beliefs; this has had disastrous results for the people, while some of those beliefs have endured to be (as if in mockery) used to justify similar actions against those who disagree with them or their accepted interpretations.

Mankind can hardly be too often reminded that there was once a man named Socrates, between whom and the legal authorities and public opinion of his time, there took place a memorable collision. Born in an age and country abounding in individual greatness, this man has been handed down to us by those who best knew both him and the age, as the most virtuous man in it; while we know him as the head and[Pg 45] prototype of all subsequent teachers of virtue, the source equally of the lofty inspiration of Plato and the judicious utilitarianism of Aristotle, "i maëstri di color che sanno," the two headsprings of ethical as of all other philosophy. This acknowledged master of all the eminent thinkers who have since lived—whose fame, still growing after more than two thousand years, all but outweighs the whole remainder of the names which make his native city illustrious—was put to death by his countrymen, after a judicial conviction, for impiety and immorality. Impiety, in denying the gods recognised by the State; indeed his accuser asserted (see the "Apologia") that he believed in no gods at all. Immorality, in being, by his doctrines and instructions, a "corruptor of youth." Of these charges the tribunal, there is every ground for believing, honestly found him guilty, and condemned the man who probably of all then born had deserved best of mankind, to be put to death as a criminal.

Humanity can hardly be reminded enough that there was once a man named Socrates, who had a significant clash with the legal authorities and public opinion of his time. Born in an era and place rich in individual greatness, this man has been remembered by those who best knew him and the time he lived in as the most virtuous person of that era; while we recognize him as the foundation and[Pg 45]i maëstri di color che sanno", the two main sources of ethical and other philosophies. This recognized master of all the prominent thinkers who came after him—whose reputation, still growing after more than two thousand years, nearly overshadows all the other names that make his native city famous—was executed by his fellow citizens after a trial, for impiety and immorality. Impiety, for denying the gods recognized by the State; indeed, his accuser claimed (see the "Apologia") that he believed in no gods at all. Immorality, for being, through his teachings and guidance, a "corruptor of youth." There is every reason to believe that the tribunal honestly found him guilty of these charges and condemned the man who likely deserved the best of humanity more than anyone else then alive to death as a criminal.

To pass from this to the only other instance of judicial iniquity, the mention of which, after the condemnation of Socrates, would not be an anticlimax: the event which took place on Calvary rather more than eighteen hundred years[Pg 46] ago. The man who left on the memory of those who witnessed his life and conversation, such an impression of his moral grandeur, that eighteen subsequent centuries have done homage to him as the Almighty in person, was ignominiously put to death, as what? As a blasphemer. Men did not merely mistake their benefactor; they mistook him for the exact contrary of what he was, and treated him as that prodigy of impiety, which they themselves are now held to be, for their treatment of him. The feelings with which mankind now regard these lamentable transactions, especially the later of the two, render them extremely unjust in their judgment of the unhappy actors. These were, to all appearance, not bad men—not worse than men commonly are, but rather the contrary; men who possessed in a full, or somewhat more than a full measure, the religious, moral, and patriotic feelings of their time and people: the very kind of men who, in all times, our own included, have every chance of passing through life blameless and respected. The high-priest who rent his garments when the words were pronounced, which, according to all the ideas of his country, constituted the blackest guilt, was in all probability quite as sincere in his horror and indignation, as the generality of respectable and[Pg 47] pious men now are in the religious and moral sentiments they profess; and most of those who now shudder at his conduct, if they had lived in his time, and been born Jews, would have acted precisely as he did. Orthodox Christians who are tempted to think that those who stoned to death the first martyrs must have been worse men than they themselves are, ought to remember that one of those persecutors was Saint Paul.

To move from this to the only other example of judicial wrongdoing, the mention of which, after the condemnation of Socrates, wouldn't feel like a letdown: the event that happened on Calvary more than eighteen hundred years[Pg 46] ago. The man who left such a strong impression of moral greatness on those who witnessed his life and teachings that for eighteen centuries, people have honored him as if he were God himself, was disgracefully killed, and for what? For blasphemy. People didn’t just misunderstand their benefactor; they confused him for the exact opposite of what he truly was and treated him like the worst kind of impious individual, which they themselves are now judged for, given how they treated him. The way humanity views these tragic events today, especially the latter of the two, makes them quite unfair in their judgment of the unfortunate participants. These individuals, on the surface, were not bad people—not worse than people usually are, but rather the opposite; they had a full or even greater share of the religious, moral, and patriotic feelings of their time and culture: precisely the kind of people who, in all eras, including our own, have every chance of living a blameless and respected life. The high priest who tore his garments when the words were spoken, which in his culture represented the utmost guilt, was likely just as sincere in his horror and outrage as many respected and[Pg 47] devout individuals are today in the beliefs and morals they profess; and most of those who now recoil at his actions, if they had lived in his era and been born Jews, would have acted exactly as he did. Orthodox Christians who might think that those who stoned the first martyrs were worse than they are should remember that one of those persecutors was Saint Paul.

Let us add one more example, the most striking of all, if the impressiveness of an error is measured by the wisdom and virtue of him who falls into it. If ever any one, possessed of power, had grounds for thinking himself the best and most enlightened among his cotemporaries, it was the Emperor Marcus Aurelius. Absolute monarch of the whole civilised world, he preserved through life not only the most unblemished justice, but what was less to be expected from his Stoical breeding, the tenderest heart. The few failings which are attributed to him, were all on the side of indulgence: while his writings, the highest ethical product of the ancient mind, differ scarcely perceptibly, if they differ at all, from the most characteristic teachings of Christ. This man, a better Christian in all but the dogmatic sense of the word, than almost any of the ostensibly[Pg 48] Christian sovereigns who have since reigned, persecuted Christianity. Placed at the summit of all the previous attainments of humanity, with an open, unfettered intellect, and a character which led him of himself to embody in his moral writings the Christian ideal, he yet failed to see that Christianity was to be a good and not an evil to the world, with his duties to which he was so deeply penetrated. Existing society he knew to be in a deplorable state. But such as it was, he saw, or thought he saw, that it was held together, and prevented from being worse, by belief and reverence of the received divinities. As a ruler of mankind, he deemed it his duty not to suffer society to fall in pieces; and saw not how, if its existing ties were removed, any others could be formed which could again knit it together. The new religion openly aimed at dissolving these ties: unless, therefore, it was his duty to adopt that religion, it seemed to be his duty to put it down. Inasmuch then as the theology of Christianity did not appear to him true or of divine origin; inasmuch as this strange history of a crucified God was not credible to him, and a system which purported to rest entirely upon a foundation to him so wholly unbelievable, could not be foreseen by him to be that renovating agency which, after[Pg 49] all abatements, it has in fact proved to be; the gentlest and most amiable of philosophers and rulers, under a solemn sense of duty, authorised the persecution of Christianity. To my mind this is one of the most tragical facts in all history. It is a bitter thought, how different a thing the Christianity of the world might have been, if the Christian faith had been adopted as the religion of the empire under the auspices of Marcus Aurelius instead of those of Constantine. But it would be equally unjust to him and false to truth, to deny, that no one plea which can be urged for punishing anti-Christian teaching, was wanting to Marcus Aurelius for punishing, as he did, the propagation of Christianity. No Christian more firmly believes that Atheism is false, and tends to the dissolution of society, than Marcus Aurelius believed the same things of Christianity; he who, of all men then living, might have been thought the most capable of appreciating it. Unless any one who approves of punishment for the promulgation of opinions, flatters himself that he is a wiser and better man than Marcus Aurelius—more deeply versed in the wisdom of his time, more elevated in his intellect above it—more earnest in his search for truth, or more single-minded in his devotion to it when found;—let him abstain from that assumption of[Pg 50] the joint infallibility of himself and the multitude, which the great Antoninus made with so unfortunate a result.

Let's consider one more example, the most striking of all, if the impact of an error is measured by the wisdom and virtue of the person who makes it. If anyone, holding power, had reason to think he was the best and most enlightened among his peers, it was Emperor Marcus Aurelius. As the absolute ruler of the entire civilized world, he maintained throughout his life not only impeccable justice, but also, contrary to what might be expected from a Stoic upbringing, the kindest heart. The few flaws attributed to him were all on the side of leniency: his writings, the finest ethical product of ancient thought, barely differ, if at all, from the most distinctive teachings of Christ. This man, a better Christian in every way except the dogmatic sense of the word, than nearly any of the self-professed[Pg 48] Christian rulers who followed, actively persecuted Christianity. Positioned at the peak of all prior human achievements, with an open and unrestricted mind, and a character that naturally led him to embody the Christian ideal in his moral writings, he still failed to recognize that Christianity would be a benefit rather than a detriment to the world, which he felt so deeply responsible for. He understood that society was in a terrible state. But as it was, he perceived, or thought he perceived, that it was kept together, and prevented from deteriorating further, by the belief and reverence for the accepted deities. As a ruler of people, he believed it was his duty to prevent society from falling apart; he didn't see how, if its existing bonds were severed, any others could be formed to put it back together again. The new religion was openly aimed at breaking these ties: unless it was his responsibility to accept that religion, it seemed to him that it was his duty to suppress it. Because the theology of Christianity did not appear true or divinely inspired to him; because this strange story of a crucified God was not credible to him, and a system that claimed to rest solely on a premise he found completely unbelievable could not be foreseen by him to be the transformative force that, after[Pg 49] all adjustments, it has indeed become; the gentlest and most amiable of philosophers and rulers, with a solemn sense of duty, sanctioned the persecution of Christianity. To me, this is one of the most tragic facts in all history. It's a bitter thought—how different the Christianity of the world might have been if the Christian faith had been embraced as the religion of the empire under Marcus Aurelius instead of Constantine. However, it would also be unjust to him and untrue to reality to deny that Marcus Aurelius had every justification for punishing, as he did, the spread of Christianity. No Christian believes more firmly that Atheism is false and harmful to society than Marcus Aurelius believed the same about Christianity; he who, of all people alive at that time, might have been seen as the most capable of understanding it. Unless anyone who supports punishment for the dissemination of opinions thinks they are wiser and better than Marcus Aurelius—more knowledgeable about the wisdom of his time, more elevated in intellect above it—more sincere in their pursuit of truth, or more devoted to it once found—then they should refrain from assuming[Pg 50] the combined infallibility of themselves and the crowd, which the great Antoninus did with such unfortunate consequences.

Aware of the impossibility of defending the use of punishment for restraining irreligious opinions, by any argument which will not justify Marcus Antoninus, the enemies of religious freedom, when hard pressed, occasionally accept this consequence, and say, with Dr. Johnson, that the persecutors of Christianity were in the right; that persecution is an ordeal through which truth ought to pass, and always passes successfully, legal penalties being, in the end, powerless against truth, though sometimes beneficially effective against mischievous errors. This is a form of the argument for religious intolerance, sufficiently remarkable not to be passed without notice.

Aware that it's impossible to justify punishing people for their beliefs without also justifying Marcus Antoninus, opponents of religious freedom, when challenged, sometimes agree with Dr. Johnson that the persecutors of Christianity were justified; that persecution is a test that truth must endure and typically overcomes, as legal penalties ultimately can't suppress truth, even if they can sometimes be effective against harmful falsehoods. This is a notable version of the argument for religious intolerance that deserves attention.

A theory which maintains that truth may justifiably be persecuted because persecution cannot possibly do it any harm, cannot be charged with being intentionally hostile to the reception of new truths; but we cannot commend the generosity of its dealing with the persons to whom mankind are indebted for them. To discover to the world something which deeply concerns it, and of which it was previously ignorant; to prove to it that it had been mistaken on some vital point[Pg 51] of temporal or spiritual interest, is as important a service as a human being can render to his fellow-creatures, and in certain cases, as in those of the early Christians and of the Reformers, those who think with Dr. Johnson believe it to have been the most precious gift which could be bestowed on mankind. That the authors of such splendid benefits should be requited by martyrdom; that their reward should be to be dealt with as the vilest of criminals, is not, upon this theory, a deplorable error and misfortune, for which humanity should mourn in sackcloth and ashes, but the normal and justifiable state of things. The propounder of a new truth, according to this doctrine, should stand, as stood, in the legislation of the Locrians, the proposer of a new law, with a halter round his neck, to be instantly tightened if the public assembly did not, on hearing his reasons, then and there adopt his proposition. People who defend this mode of treating benefactors, cannot be supposed to set much value on the benefit; and I believe this view of the subject is mostly confined to the sort of persons who think that new truths may have been desirable once, but that we have had enough of them now.

A theory that claims truth can be justifiably persecuted because persecution cannot harm it cannot be accused of being intentionally hostile to the acceptance of new truths; however, we cannot praise its treatment of the individuals from whom humanity benefits. Uncovering something that deeply concerns the world and revealing what people were previously unaware of; proving that they were wrong about some critical point of temporal or spiritual significance, is one of the most important contributions a person can make to their fellow beings. In some cases, like those of the early Christians and the Reformers, those who share Dr. Johnson's perspective believe it was the most valuable gift to humanity. That the creators of such remarkable benefits should be rewarded with martyrdom; that their fate should be to be treated like the lowest criminals, is not, according to this theory, a regrettable error and misfortune for which humanity should grieve. Instead, it is seen as the normal and justifiable state of affairs. According to this doctrine, a proposer of a new truth should be treated, as was the case in the legislation of the Locrians for those who proposed new laws, with a noose around their neck, ready to be tightened if the public assembly did not immediately accept their proposal after hearing their reasoning. Those who defend this approach to treating benefactors cannot be expected to value the benefit highly; and I believe this perspective is mainly held by those who think that while new truths may have once been desirable, we have had enough of them now.

But, indeed, the dictum that truth always triumphs over persecution, is one of those pleasant[Pg 52] falsehoods which men repeat after one another till they pass into commonplaces, but which all experience refutes. History teems with instances of truth put down by persecution. If not suppressed for ever, it may be thrown back for centuries. To speak only of religious opinions: the Reformation broke out at least twenty times before Luther, and was put down. Arnold of Brescia was put down. Fra Dolcino was put down. Savonarola was put down. The Albigeois were put down. The Vaudois were put down. The Lollards were put down. The Hussites were put down. Even after the era of Luther, wherever persecution was persisted in, it was successful. In Spain, Italy, Flanders, the Austrian empire, Protestantism was rooted out; and, most likely, would have been so in England, had Queen Mary lived, or Queen Elizabeth died. Persecution has always succeeded, save where the heretics were too strong a party to be effectually persecuted. No reasonable person can doubt that Christianity might have been extirpated in the Roman Empire. It spread, and became predominant, because the persecutions were only occasional, lasting but a short time, and separated by long intervals of almost undisturbed propagandism. It is a piece of idle sentimentality that truth, merely as truth,[Pg 53] has any inherent power denied to error, of prevailing against the dungeon and the stake. Men are not more zealous for truth than they often are for error, and a sufficient application of legal or even of social penalties will generally succeed in stopping the propagation of either. The real advantage which truth has, consists in this, that when an opinion is true, it may be extinguished once, twice, or many times, but in the course of ages there will generally be found persons to rediscover it, until some one of its reappearances falls on a time when from favourable circumstances it escapes persecution until it has made such head as to withstand all subsequent attempts to suppress it.

But the idea that truth always wins out against persecution is one of those nice but false notions that people repeat until they become clichés, yet experience proves otherwise. History is full of examples of truth being crushed by persecution. If it isn’t completely silenced forever, it can be pushed back for centuries. Take the Reformation, which occurred at least twenty times before Luther and was suppressed each time. Arnold of Brescia was silenced. Fra Dolcino was silenced. Savonarola was silenced. The Albigensians were silenced. The Waldensians were silenced. The Lollards were silenced. The Hussites were silenced. Even after Luther’s time, wherever persecution continued, it was effective. In Spain, Italy, Flanders, and the Austrian Empire, Protestantism was wiped out; and it likely would have been in England too if Queen Mary had lived longer or Queen Elizabeth had died sooner. Persecution has always succeeded, except when the dissenters were too strong to be effectively targeted. No reasonable person can doubt that Christianity could have been eradicated in the Roman Empire. It spread and became dominant because the persecutions were only sporadic, not lasting long, and separated by long periods of nearly uninterrupted growth. It’s pure sentimentality to believe that truth, just because it is truth, has any inherent power that allows it to overcome torture and execution. People are often just as passionate about falsehoods as they are about truth, and a strong enough application of legal or social penalties will usually succeed in halting the spread of either. The actual advantage that truth has lies in the fact that when an opinion is true, it might be crushed once, twice, or many times, but over the ages, there will usually be people who rediscover it until one of its resurgences occurs during a time when, due to favorable conditions, it escapes persecution and gains enough strength to resist all future attempts to suppress it.

It will be said, that we do not now put to death the introducers of new opinions: we are not like our fathers who slew the prophets, we even build sepulchres to them. It is true we no longer put heretics to death; and the amount of penal infliction which modern feeling would probably tolerate, even against the most obnoxious opinions, is not sufficient to extirpate them. But let us not flatter ourselves that we are yet free from the stain even of legal persecution. Penalties for opinion, or at least for its expression, still exist by law; and their enforcement is not, even in these times,[Pg 54] so unexampled as to make it at all incredible that they may some day be revived in full force. In the year 1857, at the summer assizes of the county of Cornwall, an unfortunate man,[7] said to be of unexceptionable conduct in all relations of life, was sentenced to twenty-one months' imprisonment, for uttering, and writing on a gate, some offensive words concerning Christianity. Within a month of the same time, at the Old Bailey, two persons, on two separate occasions,[8] were rejected as jurymen, and one of them grossly insulted by the judge and by one of the counsel, because they honestly declared that they had no theological belief; and a third, a foreigner,[9] for the same reason, was denied justice against a thief. This refusal of redress took place in virtue of the legal doctrine, that no person can be allowed to give evidence in a court of justice, who does not profess belief in a God (any god is sufficient) and in a future state; which is equivalent to declaring such persons to be outlaws, excluded from the [Pg 55]protection of the tribunals; who may not only be robbed or assaulted with impunity, if no one but themselves, or persons of similar opinions, be present, but any one else may be robbed or assaulted with impunity, if the proof of the fact depends on their evidence. The assumption on which this is grounded, is that the oath is worthless, of a person who does not believe in a future state; a proposition which betokens much ignorance of history in those who assent to it (since it is historically true that a large proportion of infidels in all ages have been persons of distinguished integrity and honour); and would be maintained by no one who had the smallest conception how many of the persons in greatest repute with the world, both for virtues and for attainments, are well known, at least to their intimates, to be unbelievers. The rule, besides, is suicidal, and cuts away its own foundation. Under pretence that atheists must be liars, it admits the testimony of all atheists who are willing to lie, and rejects only those who brave the obloquy of publicly confessing a detested creed rather than affirm a falsehood. A rule thus self-convicted of absurdity so far as regards its professed purpose, can be kept in force only as a badge of hatred, a relic of persecution; a[Pg 56] persecution, too, having the peculiarity, that the qualification for undergoing it, is the being clearly proved not to deserve it. The rule, and the theory it implies, are hardly less insulting to believers than to infidels. For if he who does not believe in a future state, necessarily lies, it follows that they who do believe are only prevented from lying, if prevented they are, by the fear of hell. We will not do the authors and abettors of the rule the injury of supposing, that the conception which they have formed of Christian virtue is drawn from their own consciousness.

It can be said that we no longer execute those who introduce new ideas; we are not like our ancestors who killed the prophets; we even build tombs for them. It's true that we don't execute heretics anymore, and the level of punishment that people today would probably accept, even for the most offensive opinions, isn't enough to eliminate them. But let's not kid ourselves into thinking we're free from the stain of legal persecution. Legal penalties for holding opinions, or at least for expressing them, still exist, and their application isn't so rare that we can dismiss the possibility that they might be fully revived one day. In 1857, during the summer assizes in Cornwall, an unfortunate man, known to have good character in all aspects of life, was sentenced to twenty-one months in prison for speaking and writing some offensive remarks about Christianity. Around the same time, at the Old Bailey, two people were dismissed from serving as jurors on separate occasions, one of whom was openly insulted by the judge and one of the attorneys because they honestly stated that they had no religious beliefs. A third individual, a foreigner, was denied justice against a thief for the same reason. This denial of justice happened based on the legal principle that no one can give evidence in court unless they profess belief in a God (any God will do) and in an afterlife; this effectively labels such individuals as outlaws, excluded from the protection of the courts. Not only can they be robbed or attacked with no consequences if the only witnesses are themselves or others with similar beliefs, but anyone else can also be robbed or attacked without consequences if their case relies on their testimony. The reasoning behind this is that the oath of someone who doesn't believe in an afterlife is considered worthless—a claim that shows a deep ignorance of history among those who agree with it (since historically, many non-believers have been people of notable integrity and honor). No one who understands how many highly regarded individuals, both for their virtues and achievements, are known, at least to their close friends, to be unbelievers would maintain such a viewpoint. Furthermore, this rule is self-defeating and undermines its own foundation. By claiming that atheists must be liars, it accepts the testimony of any atheists willing to lie, while dismissing only those who are brave enough to openly admit a despised belief rather than affirm a falsehood. A rule that is so clearly absurd in terms of its stated purpose can only remain in effect as a symbol of hatred, a remnant of persecution—a persecution that oddly requires that the person being persecuted is clearly shown not to deserve it. The rule and the theory it supports are equally insulting to believers as to non-believers. If someone who doesn’t believe in an afterlife must lie, it implies that those who do believe are only kept from lying, if indeed they are, by the fear of hell. We won’t treat the authors and supporters of this rule with the disrespect of assuming that their understanding of Christian virtue is based on their own sense of morality.

These, indeed, are but rags and remnants of persecution, and may be thought to be not so much an indication of the wish to persecute, as an example of that very frequent infirmity of English minds, which makes them take a preposterous pleasure in the assertion of a bad principle, when they are no longer bad enough to desire to carry it really into practice. But unhappily there is no security in the state of the public mind, that the suspension of worse forms of legal persecution, which has lasted for about the space of a generation, will continue. In this age the quiet surface of routine is as often ruffled by attempts to resuscitate past evils, as to introduce new benefits. What is boasted of at[Pg 57] the present time as the revival of religion, is always, in narrow and uncultivated minds, at least as much the revival of bigotry; and where there is the strong permanent leaven of intolerance in the feelings of a people, which at all times abides in the middle classes of this country, it needs but little to provoke them into actively persecuting those whom they have never ceased to think proper objects of persecution.[10] For it is this—it is the opinions men entertain, and the feelings they cherish, respecting those who disown the beliefs they deem important, which makes this country not a place of mental freedom. For a long time past, the chief mischief of the legal penalties is that they strengthen the social stigma.[Pg 58] It is that stigma which is really effective, and so effective is it that the profession of opinions which are under the ban of society is much less common in England, than is, in many other countries, the avowal of those which incur risk of judicial punishment. In respect to all persons but those whose pecuniary circumstances make them independent of the good will of other people, opinion, on this subject, is as efficacious as law; men might as well be imprisoned, as excluded from the means of earning their bread. Those whose bread is already secured, and who desire no favours from men in power, or from bodies of men, or from the public, have nothing to fear from the open avowal of any opinions, but to be ill-thought[Pg 59] of and ill-spoken of, and this it ought not to require a very heroic mould to enable them to bear. There is no room for any appeal ad misericordiam in behalf of such persons. But though we do not now inflict so much evil on those who think differently from us, as it was formerly our custom to do, it may be that we do ourselves as much evil as ever by our treatment of them. Socrates was put to death, but the Socratic philosophy rose like the sun in heaven, and spread its illumination over the whole intellectual firmament. Christians were cast to the lions, but the Christian church grew up a stately and spreading tree, overtopping the older and less vigorous growths, and stifling them by its shade. Our merely social intolerance kills no one, roots out no opinions, but induces men to disguise them, or to abstain from any active effort for their diffusion. With us, heretical opinions do not perceptibly gain, or even lose, ground in each decade or generation; they never blaze out far and wide, but continue to smoulder in the narrow circles of thinking and studious persons among whom they originate, without ever lighting up the general affairs of mankind with either a true or a deceptive light. And thus is kept up a state of things very satisfactory to some minds, because,[Pg 60] without the unpleasant process of fining or imprisoning anybody, it maintains all prevailing opinions outwardly undisturbed, while it does not absolutely interdict the exercise of reason by dissentients afflicted with the malady of thought. A convenient plan for having peace in the intellectual world, and keeping all things going on therein very much as they do already. But the price paid for this sort of intellectual pacification, is the sacrifice of the entire moral courage of the human mind. A state of things in which a large portion of the most active and inquiring intellects find it advisable to keep the genuine principles and grounds of their convictions within their own breasts, and attempt, in what they address to the public, to fit as much as they can of their own conclusions to premises which they have internally renounced, cannot send forth the open, fearless characters, and logical, consistent intellects who once adorned the thinking world. The sort of men who can be looked for under it, are either mere conformers to commonplace, or time-servers for truth, whose arguments on all great subjects are meant for their hearers, and are not those which have convinced themselves. Those who avoid this alternative, do so by narrowing their thoughts and interest to things[Pg 61] which can be spoken of without venturing within the region of principles, that is, to small practical matters, which would come right of themselves, if but the minds of mankind were strengthened and enlarged, and which will never be made effectually right until then: while that which would strengthen and enlarge men's minds, free and daring speculation on the highest subjects, is abandoned.

These are just scraps and remnants of persecution and might not reflect a true desire to persecute, but rather a common weakness in English thinking that finds a strange pleasure in asserting bad principles without actually wanting to put them into action. Unfortunately, there's no guarantee that the period of less severe legal persecution we've had for about a generation will last. Nowadays, the steady routine is just as often disturbed by attempts to bring back past wrongs as it is by efforts to introduce new benefits. What is celebrated today as a revival of religion is often, in narrow-minded and undeveloped thoughts, just a revival of bigotry. And when there's a strong, lasting current of intolerance among the middle classes in this country, it doesn't take much to provoke them into actively persecuting those they see as deserving of it. It’s the opinions people hold and the feelings they nurture toward those who reject what they believe is important that prevent this country from being a place of true mental freedom. For a long time, the real harm of legal penalties has been that they reinforce social stigma. This stigma is what really matters; it's so influential that expressing opinions deemed socially unacceptable is far less common in England than in many other countries where voicing opinions could actually put people at risk of legal punishment. For nearly everyone except those who are financially secure and don’t need others' goodwill, public opinion is just as powerful as law; being excluded from the ability to earn a living is as devastating as imprisonment. Those whose livelihoods are already secured and who don’t seek favors from those in power or from society can openly express their opinions without fear of anything besides being thought poorly of and spoken ill of, and they shouldn’t need extraordinary courage to deal with that. There's no basis for an appeal for sympathy for such individuals. While we may not inflict as much harm on those who think differently from us as we used to, we may still be harming ourselves just as much through our treatment of them. Socrates was executed, yet Socratic philosophy emerged brilliantly, illuminating the entire intellectual landscape. Christians were thrown to lions, but the Christian church flourished and overshadowed weaker, older beliefs. Our social intolerance doesn't kill anyone or eliminate opinions; it just causes people to hide their beliefs or refrain from actively promoting them. Here, heretical opinions neither gain nor lose ground noticeably from decade to decade; they never spread widely but rather smolder within the limited circles of thoughtful people who created them, without ever igniting larger societal discussions. This situation seems pleasing to some, as it keeps all prevailing opinions outwardly undisturbed without the unpleasantness of punishing or imprisoning anyone, while still allowing dissenters the ability to reason. It's a convenient way to maintain peace in the intellectual realm while keeping things largely as they are. However, the cost of this type of intellectual peace is the complete loss of moral courage in the human mind. In a situation where many of the most active and inquisitive minds think it wise to keep their core beliefs hidden and try to frame their public statements around ideas they've privately rejected, we can't expect to see the bold, fearless thinkers who once enriched the world of ideas. The kind of people who might thrive in this environment are either mere followers of the status quo or opportunists in discussions of truth, tailoring their arguments to please their audience rather than to reflect their own convictions. Those who reject this duality often limit their thoughts and concerns to issues that can be discussed without touching on deeper principles—small practical matters that would resolve themselves if people’s minds were more robust and expansive, and that won't be resolved effectively until then. Meanwhile, what is needed to strengthen and broaden people's minds—free and daring exploration of the most profound subjects—is neglected.

Those in whose eyes this reticence on the part of heretics is no evil, should consider in the first place, that in consequence of it there is never any fair and thorough discussion of heretical opinions; and that such of them as could not stand such a discussion, though they may be prevented from spreading, do not disappear. But it is not the minds of heretics that are deteriorated most, by the ban placed on all inquiry which does not end in the orthodox conclusions. The greatest harm done is to those who are not heretics, and whose whole mental development is cramped, and their reason cowed, by the fear of heresy. Who can compute what the world loses in the multitude of promising intellects combined with timid characters, who dare not follow out any bold, vigorous, independent train of thought, lest it should land them in something which would[Pg 62] admit of being considered irreligious or immoral? Among them we may occasionally see some man of deep conscientiousness, and subtle and refined understanding, who spends a life in sophisticating with an intellect which he cannot silence, and exhausts the resources of ingenuity in attempting to reconcile the promptings of his conscience and reason with orthodoxy, which yet he does not, perhaps, to the end succeed in doing. No one can be a great thinker who does not recognise, that as a thinker it is his first duty to follow his intellect to whatever conclusions it may lead. Truth gains more even by the errors of one who, with due study and preparation, thinks for himself, than by the true opinions of those who only hold them because they do not suffer themselves to think. Not that it is solely, or chiefly, to form great thinkers, that freedom of thinking is required. On the contrary, it is as much, and even more indispensable, to enable average human beings to attain the mental stature which they are capable of. There have been, and may again be, great individual thinkers, in a general atmosphere of mental slavery. But there never has been, nor ever will be, in that atmosphere, an intellectually active people. Where any people has made a temporary approach to such a character, it has[Pg 63] been because the dread of heterodox speculation was for a time suspended. Where there is a tacit convention that principles are not to be disputed; where the discussion of the greatest questions which can occupy humanity is considered to be closed, we cannot hope to find that generally high scale of mental activity which has made some periods of history so remarkable. Never when controversy avoided the subjects which are large and important enough to kindle enthusiasm, was the mind of a people stirred up from its foundations, and the impulse given which raised even persons of the most ordinary intellect to something of the dignity of thinking beings. Of such we have had an example in the condition of Europe during the times immediately following the Reformation; another, though limited to the Continent and to a more cultivated class, in the speculative movement of the latter half of the eighteenth century; and a third, of still briefer duration, in the intellectual fermentation of Germany during the Goethian and Fichtean period. These periods differed widely in the particular opinions which they developed; but were alike in this, that during all three the yoke of authority was broken. In each, an old mental despotism had been thrown off, and no new one had yet[Pg 64] taken its place. The impulse given at these three periods has made Europe what it now is. Every single improvement which has taken place either in the human mind or in institutions, may be traced distinctly to one or other of them. Appearances have for some time indicated that all three impulses are well-nigh spent; and we can expect no fresh start, until we again assert our mental freedom.

Those who think that the hesitance of heretics is harmless should first realize that, because of this hesitance, no real and thorough discussion of heretical views takes place; and while those views that can’t withstand such discussion might be kept from spreading, they don’t just vanish. However, it’s not just the heretics themselves whose minds suffer most from the ban on any inquiry that doesn’t lead to orthodox conclusions. The greatest damage is done to those who are not heretics, whose entire mental growth is stifled and whose reasoning is suppressed by the fear of heresy. We can’t measure what the world misses out on because of the many promising minds held back by timid characters, afraid to pursue bold, independent thinking for fear it might lead them to something that could be seen as irreligious or immoral. Among them, we occasionally find individuals of deep conviction and nuanced understanding, who spend their lives grappling with an intellect they can’t ignore, exhausting their creativity trying to align their conscience and reason with orthodoxy—often without ever successfully doing so. No one can be a great thinker who doesn’t understand that their primary responsibility as a thinker is to follow their intellect wherever it leads. Truth benefits more from the mistakes of someone who thoughtfully and independently thinks for themselves than from the correct beliefs of those who only hold them because they refuse to think. Freedom of thought is not required solely, or mainly, to create great thinkers. In fact, it’s just as essential, if not more so, for ordinary people to reach the intellectual potential they possess. Throughout history, there have been, and may again be, exceptional individual thinkers even in an environment of mental oppression. But there has never been, nor will there ever be, an intellectually vibrant society in such an environment. Whenever a society has approached that kind of character temporarily, it’s been because the fear of unorthodox thinking was lifted for a time. When there’s an unspoken agreement that principles must not be questioned, and the dialogue on the most significant human issues is considered closed, we can’t expect to find that heightened level of intellectual activity that has made certain historical periods stand out. Never has the mind of a society been stirred to its core when debates shied away from topics large and important enough to ignite passion; this lack of debate never raised even the most average minds to the dignity of thinking beings. We saw this in Europe right after the Reformation; again, though limited to the Continent and to a more educated class, during the speculative movement of the latter half of the eighteenth century; and once more, for a brief time, in the intellectual burst of Germany during the Goethian and Fichtean period. These periods varied significantly in the specific ideas they fostered but were similar in that the chains of authority were broken in all three. In each case, an old form of mental oppression was cast off, and no new one had yet taken its place. The momentum from these three periods has shaped Europe into what it is today. Every single advancement, whether in human thought or in institutions, can be clearly linked to one of these moments. Lately, signs suggest that the momentum from all three is almost exhausted; we can expect no new beginning until we reclaim our mental freedom.

Let us now pass to the second division of the argument, and dismissing the supposition that any of the received opinions may be false, let us assume them to be true, and examine into the worth of the manner in which they are likely to be held, when their truth is not freely and openly canvassed. However unwillingly a person who has a strong opinion may admit the possibility that his opinion may be false, he ought to be moved by the consideration that however true it may be, if it is not fully, frequently, and fearlessly discussed, it will be held as a dead dogma, not a living truth.

Let’s now move on to the second part of the argument. Setting aside the idea that any of the accepted beliefs could be wrong, let’s assume they are true and look into how valuable it is to hold them when their truth isn’t openly debated. Even if someone with a strong opinion is reluctant to consider that they might be wrong, they should recognize that no matter how true their belief is, if it isn’t fully, often, and honestly discussed, it will be regarded as a lifeless doctrine rather than a vibrant truth.

There is a class of persons (happily not quite so numerous as formerly) who think it enough if a person assents undoubtingly to what they think true, though he has no knowledge whatever of the grounds of the opinion, and could not make a[Pg 65] tenable defence of it against the most superficial objections. Such persons, if they can once get their creed taught from authority, naturally think that no good, and some harm, comes of its being allowed to be questioned. Where their influence prevails, they make it nearly impossible for the received opinion to be rejected wisely and considerately, though it may still be rejected rashly and ignorantly; for to shut out discussion entirely is seldom possible, and when it once gets in, beliefs not grounded on conviction are apt to give way before the slightest semblance of an argument. Waiving, however, this possibility—assuming that the true opinion abides in the mind, but abides as a prejudice, a belief independent of, and proof against, argument—this is not the way in which truth ought to be held by a rational being. This is not knowing the truth. Truth, thus held, is but one superstition the more, accidentally clinging to the words which enunciate a truth.

There are still people out there (thankfully not as many as before) who think it's enough for someone to completely agree with their beliefs, even if that person has no idea why those beliefs are held and couldn't defend them against even basic objections. If these people manage to have their views taught as authoritative, they often believe that questioning them brings no benefit and some harm. When they have influence, they make it nearly impossible for accepted beliefs to be wisely and thoughtfully challenged, even though they can still be dismissed carelessly and without understanding. It's rarely possible to completely shut down discussion, and once it starts, beliefs that aren't based on true conviction can easily crumble at the slightest hint of an argument. Setting aside this possibility—assuming that the correct belief exists in someone's mind but is held merely as a prejudice, a belief that stands apart from and resistant to argument—this isn't how a rational person should hold the truth. This doesn't equate to knowing the truth. Truth held this way is simply another superstition, clinging to the words that express it.

If the intellect and judgment of mankind ought to be cultivated, a thing which Protestants at least do not deny, on what can these faculties be more appropriately exercised by any one, than on the things which concern him so much that it is considered necessary for him to hold opinions on[Pg 66] them? If the cultivation of the understanding consists in one thing more than in another, it is surely in learning the grounds of one's own opinions. Whatever people believe, on subjects on which it is of the first importance to believe rightly, they ought to be able to defend against at least the common objections. But, some one may say, "Let them be taught the grounds of their opinions. It does not follow that opinions must be merely parroted because they are never heard controverted. Persons who learn geometry do not simply commit the theorems to memory, but understand and learn likewise the demonstrations; and it would be absurd to say that they remain ignorant of the grounds of geometrical truths, because they never hear any one deny, and attempt to disprove them." Undoubtedly: and such teaching suffices on a subject like mathematics, where there is nothing at all to be said on the wrong side of the question. The peculiarity of the evidence of mathematical truths is, that all the argument is on one side. There are no objections, and no answers to objections. But on every subject on which difference of opinion is possible, the truth depends on a balance to be struck between two sets of conflicting reasons. Even in natural philosophy, there is always some[Pg 67] other explanation possible of the same facts; some geocentric theory instead of heliocentric, some phlogiston instead of oxygen; and it has to be shown why that other theory cannot be the true one: and until this is shown, and until we know how it is shown, we do not understand the grounds of our opinion. But when we turn to subjects infinitely more complicated, to morals, religion, politics, social relations, and the business of life, three-fourths of the arguments for every disputed opinion consist in dispelling the appearances which favour some opinion different from it. The greatest orator, save one, of antiquity, has left it on record that he always studied his adversary's case with as great, if not with still greater, intensity than even his own. What Cicero practised as the means of forensic success, requires to be imitated by all who study any subject in order to arrive at the truth. He who knows only his own side of the case, knows little of that. His reasons may be good, and no one may have been able to refute them. But if he is equally unable to refute the reasons on the opposite side; if he does not so much as know what they are, he has no ground for preferring either opinion. The rational position for him would be suspension of judgment, and unless he contents himself with that, he is either[Pg 68] led by authority, or adopts, like the generality of the world, the side to which he feels most inclination. Nor is it enough that he should hear the arguments of adversaries from his own teachers, presented as they state them, and accompanied by what they offer as refutations. That is not the way to do justice to the arguments, or bring them into real contact with his own mind. He must be able to hear them from persons who actually believe them; who defend them in earnest, and do their very utmost for them. He must know them in their most plausible and persuasive form; he must feel the whole force of the difficulty which the true view of the subject has to encounter and dispose of; else he will never really possess himself of the portion of truth which meets and removes that difficulty. Ninety-nine in a hundred of what are called educated men are in this condition; even of those who can argue fluently for their opinions. Their conclusion may be true, but it might be false for anything they know: they have never thrown themselves into the mental position of those who think differently from them, and considered what such persons may have to say; and consequently they do not, in any proper sense of the word, know the doctrine which they themselves profess. They do[Pg 69] not know those parts of it which explain and justify the remainder; the considerations which show that a fact which seemingly conflicts with another is reconcilable with it, or that, of two apparently strong reasons, one and not the other ought to be preferred. All that part of the truth which turns the scale, and decides the judgment of a completely informed mind, they are strangers to; nor is it ever really known, but to those who have attended equally and impartially to both sides, and endeavoured to see the reasons of both in the strongest light. So essential is this discipline to a real understanding of moral and human subjects, that if opponents of all important truths do not exist, it is indispensable to imagine them, and supply them with the strongest arguments which the most skilful devil's advocate can conjure up.

If we want to develop the intellect and judgment of people, a point that Protestants at least agree on, then what better way for someone to exercise these faculties than by engaging with ideas that matter so much they feel the need to have opinions about them? If cultivating understanding involves anything in particular, it’s surely about learning the reasons behind one’s own beliefs. Whatever people believe on issues that are crucial to get right, they should be able to defend their views against at least common objections. But someone might say, "Let them be taught the reasons for their beliefs. Just because opinions aren’t challenged doesn’t mean they can’t be genuinely understood. People who study geometry don’t just memorize theorems; they also understand and learn the proofs. It would be absurd to say they don’t grasp the foundations of geometric truths simply because they don’t hear anyone argue otherwise." This is true: and such education is enough for a subject like mathematics, where there’s really nothing to argue against. The nature of mathematical truths is that all the debate is one-sided. There are no opposing views, and no responses to objections. However, for any topic where differing opinions exist, the truth hinges on weighing two sets of conflicting reasoning. Even in the realm of natural philosophy, there’s usually another possible explanation for the same facts; a geocentric model instead of a heliocentric one, or phlogiston instead of oxygen. It must be demonstrated why that other theory can’t be the true one: until that’s done, and until we understand how it’s been shown, we don’t grasp the basis for our belief. But when we shift to much more complex topics, like morals, religion, politics, social interactions, and life’s challenges, a large portion of the arguments for any debated opinion rests on addressing the misleading appearances that support an alternative view. One of the greatest orators from antiquity has recorded that he always examined his opponent’s case with as much intensity, if not more, than his own. What Cicero practiced as a method for success should be emulated by anyone studying a topic to find the truth. A person who only understands their own side of an argument knows very little about the overall issue. Their reasoning might be sound, and no one may have successfully disputed it. But if they can’t counter the opposing arguments either, if they don’t even know what those arguments are, they have no basis for preferring one view over the other. The rational stance would be to withhold judgment, and unless they can accept that, they are either being swayed by authority, or like most people, taking the side they feel most drawn to. It’s also not sufficient for them to hear the opposing arguments from their own educators, presented as their instructors explain them, along with what they consider refutations. That doesn’t do justice to the arguments or engage them genuinely. They need to hear these views from people who genuinely believe in them, who fervently defend them, and who do everything they can to support them. They must understand the arguments in their most convincing and compelling form; they must grasp the full weight of the challenge that the true perspective has to address and resolve; otherwise, they will never fully grasp the piece of truth that engages and overcomes that challenge. Ninety-nine out of a hundred so-called educated individuals are in this situation, even among those who can articulate their opinions fluently. Their conclusion may be true, but it could just as well be false from their perspective: they have never fully immersed themselves in the mindset of those who disagree and considered what those individuals might argue; as a result, they do not, in any meaningful way, truly understand the doctrine they profess. They do[Pg 69] not know the parts that clarify and validate the rest; the considerations that demonstrate a fact which seems to contradict another can actually align with it, or that, of two seemingly strong arguments, one should be preferred over the other. All the crucial truths that tip the balance and influence the judgment of a fully informed mind remain foreign to them; such insights are only truly known by those who have diligently and impartially engaged with both sides and have tried to see the reasoning of both perspectives in their strongest form. This discipline is so vital for genuinely understanding moral and human issues that if there are no opponents to significant truths, it’s essential to imagine them and equip them with the most compelling arguments that the most skilled devil's advocate could devise.

To abate the force of these considerations, an enemy of free discussion may be supposed to say, that there is no necessity for mankind in general to know and understand all that can be said against or for their opinions by philosophers and theologians. That it is not needful for common men to be able to expose all the misstatements or fallacies of an ingenious opponent. That it is enough if there is always somebody capable of[Pg 70] answering them, so that nothing likely to mislead uninstructed persons remains unrefuted. That simple minds, having been taught the obvious grounds of the truths inculcated on them, may trust to authority for the rest, and being aware that they have neither knowledge nor talent to resolve every difficulty which can be raised, may repose in the assurance that all those which have been raised have been or can be answered, by those who are specially trained to the task.

To lessen the impact of these ideas, someone against free discussion might argue that it's not necessary for everyone to know and understand every argument made for or against their beliefs by philosophers and theologians. They might say that regular people don't need to be able to point out all the errors or fallacies of a clever opponent. It's enough if there's always someone who can[Pg 70] respond to them, ensuring that no misleading information remains unchecked for those without knowledge. Simple-minded individuals, after learning the basic reasons behind the truths presented to them, can rely on authority for the rest. They understand that they don't have the knowledge or skills to tackle every issue that might arise, and they can be assured that all the issues that have been raised have been or can be addressed by experts trained for that purpose.

Conceding to this view of the subject the utmost that can be claimed for it by those most easily satisfied with the amount of understanding of truth which ought to accompany the belief of it; even so, the argument for free discussion is no way weakened. For even this doctrine acknowledges that mankind ought to have a rational assurance that all objections have been satisfactorily answered; and how are they to be answered if that which requires to be answered is not spoken? or how can the answer be known to be satisfactory, if the objectors have no opportunity of showing that it is unsatisfactory? If not the public, at least the philosophers and theologians who are to resolve the difficulties, must make themselves familiar with those difficulties in their most puzzling form; and this cannot be [Pg 71]accomplished unless they are freely stated, and placed in the most advantageous light which they admit of. The Catholic Church has its own way of dealing with this embarrassing problem. It makes a broad separation between those who can be permitted to receive its doctrines on conviction, and those who must accept them on trust. Neither, indeed, are allowed any choice as to what they will accept; but the clergy, such at least as can be fully confided in, may admissibly and meritoriously make themselves acquainted with the arguments of opponents, in order to answer them, and may, therefore, read heretical books; the laity, not unless by special permission, hard to be obtained. This discipline recognises a knowledge of the enemy's case as beneficial to the teachers, but finds means, consistent with this, of denying it to the rest of the world: thus giving to the élite more mental culture, though not more mental freedom, than it allows to the mass. By this device it succeeds in obtaining the kind of mental superiority which its purposes require; for though culture without freedom never made a large and liberal mind, it can make a clever nisi prius advocate of a cause. But in countries professing Protestantism, this resource is denied; since Protestants hold, at least in theory, that the[Pg 72] responsibility for the choice of a religion must be borne by each for himself, and cannot be thrown off upon teachers. Besides, in the present state of the world, it is practically impossible that writings which are read by the instructed can be kept from the uninstructed. If the teachers of mankind are to be cognisant of all that they ought to know, everything must be free to be written and published without restraint.

Conceding to this view of the subject, the most that can be claimed by those who are easily satisfied with the level of understanding of truth that should accompany belief in it is that, even so, the argument for free discussion is not weakened. For this doctrine acknowledges that humanity should have a rational assurance that all objections have been adequately answered; and how can they be answered if the issues needing responses aren’t discussed? Or how can we know the answer is satisfactory if the objectors don’t have a chance to show that it isn’t? If not the public, at least philosophers and theologians who are to resolve the difficulties must familiarize themselves with those problems in their most confusing form; and this can't be accomplished unless they are openly stated and presented in the best possible light. The Catholic Church has its own way of handling this difficult issue. It creates a clear separation between those who can be allowed to accept its teachings based on conviction, and those who must take them on faith. Neither group really has a choice about what they will accept; however, the clergy, at least those deemed trustworthy, can justifiably and commendably engage with opposing arguments to respond to them, and may thus read heretical texts; the laity can’t do so unless they have special permission, which is difficult to obtain. This practice recognizes that understanding the enemy’s position is beneficial for teachers but finds a way to deny this knowledge to the rest of society, thereby providing the elite with more intellectual culture, though not more intellectual freedom, than it grants the masses. This tactic helps achieve the intellectual superiority needed for its objectives; for while culture without freedom never fosters a broad and liberal mind, it can create a clever advocate for a cause. But in countries that identify as Protestant, this option is not available; since Protestants maintain, at least in theory, that the responsibility for choosing a religion must rest on each individual and cannot be passed onto teachers. Moreover, in today’s world, it is practically impossible to keep writings read by the educated away from the uneducated. If the leaders of humanity are to be aware of everything they ought to know, all writing and publishing must be free from restrictions.

If, however, the mischievous operation of the absence of free discussion, when the received opinions are true, were confined to leaving men ignorant of the grounds of those opinions, it might be thought that this, if an intellectual, is no moral evil, and does not affect the worth of the opinions, regarded in their influence on the character. The fact, however, is, that not only the grounds of the opinion are forgotten in the absence of discussion, but too often the meaning of the opinion itself. The words which convey it, cease to suggest ideas, or suggest only a small portion of those they were originally employed to communicate. Instead of a vivid conception and a living belief, there remain only a few phrases retained by rote; or, if any part, the shell and husk only of the meaning is retained, the finer essence being lost. The great chapter in human history which this fact occupies[Pg 73] and fills, cannot be too earnestly studied and meditated on.

If the harmful effect of not having open discussion, when widely accepted opinions are accurate, only left people unaware of the reasons behind those opinions, it might seem like an intellectual issue but not a moral one, and it wouldn’t diminish the value of those opinions in shaping character. However, the reality is that not only are the reasons for the opinions forgotten without discussion, but often the meaning of the opinions themselves is also lost. The words that express them stop stimulating thoughts or convey only a tiny fraction of what they were originally meant to communicate. Instead of a clear understanding and genuine belief, people are left with a few phrases they remember by heart; or, if any meaning remains, it’s just the outer shell, with the deeper essence completely gone. The significant chapter in human history that this fact represents[Pg 73] needs to be studied and reflected upon with great seriousness.

It is illustrated in the experience of almost all ethical doctrines and religious creeds. They are all full of meaning and vitality to those who originate them, and to the direct disciples of the originators. Their meaning continues to be felt in undiminished strength, and is perhaps brought out into even fuller consciousness, so long as the struggle lasts to give the doctrine or creed an ascendency over other creeds. At last it either prevails, and becomes the general opinion, or its progress stops; it keeps possession of the ground it has gained, but ceases to spread further. When either of these results has become apparent, controversy on the subject flags, and gradually dies away. The doctrine has taken its place, if not as a received opinion, as one of the admitted sects or divisions of opinion: those who hold it have generally inherited, not adopted it; and conversion from one of these doctrines to another, being now an exceptional fact, occupies little place in the thoughts of their professors. Instead of being, as at first, constantly on the alert either to defend themselves against the world, or to bring the world over to them, they have subsided into acquiescence, and neither listen, when they[Pg 74] can help it, to arguments against their creed, nor trouble dissentients (if there be such) with arguments in its favour. From this time may usually be dated the decline in the living power of the doctrine. We often hear the teachers of all creeds lamenting the difficulty of keeping up in the minds of believers a lively apprehension of the truth which they nominally recognise, so that it may penetrate the feelings, and acquire a real mastery over the conduct. No such difficulty is complained of while the creed is still fighting for its existence: even the weaker combatants then know and feel what they are fighting for, and the difference between it and other doctrines; and in that period of every creed's existence, not a few persons may be found, who have realised its fundamental principles in all the forms of thought, have weighed and considered them in all their important bearings, and have experienced the full effect on the character, which belief in that creed ought to produce in a mind thoroughly imbued with it. But when it has come to be a hereditary creed, and to be received passively, not actively—when the mind is no longer compelled, in the same degree as at first, to exercise its vital powers on the questions which its belief presents to it, there is a progressive tendency to forget all of the[Pg 75] belief except the formularies, or to give it a dull and torpid assent, as if accepting it on trust dispensed with the necessity of realising it in consciousness, or testing it by personal experience; until it almost ceases to connect itself at all with the inner life of the human being. Then are seen the cases, so frequent in this age of the world as almost to form the majority, in which the creed remains as it were outside the mind, encrusting and petrifying it against all other influences addressed to the higher parts of our nature; manifesting its power by not suffering any fresh and living conviction to get in, but itself doing nothing for the mind or heart, except standing sentinel over them to keep them vacant.

It's evident from the experience of almost all ethical beliefs and religious systems. They hold deep meaning and energy for those who create them, as well as for their initial followers. This meaning continues to resonate strongly, perhaps even more intensely, as long as there is a struggle to assert the doctrine or belief over others. Eventually, it either triumphs and becomes widely accepted, or its growth halts; it retains the ground it has gained but stops spreading further. Once one of these outcomes becomes clear, debates on the topic slow down and gradually fade away. The doctrine then finds its place, if not as a widely accepted belief, as one of the acknowledged factions or schools of thought: those who adhere to it typically inherit it rather than choose it; conversion from one belief to another becomes rare, and thus takes up little space in the minds of its followers. Instead of being constantly on guard to defend themselves against the outside world or to win others over, they've settled into acceptance, and they usually avoid engaging with arguments against their belief, nor do they bother dissenters (if there are any) with arguments in its favor. From this point on, we can often see the decline in the doctrine's vibrant influence. We often hear teachers of various beliefs lamenting the challenge of keeping believers genuinely aware of the truth they claim to believe in, so that it can touch their feelings and truly influence their actions. No such difficulty arises while the belief is still actively contending for survival: even weaker advocates know and feel what they're fighting for, and how it differs from other beliefs; in this phase of every doctrine's existence, many individuals can be found who fully grasp its core principles in all their nuances, have considered them in depth, and have felt the profound impact that such belief should have on someone who genuinely embraces it. However, when it becomes a hereditary belief that is passively accepted rather than actively engaged with—when the mind no longer feels the same urgency as before to explore the vital questions posed by its belief—there's a growing tendency to forget all aspects of the doctrine except for its formulas, or to offer a dull and lifeless agreement, as if accepting it on trust removes the need to truly understand it or test it through personal experience. This leads to a disconnection from the core of our inner lives. We then see many cases, so common today that they almost comprise the majority, where the belief exists as an external layer on the mind, hardening it against any other influences that appeal to our higher nature; it shows its power by blocking new and meaningful beliefs from entering, doing nothing for the mind or heart other than guarding them to keep them empty.

To what an extent doctrines intrinsically fitted to make the deepest impression upon the mind may remain in it as dead beliefs, without being ever realised in the imagination, the feelings, or the understanding, is exemplified by the manner in which the majority of believers hold the doctrines of Christianity. By Christianity I here mean what is accounted such by all churches and sects—the maxims and precepts contained in the New Testament. These are considered sacred, and accepted as laws, by all professing Christians. Yet it is scarcely too much to say that not one[Pg 76] Christian in a thousand guides or tests his individual conduct by reference to those laws. The standard to which he does refer it, is the custom of his nation, his class, or his religious profession. He has thus, on the one hand, a collection of ethical maxims, which he believes to have been vouchsafed to him by infallible wisdom as rules for his government; and on the other, a set of every-day judgments and practices, which go a certain length with some of those maxims, not so great a length with others, stand in direct opposition to some, and are, on the whole, a compromise between the Christian creed and the interests and suggestions of worldly life. To the first of these standards he gives his homage; to the other his real allegiance. All Christians believe that the blessed are the poor and humble, and those who are ill-used by the world; that it is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of heaven; that they should judge not, lest they be judged; that they should swear not at all; that they should love their neighbour as themselves; that if one take their cloak, they should give him their coat also; that they should take no thought for the morrow; that if they would be perfect, they should sell all that they have and give it to[Pg 77] the poor. They are not insincere when they say that they believe these things. They do believe them, as people believe what they have always heard lauded and never discussed. But in the sense of that living belief which regulates conduct, they believe these doctrines just up to the point to which it is usual to act upon them. The doctrines in their integrity are serviceable to pelt adversaries with; and it is understood that they are to be put forward (when possible) as the reasons for whatever people do that they think laudable. But any one who reminded them that the maxims require an infinity of things which they never even think of doing, would gain nothing but to be classed among those very unpopular characters who affect to be better than other people. The doctrines have no hold on ordinary believers—are not a power in their minds. They have a habitual respect for the sound of them, but no feeling which spreads from the words to the things signified, and forces the mind to take them in, and make them conform to the formula. Whenever conduct is concerned, they look round for Mr. A and B to direct them how far to go in obeying Christ.

To what extent doctrines that are meant to make a strong impact on the mind can remain as dead beliefs, never being realized in imagination, feelings, or understanding, is shown by how most believers perceive the doctrines of Christianity. By Christianity, I mean what is recognized by all churches and sects—the teachings and principles found in the New Testament. These are regarded as sacred and accepted as laws by all self-identified Christians. Yet it’s almost accurate to say that not one Christian in a thousand actually guides or tests their personal behavior against those laws. Instead, they refer to the customs of their nation, class, or religious affiliation. So, on one hand, they have a set of ethical guidelines that they believe were granted to them by infallible wisdom as rules for their lives; and on the other hand, they engage with a set of everyday judgments and practices that align with some of those guidelines to some extent, conflict with others, and overall create a compromise between the Christian teachings and worldly interests and suggestions. They pay lip service to the first standard but hold true allegiance to the second. All Christians believe that the blessed are the poor and humble, and those who are mistreated by society; that it’s easier for a camel to get through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to enter the kingdom of heaven; that they should not judge, lest they be judged; that they should not swear at all; that they should love their neighbor as themselves; that if someone takes their cloak, they should give them their coat as well; that they shouldn’t worry about tomorrow; and that if they want to be perfect, they should sell all they have and give it to the poor. They’re not insincere when they claim to believe these things. They truly believe them, just as people believe what they've always heard praised and never questioned. But in terms of the living belief that influences behavior, they hold these doctrines only as far as it’s common to act on them. The doctrines, in their entirety, serve as ammunition against opponents, and it's understood that they should be presented (when possible) as the reasons for any actions taken that are considered commendable. However, anyone who reminded them that these teachings demand countless things they never even consider doing would only be seen as one of those unpopular people who pretend to be better than others. The doctrines hold no power over ordinary believers—they don’t resonate in their minds. They have a routine respect for their sound, but there’s no feeling that connects the words to the ideas they represent, compelling their minds to embrace them and conform to the principles. When it comes to their actions, they look to Mr. A and Mr. B to guide them on how far to go in following Christ.

Now we may be well assured that the case was not thus, but far otherwise, with the early[Pg 78] Christians. Had it been thus, Christianity never would have expanded from an obscure sect of the despised Hebrews into the religion of the Roman empire. When their enemies said, "See how these Christians love one another" (a remark not likely to be made by anybody now), they assuredly had a much livelier feeling of the meaning of their creed than they have ever had since. And to this cause, probably, it is chiefly owing that Christianity now makes so little progress in extending its domain, and after eighteen centuries, is still nearly confined to Europeans and the descendants of Europeans. Even with the strictly religious, who are much in earnest about their doctrines, and attach a greater amount of meaning to many of them than people in general, it commonly happens that the part which is thus comparatively active in their minds is that which was made by Calvin, or Knox, or some such person much nearer in character to themselves. The sayings of Christ coexist passively in their minds, producing hardly any effect beyond what is caused by mere listening to words so amiable and bland. There are many reasons, doubtless, why doctrines which are the badge of a sect retain more of their vitality than those common to all recognised sects, and why more pains are taken by teachers to keep their[Pg 79] meaning alive; but one reason certainly is, that the peculiar doctrines are more questioned, and have to be oftener defended against open gainsayers. Both teachers and learners go to sleep at their post, as soon as there is no enemy in the field.

Now we can be sure that the situation was not like that, but rather the opposite, for the early[Pg 78] Christians. If it were, Christianity would never have grown from an obscure sect of the despised Hebrews into the dominant religion of the Roman Empire. When their adversaries remarked, "Look how these Christians love each other" (something unlikely to be said today), they certainly had a much deeper understanding of the essence of their beliefs than most do now. This likely explains why Christianity makes so little progress in expanding its reach and, after eighteen centuries, is still largely confined to Europeans and their descendants. Even among those who are deeply religious and take their doctrines seriously, often attributing more significance to them than the average person, it usually turns out that the part of their beliefs that actively engages them is rooted in the teachings of Calvin, Knox, or someone similar, much closer to their own experiences. The teachings of Christ often linger passively in their minds, having little impact beyond the pleasant and gentle words. There are many reasons why the doctrines that identify a specific sect tend to maintain their vitality more than those common to all recognized sects, and why teachers invest more effort in keeping their[Pg 79] meaning alive; but one reason is certainly that these unique doctrines face more scrutiny and require more frequent defense against open critics. Both teachers and learners tend to grow complacent as soon as there’s no opposition to challenge them.

The same thing holds true, generally speaking, of all traditional doctrines—those of prudence and knowledge of life, as well as of morals or religion. All languages and literatures are full of general observations on life, both as to what it is, and how to conduct oneself in it; observations which everybody knows, which everybody repeats, or hears with acquiescence, which are received as truisms, yet of which most people first truly learn the meaning, when experience, generally of a painful kind, has made it a reality to them. How often, when smarting under some unforeseen misfortune or disappointment, does a person call to mind some proverb or common saying, familiar to him all his life, the meaning of which, if he had ever before felt it as he does now, would have saved him from the calamity. There are indeed reasons for this, other than the absence of discussion: there are many truths of which the full meaning cannot be realised, until personal experience has brought it home. But much more of[Pg 80] the meaning even of these would have been understood, and what was understood would have been far more deeply impressed on the mind, if the man had been accustomed to hear it argued pro and con by people who did understand it. The fatal tendency of mankind to leave off thinking about a thing when it is no longer doubtful, is the cause of half their errors. A contemporary author has well spoken of "the deep slumber of a decided opinion."

The same generally applies to all traditional beliefs—those about wisdom and understanding of life, as well as morals and religion. All languages and literatures are filled with broad observations about life, regarding what it is and how one should navigate it; these observations are well-known, often repeated, or accepted without question, treated as obvious truths. Yet, most people only truly grasp their meaning when personal experience, often of a painful nature, makes it real for them. How often, when suffering from an unexpected misfortune or disappointment, does someone remember a proverb or common saying they've known their whole life? The meaning of which, had they ever really understood it before as they do now, would have spared them the hardship. There are indeed reasons for this beyond just a lack of discussion: many truths cannot be fully appreciated until personal experience brings them home. However, much more of the meaning of these truths would be understood, and what was understood would be much more deeply ingrained in the mind, if the person had been used to hearing it debated both for and against by those who truly understood it. The unfortunate tendency of people to stop thinking about a matter once it no longer seems questionable leads to many of their mistakes. A contemporary author has aptly described “the deep slumber of a decided opinion.”

But what! (it may be asked) Is the absence of unanimity an indispensable condition of true knowledge? Is it necessary that some part of mankind should persist in error, to enable any to realise the truth? Does a belief cease to be real and vital as soon as it is generally received—and is a proposition never thoroughly understood and felt unless some doubt of it remains? As soon as mankind have unanimously accepted a truth, does the truth perish within them? The highest aim and best result of improved intelligence, it has hitherto been thought, is to unite mankind more and more in the acknowledgment of all important truths: and does the intelligence only last as long as it has not achieved its object? Do the fruits of conquest perish by the very completeness of the victory?

But wait! Isn’t it being asked: Is the absence of agreement essential for true knowledge? Is it necessary for some people to continue in error for others to realize the truth? Does a belief stop being real and meaningful as soon as it is widely accepted—and is a concept never fully understood and felt unless some doubt remains? As soon as humanity completely accepts a truth, does that truth disappear within them? It has been believed that the ultimate goal and best outcome of improved intelligence is to bring people together more and more in recognizing all significant truths: does intelligence only last as long as it hasn't achieved this goal? Do the benefits of victory vanish because of the very completeness of the triumph?

I affirm no such thing. As mankind improve, the number of doctrines which are no longer disputed or doubted will be constantly on the increase: and the well-being of mankind may almost be measured by the number and gravity of the truths which have reached the point of being uncontested. The cessation, on one question after another, of serious controversy, is one of the necessary incidents of the consolidation of opinion; a consolidation as salutary in the case of true opinions, as it is dangerous and noxious when the opinions are erroneous. But though this gradual narrowing of the bounds of diversity of opinion is necessary in both senses of the term, being at once inevitable and indispensable, we are not therefore obliged to conclude that all its consequences must be beneficial. The loss of so important an aid to the intelligent and living apprehension of a truth, as is afforded by the necessity of explaining it to, or defending it against, opponents, though not sufficient to outweigh, is no trifling drawback from, the benefit of its universal recognition. Where this advantage can no longer be had, I confess I should like to see the teachers of mankind endeavouring to provide a substitute for it; some contrivance for making the difficulties of the question as present to the learner's consciousness,[Pg 82] as if they were pressed upon him by a dissentient champion, eager for his conversion.

I don’t agree with that at all. As humanity progresses, the number of beliefs that are no longer contested will keep increasing. The well-being of people can almost be measured by how many important truths have become accepted without question. The end of serious arguments on various issues is a necessary part of forming a consensus; this kind of consolidation is beneficial when it comes to true beliefs, but it can be harmful when those beliefs are incorrect. However, even though this gradual reduction in the diversity of opinions is both inevitable and essential, we shouldn't assume that all its outcomes will be positive. The loss of such a valuable tool for truly understanding a truth, which comes from the need to explain or defend it against challengers, while not enough to outweigh its benefits, is still a significant downside to its universal acceptance. Where this advantage is lost, I honestly think it would be great to see the educators of society trying to find a way to replace it; some method to keep the challenges of the issue as vivid in the learner's mind as if they were being confronted by an opposing advocate eager to persuade them.

But instead of seeking contrivances for this purpose, they have lost those they formerly had. The Socratic dialectics, so magnificently exemplified in the dialogues of Plato, were a contrivance of this description. They were essentially a negative discussion of the great questions of philosophy and life, directed with consummate skill to the purpose of convincing any one who had merely adopted the commonplaces of received opinion, that he did not understand the subject—that he as yet attached no definite meaning to the doctrines he professed; in order that, becoming aware of his ignorance, he might be put in the way to attain a stable belief, resting on a clear apprehension both of the meaning of doctrines and of their evidence. The school disputations of the middle ages had a somewhat similar object. They were intended to make sure that the pupil understood his own opinion, and (by necessary correlation) the opinion opposed to it, and could enforce the grounds of the one and confute those of the other. These last-mentioned contests had indeed the incurable defect, that the premises appealed to were taken from authority, not from reason; and, as a discipline to the mind, they were in every respect[Pg 83] inferior to the powerful dialectics which formed the intellects of the "Socratici viri": but the modern mind owes far more to both than it is generally willing to admit, and the present modes of education contain nothing which in the smallest degree supplies the place either of the one or of the other. A person who derives all his instruction from teachers or books, even if he escape the besetting temptation of contenting himself with cram, is under no compulsion to hear both sides; accordingly it is far from a frequent accomplishment, even among thinkers, to know both sides; and the weakest part of what everybody says in defence of his opinion, is what he intends as a reply to antagonists. It is the fashion of the present time to disparage negative logic—that which points out weaknesses in theory or errors in practice, without establishing positive truths. Such negative criticism would indeed be poor enough as an ultimate result; but as a means to attaining any positive knowledge or conviction worthy the name, it cannot be valued too highly; and until people are again systematically trained to it, there will be few great thinkers, and a low general average of intellect, in any but the mathematical and physical departments of speculation. On any other subject no one's opinions deserve the name[Pg 84] of knowledge, except so far as he has either had forced upon him by others, or gone through of himself, the same mental process which would have been required of him in carrying on an active controversy with opponents. That, therefore, which when absent, it is so indispensable, but so difficult, to create, how worse than absurd is it to forego, when spontaneously offering itself! If there are any persons who contest a received opinion, or who will do so if law or opinion will let them, let us thank them for it, open our minds to listen to them, and rejoice that there is some one to do for us what we otherwise ought, if we have any regard for either the certainty or the vitality of our convictions, to do with much greater labour for ourselves.

But instead of finding ways to achieve this, they have lost the methods they used to have. The Socratic dialogues, brilliantly represented in Plato's works, served this exact purpose. They essentially engaged in a negative exploration of significant philosophical and life questions, skillfully aiming to show anyone who merely accepted common beliefs that they didn't truly grasp the topic—that they hadn't assigned a clear meaning to the ideas they claimed to support; so that, recognizing their ignorance, they could begin to establish a firm belief based on a clear understanding of the meanings of those ideas and their validity. The school debates during the Middle Ages had a somewhat similar goal. They aimed to ensure that the student understood his own views and, by necessary contrast, the opposing views, and could defend one while disproving the other. However, these debates had a significant flaw: the premises they used relied on authority rather than reason; thus, as a mental exercise, they were vastly[Pg 83] inferior to the powerful dialectics that shaped the minds of the "Socratici viri." Nonetheless, the modern mind owes much more to both approaches than it often acknowledges, and current educational methods fail to truly replace either one. A person who gets all their learning from teachers or books, even if they avoid the all-too-common trap of settling for superficial knowledge, feels no obligation to consider both perspectives; therefore, it's not common, even among thinkers, to truly understand both sides. The weakest part of anyone’s defense of their beliefs is typically the counterarguments they present against opponents. Today, there’s a trend to look down on negative logic—that which identifies flaws in theories or mistakes in practices without establishing positive truths. While such negative criticism may seem inadequate as an end result, as a way to achieve meaningful knowledge or conviction, it’s invaluable; and until people are systematically trained in it again, there will be few great thinkers, with a low overall level of intellect in areas outside of mathematics and physics. Regarding any other subject, no one's views genuinely warrant the label of knowledge except to the extent that they have had to forcefully engage with the same mental process that would have been necessary for them to engage in an active debate with critics. Thus, given the crucial nature of what is often absent yet challenging to cultivate, how absurd is it to reject it when it presents itself willingly! If there are individuals who challenge accepted opinions or will do so if allowed by law or society, we should thank them for it, open our minds to their perspectives, and be grateful that someone is doing for us what we should be willing to do for ourselves, with much greater effort, if we care about the certainty and vitality of our beliefs.

 

It still remains to speak of one of the principal causes which make diversity of opinion advantageous, and will continue to do so until mankind shall have entered a stage of intellectual advancement which at present seems at an incalculable distance. We have hitherto considered only two possibilities: that the received opinion may be false, and some other opinion, consequently, true; or that, the received opinion being true, a conflict with the opposite error is essential to a clear apprehension[Pg 85] and deep feeling of its truth. But there is a commoner case than either of these; when the conflicting doctrines, instead of being one true and the other false, share the truth between them; and the nonconforming opinion is needed to supply the remainder of the truth, of which the received doctrine embodies only a part. Popular opinions, on subjects not palpable to sense, are often true, but seldom or never the whole truth. They are a part of the truth; sometimes a greater, sometimes a smaller part, but exaggerated, distorted, and disjoined from the truths by which they ought to be accompanied and limited. Heretical opinions, on the other hand, are generally some of these suppressed and neglected truths, bursting the bonds which kept them down, and either seeking reconciliation with the truth contained in the common opinion, or fronting it as enemies, and setting themselves up, with similar exclusiveness, as the whole truth. The latter case is hitherto the most frequent, as, in the human mind, one-sidedness has always been the rule, and many-sidedness the exception. Hence, even in revolutions of opinion, one part of the truth usually sets while another rises. Even progress, which ought to superadd, for the most part only substitutes one partial and incomplete truth for[Pg 86] another; improvement consisting chiefly in this, that the new fragment of truth is more wanted, more adapted to the needs of the time, than that which it displaces. Such being the partial character of prevailing opinions, even when resting on a true foundation; every opinion which embodies somewhat of the portion of truth which the common opinion omits, ought to be considered precious, with whatever amount of error and confusion that truth may be blended. No sober judge of human affairs will feel bound to be indignant because those who force on our notice truths which we should otherwise have overlooked, overlook some of those which we see. Rather, he will think that so long as popular truth is one-sided, it is more desirable than otherwise that unpopular truth should have one-sided asserters too; such being usually the most energetic, and the most likely to compel reluctant attention to the fragment of wisdom which they proclaim as if it were the whole.

It’s important to discuss one of the main reasons why having different opinions is beneficial, and this will remain true until humanity reaches a level of intellectual growth that seems far off right now. Up until now, we’ve only looked at two possibilities: either the accepted opinion might be wrong, making some other opinion right, or the accepted opinion is correct, and opposing views are necessary for a clear understanding and a deep sense of its truth. However, there’s a more common situation than either of these: when conflicting beliefs don’t have one that is true and another that is false; instead, both share a piece of the truth. The dissenting view is necessary to complete the understanding that the accepted belief represents only part of. Popular opinions on topics that aren’t directly observable are often true, but they rarely capture the entire truth. They represent a portion of the truth; sometimes it’s a larger part, sometimes a smaller part, but often exaggerated, distorted, and disconnected from the truths that should accompany and limit them. On the other hand, unconventional opinions usually express some of these ignored and overlooked truths, breaking free from the constraints that held them down, and either seeking to reconcile with the truth found in the common belief, or opposing it outright, presenting themselves just as exclusively as the whole truth. The latter situation is more common, as one-sided thinking has generally been the norm in human thinking while multi-faceted understanding has been the exception. Thus, even when opinions shift dramatically, one aspect of the truth typically declines while another rises. Even progress, which should build upon previous knowledge, often just replaces one incomplete truth with another; the improvement lies mainly in the fact that this new piece of truth is more necessary and better suited to the current needs than what it replaces. Given this partial nature of prevailing opinions, even when they are based on some truth, every opinion that includes a part of the truth missed by common opinions should be valued, regardless of how much error and confusion might mix with that truth. A reasonable observer of human matters won’t feel compelled to be outraged because those who highlight truths we might overlook also miss some that we notice. Instead, they may conclude that as long as popular truths are one-sided, it’s better that unpopular truths also have one-sided proponents; these are usually the most passionate and likely to draw attention to the piece of wisdom they advocate as if it were the entirety.

Thus, in the eighteenth century, when nearly all the instructed, and all those of the uninstructed who were led by them, were lost in admiration of what is called civilisation, and of the marvels of modern science, literature, and philosophy, and while greatly overrating the amount of unlikeness[Pg 87] between the men of modern and those of ancient times, indulged the belief that the whole of the difference was in their own favour; with what a salutary shock did the paradoxes of Rousseau explode like bombshells in the midst, dislocating the compact mass of one-sided opinion, and forcing its elements to recombine in a better form and with additional ingredients. Not that the current opinions were on the whole farther from the truth than Rousseau's were; on the contrary, they were nearer to it; they contained more of positive truth, and very much less of error. Nevertheless there lay in Rousseau's doctrine, and has floated down the stream of opinion along with it, a considerable amount of exactly those truths which the popular opinion wanted; and these are the deposit which was left behind when the flood subsided. The superior worth of simplicity of life, the enervating and demoralising effect of the trammels and hypocrisies of artificial society, are ideas which have never been entirely absent from cultivated minds since Rousseau wrote; and they will in time produce their due effect, though at present needing to be asserted as much as ever, and to be asserted by deeds, for words, on this subject, have nearly exhausted their power.

In the eighteenth century, when almost everyone educated, and all the uneducated who followed them, were in awe of what we call civilization and the wonders of modern science, literature, and philosophy, they seriously overestimated how different modern people were from those in ancient times. They believed the whole difference was in their favor. Then, with a surprising impact, Rousseau's paradoxes burst forth like bombshells, shaking up the rigid mass of narrow opinions and forcing it to reorganize into a better form with new elements. It’s not that the prevailing opinions were generally further from the truth than Rousseau's; in fact, they were closer to it, containing more positive truths and much less error. Still, within Rousseau's teachings—and what has carried on with them—were many of the truths that popular opinion craved. These truths are what remained after the upheaval. Ideas about the greater value of a simple life and the weakening and corrupting effects of the constraints and pretenses of artificial society have never completely vanished from thoughtful minds since Rousseau wrote. They will eventually make their impact, even though they need to be emphasized now more than ever and demonstrated through actions, as words on this topic have nearly run out of their power.

In politics, again, it is almost a commonplace,[Pg 88] that a party of order or stability, and a party of progress or reform, are both necessary elements of a healthy state of political life; until the one or the other shall have so enlarged its mental grasp as to be a party equally of order and of progress, knowing and distinguishing what is fit to be preserved from what ought to be swept away. Each of these modes of thinking derives its utility from the deficiencies of the other; but it is in a great measure the opposition of the other that keeps each within the limits of reason and sanity. Unless opinions favourable to democracy and to aristocracy, to property and to equality, to co-operation and to competition, to luxury and to abstinence, to sociality and individuality, to liberty and discipline, and all the other standing antagonisms of practical life, are expressed with equal freedom, and enforced and defended with equal talent and energy, there is no chance of both elements obtaining their due; one scale is sure to go up and the other down. Truth, in the great practical concerns of life, is so much a question of the reconciling and combining of opposites, that very few have minds sufficiently capacious and impartial to make the adjustment with an approach to correctness, and it has to be made by the rough process of a struggle between[Pg 89] combatants fighting under hostile banners. On any of the great open questions just enumerated, if either of the two opinions has a better claim than the other, not merely to be tolerated, but to be encouraged and countenanced, it is the one which happens at the particular time and place to be in a minority. That is the opinion which, for the time being, represents the neglected interests, the side of human well-being which is in danger of obtaining less than its share. I am aware that there is not, in this country, any intolerance of differences of opinion on most of these topics. They are adduced to show, by admitted and multiplied examples, the universality of the fact, that only through diversity of opinion is there, in the existing state of human intellect, a chance of fair-play to all sides of the truth. When there are persons to be found, who form an exception to the apparent unanimity of the world on any subject, even if the world is in the right, it is always probable that dissentients have something worth hearing to say for themselves, and that truth would lose something by their silence.

In politics, it’s widely acknowledged[Pg 88] that both a party focused on order or stability and a party advocating for progress or reform are essential for a healthy political environment. Eventually, one or both of these parties needs to expand their understanding to effectively combine both order and progress, recognizing what should be preserved and what should be discarded. Each mindset offers value in light of the other's shortcomings; however, it’s primarily their opposition that keeps each side balanced and rational. If opinions that support democracy and aristocracy, property and equality, cooperation and competition, luxury and abstinence, social interaction and individuality, liberty and discipline, and all other conflicting aspects of practical life aren’t expressed freely and advocated with equal skill and energy, one side is likely to dominate while the other diminishes. The truth in vital life issues often revolves around reconciling and merging opposites, and very few people possess the open-mindedness and capacity to make these adjustments correctly without conflicts arising between[Pg 89] opposing forces. Regarding major questions mentioned earlier, if either opinion has a stronger case not just for tolerance but for encouragement and support, it's typically the one that is currently in the minority. This perspective, at that specific time and place, reflects the overlooked interests and the aspect of human welfare that risks receiving less attention. I recognize that there isn’t much intolerance regarding differing opinions on most of these issues in this country. They are mentioned to illustrate through various accepted examples that only through diversity of opinion can there be a fair chance for all aspects of the truth in the current state of human thought. When individuals are found who stand out from the apparent uniformity of opinion on any subject, even if the majority seems correct, it’s likely that those dissenting voices have valuable insights, and silencing them would mean losing important truth.

It may be objected, "But some received principles, especially on the highest and most vital subjects, are more than half-truths. The Christian morality, for instance, is the whole truth[Pg 90] on that subject, and if any one teaches a morality which varies from it, he is wholly in error." As this is of all cases the most important in practice, none can be fitter to test the general maxim. But before pronouncing what Christian morality is or is not, it would be desirable to decide what is meant by Christian morality. If it means the morality of the New Testament, I wonder that any one who derives his knowledge of this from the book itself, can suppose that it was announced, or intended, as a complete doctrine of morals. The Gospel always refers to a pre-existing morality, and confines its precepts to the particulars in which that morality was to be corrected, or superseded by a wider and higher; expressing itself, moreover, in terms most general, often impossible to be interpreted literally, and possessing rather the impressiveness of poetry or eloquence than the precision of legislation. To extract from it a body of ethical doctrine, has ever been possible without eking it out from the Old Testament, that is, from a system elaborate indeed, but in many respects barbarous, and intended only for a barbarous people. St. Paul, a declared enemy to this Judaical mode of interpreting the doctrine and filling up the scheme of his Master, equally assumes a pre-existing[Pg 91] morality, namely, that of the Greeks and Romans; and his advice to Christians is in a great measure a system of accommodation to that; even to the extent of giving an apparent sanction to slavery. What is called Christian, but should rather be termed theological, morality, was not the work of Christ or the Apostles, but is of much later origin, having been gradually built up by the Catholic church of the first five centuries, and though not implicitly adopted by moderns and Protestants, has been much less modified by them than might have been expected. For the most part, indeed, they have contented themselves with cutting off the additions which had been made to it in the middle ages, each sect supplying the place by fresh additions, adapted to its own character and tendencies. That mankind owe a great debt to this morality, and to its early teachers, I should be the last person to deny; but I do not scruple to say of it, that it is, in many important points, incomplete and one-sided, and that unless ideas and feelings, not sanctioned by it, had contributed to the formation of European life and character, human affairs would have been in a worse condition than they now are. Christian morality (so called) has all the characters of a reaction; it is, in great part, a protest against Paganism. Its[Pg 92] ideal is negative rather than positive; passive rather than active; Innocence rather than Nobleness; Abstinence from Evil, rather than energetic Pursuit of Good: in its precepts (as has been well said) "thou shalt not" predominates unduly over "thou shalt." In its horror of sensuality, it made an idol of asceticism, which has been gradually compromised away into one of legality. It holds out the hope of heaven and the threat of hell, as the appointed and appropriate motives to a virtuous life: in this falling far below the best of the ancients, and doing what lies in it to give to human morality an essentially selfish character, by disconnecting each man's feelings of duty from the interests of his fellow-creatures, except so far as a self-interested inducement is offered to him for consulting them. It is essentially a doctrine of passive obedience; it inculcates submission to all authorities found established; who indeed are not to be actively obeyed when they command what religion forbids, but who are not to be resisted, far less rebelled against, for any amount of wrong to ourselves. And while, in the morality of the best Pagan nations, duty to the State holds even a disproportionate place, infringing on the just liberty of the individual; in purely Christian ethics, that grand department of duty is scarcely[Pg 93] noticed or acknowledged. It is in the Koran, not the New Testament, that we read the maxim—"A ruler who appoints any man to an office, when there is in his dominions another man better qualified for it, sins against God and against the State." What little recognition the idea of obligation to the public obtains in modern morality, is derived from Greek and Roman sources, not from Christian; as, even in the morality of private life, whatever exists of magnanimity, high-mindedness, personal dignity, even the sense of honour, is derived from the purely human, not the religious part of our education, and never could have grown out of a standard of ethics in which the only worth, professedly recognised, is that of obedience.

It may be argued, "But some established principles, especially on the most important subjects, are more than just half-truths. Christian morality, for instance, represents the whole truth[Pg 90] on that subject, and anyone teaching a morality that strays from it is fully in the wrong." Since this is the most crucial issue in practice, it is the best case to test the general principle. However, before defining what Christian morality is or isn't, it’s essential to clarify what is meant by Christian morality. If it refers to the morality of the New Testament, I find it surprising that anyone who learns this from the book itself could think it was presented, or meant, as a complete moral doctrine. The Gospel always references a pre-existing morality and limits its teachings to the areas where that morality needed correction or replacement with something broader and higher; it also expresses itself in very general terms, often impossible to interpret literally, and carries more of the impact of poetry or eloquence than the precision of legal code. Extracting a coherent body of ethical doctrine from it has always required supplementing it with the Old Testament, which, though detailed, is in many ways brutal and designed only for a crude society. St. Paul, a known opponent of the Jewish way of interpreting the doctrine and shaping the teachings of his Master, equally assumes a pre-existing[Pg 91] morality, that of the Greeks and Romans; his guidance to Christians largely serves to align with that, even to the extent of apparently endorsing slavery. What is labeled as Christian morality, better described as theological morality, was not created by Christ or the Apostles but is of much later origin, gradually developed by the Catholic Church over the first five centuries. While moderns and Protestants have not fully embraced it, they have modified it much less than one might expect. In fact, they mostly have focused on removing the additions made during the Middle Ages, each sect replacing them with fresh additions suited to their own characteristics and tendencies. I would never deny that humanity owes a significant debt to this morality and its early teachers, but I can confidently state that it is, in many vital aspects, incomplete and one-sided, and if ideas and feelings not validated by it had not shaped European life and character, human affairs would be in a worse state than they are now. So-called Christian morality bears all the signs of a reaction; it is largely a backlash against Paganism. Its[Pg 92] ideal is more negative than positive; passive rather than active; prioritizing Innocence over Nobleness; Abstaining from Evil rather than actively Pursuing Good: in its teachings (as has been aptly stated) "thou shalt not" overwhelmingly overshadows "thou shalt." In its fear of sensuality, it idolized asceticism, which has gradually eroded into legality. It offers the promise of heaven and the threat of hell as the main motivators for virtuous living: in this respect, it falls short compared to the best of ancient philosophies, and it contributes to giving human morality a fundamentally selfish character by detaching each person's sense of duty from the welfare of others, except where a self-serving incentive is presented. It is fundamentally a doctrine of passive obedience; it promotes submission to all established authorities, who should not be actively obeyed when they order what religion prohibits, but should not be resisted or even rebelled against, regardless of harm done to ourselves. And while the morality of the best Pagan nations places an even disproportionate emphasis on duty to the State, infringing on individual liberty, in purely Christian ethics, this significant area of duty is barely[Pg 93] mentioned or acknowledged. It is in the Koran, not the New Testament, that we find the principle—"A ruler who appoints anyone to a position when someone better qualified exists in his realm sins against God and against the State." The little acknowledgment that the idea of obligation to the public receives in modern morality comes from Greek and Roman influences, not from Christianity; even in personal moral life, whatever features of magnanimity, high-mindedness, or personal dignity, including the sense of honor, arise from the purely human, not the religious aspect of our upbringing, and could never have developed from an ethical standard wherein the only recognized value is that of obedience.

I am as far as any one from pretending that these defects are necessarily inherent in the Christian ethics, in every manner in which it can be conceived, or that the many requisites of a complete moral doctrine which it does not contain, do not admit of being reconciled with it. Far less would I insinuate this of the doctrines and precepts of Christ himself. I believe that the sayings of Christ are all, that I can see any evidence of their having been intended to be; that they are irreconcilable with nothing which a[Pg 94] comprehensive morality requires; that everything which is excellent in ethics may be brought within them, with no greater violence to their language than has been done to it by all who have attempted to deduce from them any practical system of conduct whatever. But it is quite consistent with this, to believe that they contain, and were meant to contain, only a part of the truth; that many essential elements of the highest morality are among the things which are not provided for, nor intended to be provided for, in the recorded deliverances of the Founder of Christianity, and which have been entirely thrown aside in the system of ethics erected on the basis of those deliverances by the Christian Church. And this being so, I think it a great error to persist in attempting to find in the Christian doctrine that complete rule for our guidance, which its author intended it to sanction and enforce, but only partially to provide. I believe, too, that this narrow theory is becoming a grave practical evil, detracting greatly from the value of the moral training and instruction, which so many well-meaning persons are now at length exerting themselves to promote. I much fear that by attempting to form the mind and feelings on an exclusively religious type, and discarding those[Pg 95] secular standards (as for want of a better name they may be called) which heretofore co-existed with and supplemented the Christian ethics, receiving some of its spirit, and infusing into it some of theirs, there will result, and is even now resulting, a low, abject, servile type of character, which, submit itself as it may to what it deems the Supreme Will, is incapable of rising to or sympathising in the conception of Supreme Goodness. I believe that other ethics than any which can be evolved from exclusively Christian sources, must exist side by side with Christian ethics to produce the moral regeneration of mankind; and that the Christian system is no exception to the rule, that in an imperfect state of the human mind, the interests of truth require a diversity of opinions. It is not necessary that in ceasing to ignore the moral truths not contained in Christianity, men should ignore any of those which it does contain. Such prejudice, or oversight, when it occurs, is altogether an evil; but it is one from which we cannot hope to be always exempt, and must be regarded as the price paid for an inestimable good. The exclusive pretension made by a part of the truth to be the whole, must and ought to be protested against, and if a reactionary impulse should make the protestors[Pg 96] unjust in their turn, this one-sidedness, like the other, may be lamented, but must be tolerated. If Christians would teach infidels to be just to Christianity, they should themselves be just to infidelity. It can do truth no service to blink the fact, known to all who have the most ordinary acquaintance with literary history, that a large portion of the noblest and most valuable moral teaching has been the work, not only of men who did not know, but of men who knew and rejected, the Christian faith.

I'm no more inclined than anyone else to claim that these flaws are inherently part of Christian ethics in every possible way, or that the many elements of a complete moral framework that it lacks cannot be reconciled with it. Even less would I suggest this about the teachings and principles of Christ himself. I believe that Christ’s teachings are exactly what I can see them intended to be; they don’t contradict anything that a comprehensive moral framework demands; and all that is good in ethics can fit within them with no more distortion to their meaning than has already been done by those who have tried to derive any practical system of behavior from them. However, it’s entirely consistent to believe that they contain, and were meant to contain, only part of the truth; that many key aspects of the highest morality are among the things not addressed, nor meant to be addressed, in the recorded sayings of the Founder of Christianity, and that these have been completely overlooked in the ethical system built on those sayings by the Christian Church. Given this, I think it’s a serious mistake to keep trying to find in Christian doctrine the complete guidance that its author intended it to provide but only partially did. I also believe that this narrow perspective is becoming a significant practical issue, greatly undermining the value of the moral education and instruction that so many well-meaning people are now finally working hard to promote. I fear that by trying to shape minds and feelings based solely on religious principles, and disregarding those secular standards (for lack of a better term) that previously existed alongside and complemented Christian ethics, taking on some of its spirit while infusing their own, we will end up— and are already ending up— with a low, servile type of character that, while submitting to what it considers the Supreme Will, is incapable of rising to or empathizing with the idea of Supreme Goodness. I believe that other ethical frameworks, beyond those derived solely from Christian sources, must coexist with Christian ethics to achieve the moral renewal of humanity; and that the Christian system is no exception to the rule that in an imperfect human condition, the pursuit of truth requires a variety of perspectives. It’s not necessary that in recognizing moral truths not found in Christianity, people should neglect any of those contained within it. Such bias or oversight, when it happens, is entirely a problem; but it’s one we cannot expect to always avoid, and it must be seen as the cost of an invaluable good. The claim of a part of the truth to be the whole must and should be opposed, and if a reaction against this leads some protestors to be unjust in their turn, this one-sidedness, like the other, can be regretted but must be tolerated. If Christians want to teach non-believers to be fair to Christianity, they should also be fair to non-belief. It serves no purpose in truth to ignore the fact, known to anyone with a basic knowledge of literary history, that a significant portion of the best and most valuable moral teachings has come from those who not only did not know but actively rejected the Christian faith.

I do not pretend that the most unlimited use of the freedom of enunciating all possible opinions would put an end to the evils of religious or philosophical sectarianism. Every truth which men of narrow capacity are in earnest about, is sure to be asserted, inculcated, and in many ways even acted on, as if no other truth existed in the world, or at all events none that could limit or qualify the first. I acknowledge that the tendency of all opinions to become sectarian is not cured by the freest discussion, but is often heightened and exacerbated thereby; the truth which ought to have been, but was not, seen, being rejected all the more violently because proclaimed by persons regarded as opponents. But it is not on the impassioned partisan, it is on the calmer and more[Pg 97] disinterested bystander, that this collision of opinions works its salutary effect. Not the violent conflict between parts of the truth, but the quiet suppression of half of it, is the formidable evil: there is always hope when people are forced to listen to both sides; it is when they attend only to one that errors harden into prejudices, and truth itself ceases to have the effect of truth, by being exaggerated into falsehood. And since there are few mental attributes more rare than that judicial faculty which can sit in intelligent judgment between two sides of a question, of which only one is represented by an advocate before it, truth has no chance but in proportion as every side of it, every opinion which embodies any fraction of the truth, not only finds advocates, but is so advocated as to be listened to.

I don’t think that unrestricted freedom to express all kinds of opinions will eliminate the problems caused by religious or philosophical sects. Whenever people with limited perspectives are passionate about a belief, they tend to assert, teach, and often act on it as if it were the only truth that exists, or at least that no other truth can challenge it. I recognize that the tendency for opinions to become sectarian isn’t fixed by open discussion; in fact, it can often make it worse. The truth that should have been acknowledged but wasn’t gets rejected even more fiercely when it’s expressed by those seen as opponents. However, it’s not the heated partisans who drive change; it’s the calm, impartial observer who benefits from the clash of opinions. The real issue isn’t the intense struggle between parts of the truth, but rather the quiet suppression of half of it. There’s always hope when people are compelled to hear both sides; it’s when they focus on just one that errors turn into prejudices, and truth loses its power, becoming distorted into falsehood. Since having the balanced judgment to fairly assess both sides of a debate is a rare ability, truth can only prevail to the extent that every aspect of it, every opinion that holds any piece of the truth, is represented by advocates who present it in a way that encourages listening.

 

We have now recognised the necessity to the mental well-being of mankind (on which all their other well-being depends) of freedom of opinion, and freedom of the expression of opinion, on four distinct grounds; which we will now briefly recapitulate.

We now acknowledge the importance of mental well-being for humanity (which all other aspects of well-being rely on) regarding freedom of opinion and the freedom to express those opinions, based on four different reasons. Let’s briefly summarize those now.

First, if any opinion is compelled to silence, that opinion may, for aught we can certainly know, be true. To deny this is to assume our own infallibility.

First, if any opinion is forced into silence, that opinion may, for all we can know, be true. To deny this is to assume our own absolute correctness.

Secondly, though the silenced opinion be an error, it may, and very commonly does, contain a portion of truth; and since the general or prevailing opinion on any subject is rarely or never the whole truth, it is only by the collision of adverse opinions, that the remainder of the truth has any chance of being supplied.

Secondly, even if the suppressed opinion is mistaken, it often contains some truth. Since the general or dominant opinion on any subject is rarely or never the full truth, it’s only through the clash of opposing views that the rest of the truth has a chance of being revealed.

Thirdly, even if the received opinion be not only true, but the whole truth; unless it is suffered to be, and actually is, vigorously and earnestly contested, it will, by most of those who receive it, be held in the manner of a prejudice, with little comprehension or feeling of its rational grounds. And not only this, but, fourthly, the meaning of the doctrine itself will be in danger of being lost, or enfeebled, and deprived of its vital effect on the character and conduct: the dogma becoming a mere formal profession, inefficacious for good, but cumbering the ground, and preventing the growth of any real and heartfelt conviction, from reason or personal experience.

Thirdly, even if the accepted view is not just true, but the complete truth; if it isn't allowed to be, and isn't actually, strongly and sincerely challenged, most people who accept it will treat it like a bias, with little understanding or appreciation of its logical basis. Furthermore, fourthly, the meaning of the doctrine itself risks being lost or weakened, losing its impactful influence on individuals’ character and behavior: the belief turns into a mere formal statement, ineffective for good, but cluttering the space and hindering the emergence of any genuine and heartfelt conviction based on reason or personal experience.

Before quitting the subject of freedom of opinion, it is fit to take some notice of those who say, that the free expression of all opinions should be permitted, on condition that the manner be temperate, and do not pass the bounds of fair discussion. Much might be said on the [Pg 99]impossibility of fixing where these supposed bounds are to be placed; for if the test be offence to those whose opinion is attacked, I think experience testifies that this offence is given whenever the attack is telling and powerful, and that every opponent who pushes them hard, and whom they find it difficult to answer, appears to them, if he shows any strong feeling on the subject, an intemperate opponent. But this, though an important consideration in a practical point of view, merges in a more fundamental objection. Undoubtedly the manner of asserting an opinion, even though it be a true one, may be very objectionable, and may justly incur severe censure. But the principal offences of the kind are such as it is mostly impossible, unless by accidental self-betrayal, to bring home to conviction. The gravest of them is, to argue sophistically, to suppress facts or arguments, to misstate the elements of the case, or misrepresent the opposite opinion. But all this, even to the most aggravated degree, is so continually done in perfect good faith, by persons who are not considered, and in many other respects may not deserve to be considered, ignorant or incompetent, that it is rarely possible on adequate grounds conscientiously to stamp the misrepresentation as morally culpable; and still[Pg 100] less could law presume to interfere with this kind of controversial misconduct. With regard to what is commonly meant by intemperate discussion, namely invective, sarcasm, personality, and the like, the denunciation of these weapons would deserve more sympathy if it were ever proposed to interdict them equally to both sides; but it is only desired to restrain the employment of them against the prevailing opinion: against the unprevailing they may not only be used without general disapproval, but will be likely to obtain for him who uses them the praise of honest zeal and righteous indignation. Yet whatever mischief arises from their use, is greatest when they are employed against the comparatively defenceless; and whatever unfair advantage can be derived by any opinion from this mode of asserting it, accrues almost exclusively to received opinions. The worst offence of this kind which can be committed by a polemic, is to stigmatise those who hold the contrary opinion as bad and immoral men. To calumny of this sort, those who hold any unpopular opinion are peculiarly exposed, because they are in general few and uninfluential, and nobody but themselves feel much interest in seeing justice done them; but this weapon is, from the nature of the case, denied to those who attack[Pg 101] a prevailing opinion: they can neither use it with safety to themselves, nor, if they could, would it do anything but recoil on their own cause. In general, opinions contrary to those commonly received can only obtain a hearing by studied moderation of language, and the most cautious avoidance of unnecessary offence, from which they hardly ever deviate even in a slight degree without losing ground: while unmeasured vituperation employed on the side of the prevailing opinion, really does deter people from professing contrary opinions, and from listening to those who profess them. For the interest, therefore, of truth and justice, it is far more important to restrain this employment of vituperative language than the other; and, for example, if it were necessary to choose, there would be much more need to discourage offensive attacks on infidelity, than on religion. It is, however, obvious that law and authority have no business with restraining either, while opinion ought, in every instance, to determine its verdict by the circumstances of the individual case; condemning every one, on whichever side of the argument he places himself, in whose mode of advocacy either want of candour, or malignity, bigotry, or intolerance of feeling manifest themselves; but not inferring these vices from the side[Pg 102] which a person takes, though it be the contrary side of the question to our own: and giving merited honour to every one, whatever opinion he may hold, who has calmness to see and honesty to state what his opponents and their opinions really are, exaggerating nothing to their discredit, keeping nothing back which tells, or can be supposed to tell, in their favour. This is the real morality of public discussion; and if often violated, I am happy to think that there are many controversialists who to a great extent observe it, and a still greater number who conscientiously strive towards it.

Before wrapping up the topic of freedom of opinion, it’s important to address those who argue that the free expression of all opinions should be allowed as long as it’s done in a moderate way and stays within the limits of fair discussion. There’s a lot to say about the difficulty of determining where these supposed limits should be, because if the measure is the offense taken by those whose opinions are challenged, then experience shows that offense is felt whenever the challenge is persuasive and strong. Every opponent who feels pressured and struggles to respond tends to view a serious, passionate opponent as unreasonable. While this is important to consider from a practical standpoint, it leads to a more fundamental issue. Certainly, the way an opinion is expressed, even if it's true, can be quite objectionable and may deserve harsh criticism. However, most of the main offenses of this kind are nearly impossible to prove, except through accidental admissions. The gravest offenses include arguing with fallacies, hiding facts or arguments, misrepresenting the key aspects of the case, or distorting opposing views. But often, even in their most severe forms, these actions are done in good faith by people who aren't generally seen as ignorant or incompetent. Therefore, it’s rare to justifiably label these misrepresentations as morally wrong, and even less so could the law intervene in this kind of problematic debate. Regarding what people usually mean by unreasonable discussion—such as insults, sarcasm, personal attacks, and so on—critiquing these tactics would be more understandable if it aimed to restrict their use equally for both sides. However, there’s a tendency to want to limit their use against the dominant opinion while allowing them against the minority. When they are directed against those with less power, the damage is the greatest, and any unfair advantage gained through this style of arguing primarily benefits mainstream opinions. The worst offense a debater can commit is to label those with opposing views as immoral or bad individuals. Unpopular opinions are especially vulnerable to this kind of slander because their supporters are usually few and lack influence, and few others care about ensuring they receive fair treatment. In contrast, those who challenge prevailing views are denied this tactic; they can’t use it without risking their own credibility, and even if they could, it would likely backfire on their cause. Generally, opinions that go against widely accepted beliefs can only find an audience through careful, moderate language and by avoiding unnecessary offense, and even minor deviations from this approach can result in losing support. Conversely, harsh criticism directed at mainstream opinions tends to deter people from expressing differing views and from engaging with those who do. Therefore, to protect truth and justice, it’s much more crucial to curb the use of harsh language than the other way around; for example, it’s more essential to discourage offensive criticism of those who are unfaithful than of religious beliefs. However, it’s clear that laws and authorities should not interfere in restricting either, while opinions should judge each case based on its specific circumstances. Each individual should be condemned if their way of arguing shows a lack of honesty, malice, bigotry, or intolerance, regardless of which side of the argument they’re on. We should also give proper respect to anyone, no matter their beliefs, who has the composure to understand and honestly present their opponents' views without exaggerating their faults and without hiding anything that could portray them favorably. This is the true ethics of public discourse, and while it’s often overlooked, I’m glad that many debaters largely adhere to this standard, with an even greater number who earnestly strive to achieve it.

FOOTNOTES:

[6] These words had scarcely been written, when, as if to give them an emphatic contradiction, occurred the Government Press Prosecutions of 1858. That ill-judged interference with the liberty of public discussion has not, however, induced me to alter a single word in the text, nor has it at all weakened my conviction that, moments of panic excepted, the era of pains and penalties for political discussion has, in our own country, passed away. For, in the first place, the prosecutions were not persisted in; and, in the second, they were never, properly speaking, political prosecutions. The offence charged was not that of criticising institutions, or the acts or persons of rulers, but of circulating what was deemed an immoral doctrine, the lawfulness of Tyrannicide.

[6] These words had barely been written when, as if to sharply contradict them, the Government Press Prosecutions of 1858 took place. That misguided interference with the freedom of public discussion hasn’t changed anything in my text, nor has it diminished my belief that, except for moments of panic, the time of punishments for political debate has, in our country, come to an end. Firstly, the prosecutions didn’t continue; and secondly, they weren’t truly political prosecutions. The charge wasn’t about criticizing institutions or the actions or people of rulers, but about spreading what was considered an immoral idea, the justification of Tyrannicide.

If the arguments of the present chapter are of any validity, there ought to exist the fullest liberty of professing and discussing, as a matter of ethical conviction, any doctrine, however immoral it may be considered. It would, therefore, be irrelevant and out of place to examine here, whether the doctrine of Tyrannicide deserves that title. I shall content myself with saying, that the subject has been at all times one of the open questions of morals; that the act of a private citizen in striking down a criminal, who, by raising himself above the law, has placed himself beyond the reach of legal punishment or control, has been accounted by whole nations, and by some of the best and wisest of men, not a crime, but an act of exalted virtue; and that, right or wrong, it is not of the nature of assassination, but of civil war. As such, I hold that the instigation to it, in a specific case, may be a proper subject of punishment, but only if an overt act has followed, and at least a probable connection can be established between the act and the instigation. Even then, it is not a foreign government, but the very government assailed, which alone, in the exercise of self-defence, can legitimately punish attacks directed against its own existence.

If the arguments in this chapter hold any value, there should be total freedom to express and discuss any beliefs, no matter how immoral they might be seen. Therefore, it wouldn't make sense to assess whether the idea of Tyrannicide deserves that label. I'll just say that this topic has always been one of the unresolved moral questions; the act of a private individual taking down a criminal who has put himself above the law and is thus beyond legal punishment or control has been regarded by nations and some of the wisest individuals not as a crime, but as an act of great virtue. And, right or wrong, this is not about assassination, but rather civil war. In that context, I believe that encouraging such actions in a specific situation may be subject to punishment, but only if a clear act follows and a reasonable link between the act and the encouragement can be established. Even then, it is not a foreign government that can take action, but rather the very government that is under attack, which alone, in defending itself, can legitimately punish attempts against its own existence.

[7] Thomas Pooley, Bodmin Assizes, July 31, 1857. In December following, he received a free pardon from the Crown.

[7] Thomas Pooley, Bodmin Assizes, July 31, 1857. In December of that year, he was granted a free pardon from the Crown.

[8] George Jacob Holyoake, August 17, 1857; Edward Truelove, July, 1857.

[8] George Jacob Holyoake, August 17, 1857; Edward Truelove, July, 1857.

[9] Baron de Gleichen, Marlborough-Street Police Court, August 4, 1857.

[9] Baron de Gleichen, Marlborough-Street Police Court, August 4, 1857.

[10] Ample warning may be drawn from the large infusion of the passions of a persecutor, which mingled with the general display of the worst parts of our national character on the occasion of the Sepoy insurrection. The ravings of fanatics or charlatans from the pulpit may be unworthy of notice; but the heads of the Evangelical party have announced as their principle, for the government of Hindoos and Mahomedans, that no schools be supported by public money in which the Bible is not taught, and by necessary consequence that no public employment be given to any but real or pretended Christians. An Under-Secretary of State, in a speech delivered to his constituents on the 12th of November, 1857, is reported to have said: "Toleration of their faith" (the faith of a hundred millions of British subjects), "the superstition which they called religion, by the British Government, had had the effect of retarding the ascendency of the British name, and preventing the salutary growth of Christianity.... Toleration was the great corner-stone of the religious liberties of this country; but do not let them abuse that precious word toleration. As he understood it, it meant the complete liberty to all, freedom of worship, among Christians, who worshipped upon the same foundation. It meant toleration of all sects and denominations of Christians who believed in the one mediation." I desire to call attention to the fact, that a man who has been deemed fit to fill a high office in the government of this country, under a liberal Ministry, maintains the doctrine that all who do not believe in the divinity of Christ are beyond the pale of toleration. Who, after this imbecile display, can indulge the illusion that religious persecution has passed away, never to return?

[10] A clear warning can be seen in the intense emotions of a persecutor, which were mixed with the worst traits of our national character during the Sepoy uprising. The rants of fanatics or frauds from the pulpit may not deserve attention; however, the leaders of the Evangelical faction have declared as their principle for governing Hindus and Muslims that no schools receiving public funding should teach anything but the Bible. Consequently, only genuine or pretended Christians should be given public jobs. An Under-Secretary of State, speaking to his constituents on November 12, 1857, reportedly stated: "Toleration of their faith" (the faith of a hundred million British subjects), "the superstition they call religion, by the British Government, has slowed the rise of the British name and hindered the healthy growth of Christianity.... Toleration is the foundation of the religious freedoms in this country; but we must not let them misuse that precious term toleration. As I understand it, it means complete freedom for everyone, freedom of worship, among Christians, who worship on the same basis. It means tolerating all sects and denominations of Christians who believe in the one mediation." I want to point out that a person deemed suitable for a high position in the government under a liberal administration holds the belief that anyone who does not believe in the divinity of Christ is outside the bounds of toleration. Who, after this foolish display, can still believe that religious persecution has disappeared forever?


CHAPTER 3. OF INDIVIDUALITY AS A KEY ELEMENT OF WELL-BEING.

Such being the reasons which make it imperative that human beings should be free to form opinions, and to express their opinions without reserve; and such the baneful consequences to the intellectual, and through that to the moral nature of man, unless this liberty is either conceded, or asserted in spite of prohibition; let us next examine whether the same reasons do not require that men should be free to act upon their opinions—to carry these out in their lives, without hindrance, either physical or moral, from their fellow-men, so long as it is at their own risk and peril. This last proviso is of course indispensable. No one pretends that actions should be as free as opinions. On the contrary, even opinions lose their immunity, when the circumstances in which they are expressed are such as to constitute their[Pg 104] expression a positive instigation to some mischievous act. An opinion that corn-dealers are starvers of the poor, or that private property is robbery, ought to be unmolested when simply circulated through the press, but may justly incur punishment when delivered orally to an excited mob assembled before the house of a corn-dealer, or when handed about among the same mob in the form of a placard. Acts, of whatever kind, which, without justifiable cause, do harm to others, may be, and in the more important cases absolutely require to be, controlled by the unfavourable sentiments, and, when needful, by the active interference of mankind. The liberty of the individual must be thus far limited; he must not make himself a nuisance to other people. But if he refrains from molesting others in what concerns them, and merely acts according to his own inclination and judgment in things which concern himself, the same reasons which show that opinion should be free, prove also that he should be allowed, without molestation, to carry his opinions into practice at his own cost. That mankind are not infallible; that their truths, for the most part, are only half-truths; that unity of opinion, unless resulting from the fullest and freest comparison of opposite opinions, is not[Pg 105] desirable, and diversity not an evil, but a good, until mankind are much more capable than at present of recognising all sides of the truth, are principles applicable to men's modes of action, not less than to their opinions. As it is useful that while mankind are imperfect there should be different opinions, so is it that there should be different experiments of living; that free scope should be given to varieties of character, short of injury to others; and that the worth of different modes of life should be proved practically, when any one thinks fit to try them. It is desirable, in short, that in things which do not primarily concern others, individuality should assert itself. Where, not the person's own character, but the traditions or customs of other people are the rule of conduct, there is wanting one of the principal ingredients of human happiness, and quite the chief ingredient of individual and social progress.

The reasons that make it essential for people to be free to form and express their opinions without hesitation are significant; the harmful effects on our intellectual and moral nature occur unless this freedom is either granted or claimed despite prohibitions. Next, let’s consider whether these same reasons don’t also call for people to be free to act on their opinions—to implement them in their lives without interference, either physically or morally, from others, as long as they take responsibility for their own risks. This last condition is, of course, crucial. No one argues that actions should be as unrestricted as opinions. In fact, even opinions lose their protection when the context in which they are expressed turns them into a direct incitement to harmful actions. An opinion stating that grain merchants are starving the poor, or that private property is theft, should go unpunished when simply shared through the media, but it can be justifiably punished if voiced to an angry crowd outside a grain merchant's home or circulated among that same crowd as a poster. Actions of any kind that harm others without just cause may, and in serious cases must, be restricted by negative public sentiment and, when necessary, by active intervention from society. Individual freedom must be limited in this way; one must not become a nuisance to others. However, if a person does not harass others in their matters and merely acts according to their own inclinations and judgment in matters that concern themselves, the same reasons that state opinion should be free also support that they should be allowed to practice their opinions without interference at their own cost. It is a principle applicable to both action and opinion that humanity is not infallible; that most of their truths are merely half-truths; that unity of opinion, unless it comes from thorough and open comparisons of opposing views, is not desirable, and diversity is not a flaw, but rather an asset, until people are much more capable than they are now of recognizing all aspects of the truth. Just as it is beneficial for there to be varying opinions while humanity is imperfect, it is equally important for there to be different ways of living; that there is freedom for various characters, without causing harm to others; and that the merits of different lifestyles should be practically tested whenever someone wishes to try them. In short, it is important that in matters that don't primarily involve others, individuality should take precedence. Where a person's conduct is governed not by their own character but by the customs or traditions of others, one of the key components of human happiness is missing, which is also the main factor in individual and social progress.

In maintaining this principle, the greatest difficulty to be encountered does not lie in the appreciation of means towards an acknowledged end, but in the indifference of persons in general to the end itself. If it were felt that the free development of individuality is one of the leading essentials of well-being; that it is not only a co-ordinate element with all that is designated[Pg 106] by the terms civilisation, instruction, education, culture, but is itself a necessary part and condition of all those things; there would be no danger that liberty should be under-valued, and the adjustment of the boundaries between it and social control would present no extraordinary difficulty. But the evil is, that individual spontaneity is hardly recognised by the common modes of thinking, as having any intrinsic worth, or deserving any regard on its own account. The majority, being satisfied with the ways of mankind as they now are (for it is they who make them what they are), cannot comprehend why those ways should not be good enough for everybody; and what is more, spontaneity forms no part of the ideal of the majority of moral and social reformers, but is rather looked on with jealousy, as a troublesome and perhaps rebellious obstruction to the general acceptance of what these reformers, in their own judgment, think would be best for mankind. Few persons, out of Germany, even comprehend the meaning of the doctrine which Wilhelm von Humboldt, so eminent both as a savant and as a politician, made the text of a treatise—that "the end of man, or that which is prescribed by the eternal or immutable dictates of reason, and not suggested by vague and transient[Pg 107] desires, is the highest and most harmonious development of his powers to a complete and consistent whole;" that, therefore, the object "towards which every human being must ceaselessly direct his efforts, and on which especially those who design to influence their fellow-men must ever keep their eyes, is the individuality of power and development;" that for this there are two requisites, "freedom, and a variety of situations;" and that from the union of these arise "individual vigour and manifold diversity," which combine themselves in "originality."[11]

In sticking to this principle, the biggest challenge we face isn’t in recognizing the means to achieve a known goal, but in people's general indifference towards the goal itself. If it were acknowledged that the free development of individuality is one of the key elements of well-being; that it is not just an equal part of what we call civilization, education, culture, but is actually an essential condition for all of these things; there would be no risk of undervaluing liberty, and finding the right balance between it and social control would not be overly complicated. The problem is that individual spontaneity is hardly seen by common thinking as having any intrinsic value or worthy of attention on its own. Most people, content with how society currently operates (since they are the ones who shape it), can’t understand why these ways shouldn’t be good enough for everyone; even worse, spontaneity isn’t part of the vision held by most moral and social reformers. Instead, it’s often viewed with suspicion as a disruptive and possibly rebellious force against the general acceptance of what these reformers believe would be best for humanity. Few people outside Germany even grasp the significance of the idea that Wilhelm von Humboldt, a distinguished scholar and politician, emphasized in his work—that "the purpose of man, as defined by the eternal and unchanging laws of reason, and not influenced by vague and fleeting desires, is the highest and most harmonious development of his abilities into a complete and coherent whole;" that, therefore, the goal "to which every individual must continually strive, and which especially those who wish to influence others must always focus on, is the individuality of power and growth;" that for this, two things are necessary, "freedom and a variety of circumstances;" and that from the combination of these emerge "individual strength and diverse expression," which come together in "originality."[11]

Little, however, as people are accustomed to a doctrine like that of Von Humboldt, and surprising as it may be to them to find so high a value attached to individuality, the question, one must nevertheless think, can only be one of degree. No one's idea of excellence in conduct is that people should do absolutely nothing but copy one another. No one would assert that people ought not to put into their mode of life, and into the conduct of their concerns, any impress whatever of their own judgment, or of their own individual character. On the other hand, it would be absurd to pretend that people ought to live as if nothing[Pg 108] whatever had been known in the world before they came into it; as if experience had as yet done nothing towards showing that one mode of existence, or of conduct, is preferable to another. Nobody denies that people should be so taught and trained in youth, as to know and benefit by the ascertained results of human experience. But it is the privilege and proper condition of a human being, arrived at the maturity of his faculties, to use and interpret experience in his own way. It is for him to find out what part of recorded experience is properly applicable to his own circumstances and character. The traditions and customs of other people are, to a certain extent, evidence of what their experience has taught them; presumptive evidence, and as such, have a claim to his deference: but, in the first place, their experience may be too narrow; or they may not have interpreted it rightly. Secondly, their interpretation of experience may be correct, but unsuitable to him. Customs are made for customary circumstances, and customary characters: and his circumstances or his character may be uncustomary. Thirdly, though the customs be both good as customs, and suitable to him, yet to conform to custom, merely as custom, does not educate or develop in him any of the qualities[Pg 109] which are the distinctive endowment of a human being. The human faculties of perception, judgment, discriminative feeling, mental activity, and even moral preference, are exercised only in making a choice. He who does anything because it is the custom, makes no choice. He gains no practice either in discerning or in desiring what is best. The mental and moral, like the muscular powers, are improved only by being used. The faculties are called into no exercise by doing a thing merely because others do it, no more than by believing a thing only because others believe it. If the grounds of an opinion are not conclusive to the person's own reason, his reason cannot be strengthened, but is likely to be weakened by his adopting it: and if the inducements to an act are not such as are consentaneous to his own feelings and character (where affection, or the rights of others, are not concerned), it is so much done towards rendering his feelings and character inert and torpid, instead of active and energetic.

However, even though people are used to a belief system like Von Humboldt’s, and it might surprise them to see how much value is placed on individuality, one must consider that the question really comes down to degree. No one thinks that the ideal behavior is for people to do nothing but copy each other. No one would claim that individuals shouldn’t bring any of their own judgment or personal character into their lives and how they manage their affairs. On the flip side, it would be ridiculous to act as if people should live as if nothing has been learned in the world before they arrived; as if previous experiences haven’t shown that one way of living or acting is better than another. Everyone agrees that people should be educated and trained in their youth to understand and benefit from the recognized outcomes of human experience. But it’s the right and proper state of a mature person to interpret and use that experience in their own way. It’s up to them to determine which parts of documented experience are relevant to their own situation and character. The traditions and customs of others may represent what their experiences have taught them; they are presumptive evidence and deserve some respect. However, first, their experiences might be too limited, or they may not have understood them correctly. Second, even if their interpretation is accurate, it might not be right for them. Customs are created for typical situations and typical characters, while their circumstances or character might be unusual. Third, even if the customs are good and appropriate for them, simply conforming to customs, just for the sake of fitting in, doesn’t develop or enhance any of the qualities that define a human being. The human abilities of perception, judgment, discerning feelings, mental activity, and even moral preferences are only exercised when making choices. Someone who does something just because it’s customary isn’t really making a choice. They miss out on developing the skills to recognize and pursue what is best. Both mental and moral abilities, like physical muscles, improve only through use. These abilities are not engaged when a person does something solely because others do it, just as they are not engaged by believing something just because others believe it. If the basis of an opinion isn’t convincing to a person’s own reasoning, adopting that opinion won’t strengthen their reasoning—it might even weaken it. And if the reasons for an action don’t align with their own feelings and character (unless love or the rights of others are involved), it makes their feelings and character less active and dynamic, instead of vibrant and energetic.

He who lets the world, or his own portion of it, choose his plan of life for him, has no need of any other faculty than the ape-like one of imitation. He who chooses his plan for himself, employs all his faculties. He must use observation to see, reasoning and judgment to foresee, activity to[Pg 110] gather materials for decision, discrimination to decide, and when he has decided, firmness and self-control to hold to his deliberate decision. And these qualities he requires and exercises exactly in proportion as the part of his conduct which he determines according to his own judgment and feelings is a large one. It is possible that he might be guided in some good path, and kept out of harm's way, without any of these things. But what will be his comparative worth as a human being? It really is of importance, not only what men do, but also what manner of men they are that do it. Among the works of man, which human life is rightly employed in perfecting and beautifying, the first in importance surely is man himself. Supposing it were possible to get houses built, corn grown, battles fought, causes tried, and even churches erected and prayers said, by machinery—by automatons in human form—it would be a considerable loss to exchange for these automatons even the men and women who at present inhabit the more civilised parts of the world, and who assuredly are but starved specimens of what nature can and will produce. Human nature is not a machine to be built after a model, and set to do exactly the work prescribed for it, but a tree, which requires to grow and[Pg 111] develop itself on all sides, according to the tendency of the inward forces which make it a living thing.

The person who lets the world, or their own slice of it, decide their life plan for them only needs the basic skill of imitation. In contrast, the person who creates their own plan uses all their abilities. They need to observe to understand, reason and judge to anticipate, engage in action to gather information for their decisions, and use discernment to choose. Once they've made a choice, they require determination and self-control to stick to their decision. They need and exercise these qualities in direct relation to how much of their behavior they shape according to their own judgment and feelings. It’s possible that someone could follow a good path and avoid danger without these qualities. But how valuable would they be as a person? It's not just important what people do, but also what kind of people are doing it. Among the tasks humans rightly dedicate their lives to perfecting and enhancing, surely the most significant is the improvement of humanity itself. Even if it were possible to have houses built, crops grown, battles fought, cases tried, and even churches constructed and prayers offered by machines—by automatons that look human—it would be a big loss to replace even the men and women living in more developed parts of the world with these machines; they are merely undernourished examples of what nature can and will create. Human nature isn’t like a machine that can be designed to perform specific tasks; it resembles a tree that needs to grow and develop in all directions, according to the inner forces that make it a living being.

It will probably be conceded that it is desirable people should exercise their understandings, and that an intelligent following of custom, or even occasionally an intelligent deviation from custom, is better than a blind and simply mechanical adhesion to it. To a certain extent it is admitted, that our understanding should be our own: but there is not the same willingness to admit that our desires and impulses should be our own likewise; or that to possess impulses of our own, and of any strength, is anything but a peril and a snare. Yet desires and impulses are as much a part of a perfect human being, as beliefs and restraints: and strong impulses are only perilous when not properly balanced; when one set of aims and inclinations is developed into strength, while others, which ought to co-exist with them, remain weak and inactive. It is not because men's desires are strong that they act ill; it is because their consciences are weak. There is no natural connection between strong impulses and a weak conscience. The natural connection is the other way. To say that one person's desires and feelings are stronger and more various than those[Pg 112] of another, is merely to say that he has more of the raw material of human nature, and is therefore capable, perhaps of more evil, but certainly of more good. Strong impulses are but another name for energy. Energy may be turned to bad uses; but more good may always be made of an energetic nature, than of an indolent and impassive one. Those who have most natural feeling, are always those whose cultivated feelings may be made the strongest. The same strong susceptibilities which make the personal impulses vivid and powerful, are also the source from whence are generated the most passionate love of virtue, and the sternest self-control. It is through the cultivation of these, that society both does its duty and protects its interests: not by rejecting the stuff of which heroes are made, because it knows not how to make them. A person whose desires and impulses are his own—are the expression of his own nature, as it has been developed and modified by his own culture—is said to have a character. One whose desires and impulses are not his own, has no character, no more than a steam-engine has a character. If, in addition to being his own, his impulses are strong, and are under the government of a strong will, he has an energetic character. Whoever thinks that [Pg 113]individuality of desires and impulses should not be encouraged to unfold itself, must maintain that society has no need of strong natures—is not the better for containing many persons who have much character—and that a high general average of energy is not desirable.

It’s likely that people would agree it's good for individuals to think for themselves, and that understanding customs or even occasionally breaking away from them intelligently is better than just following them mindlessly. To some extent, we acknowledge that our understanding should be our own, but there's less willingness to accept that our desires and impulses should be our own as well—or that having our own strong impulses is anything other than a threat or a trap. Still, desires and impulses are just as much a part of a complete person as beliefs and constraints are: strong impulses become dangerous only when they aren’t properly balanced; when one set of goals and inclinations is developed into strength while others, which should coexist, remain weak and inactive. It's not because people's desires are strong that they behave poorly; it’s because their consciences are weak. There’s no inherent link between strong impulses and a weak conscience. The real connection works the other way. Saying that one person's desires and feelings are stronger and more diverse than someone else’s simply means he has more of the raw elements of human nature and is likely capable of more harm, but certainly of more good. Strong impulses are just another way of saying energy. Energy can be used poorly, but more good always comes from someone with a vibrant nature than from someone lazy and indifferent. Those who have the most natural feelings are always the ones who can develop those cultivated feelings into the strongest. The same strong sensitivities that make personal impulses vivid and intense are also where the deepest love for virtue and the strongest self-discipline come from. It’s through cultivating these qualities that society fulfills its responsibilities and safeguards its interests—not by dismissing the qualities that create heroes simply because it doesn’t know how to create them. A person whose desires and impulses reflect their own nature, shaped by their own experiences, is said to have a character. Someone whose desires and impulses are not their own lacks character, just like a steam engine lacks character. If, in addition to being their own, a person’s impulses are strong and governed by a strong will, they possess an energetic character. Anyone who believes that individuality in desires and impulses shouldn’t be encouraged to develop must argue that society has no need for strong individuals—that it isn't better off for having many people with character—and that a high overall level of energy is undesirable.

In some early states of society, these forces might be, and were, too much ahead of the power which society then possessed of disciplining and controlling them. There has been a time when the element of spontaneity and individuality was in excess, and the social principle had a hard struggle with it. The difficulty then was, to induce men of strong bodies or minds to pay obedience to any rules which required them to control their impulses. To overcome this difficulty, law and discipline, like the Popes struggling against the Emperors, asserted a power over the whole man, claiming to control all his life in order to control his character—which society had not found any other sufficient means of binding. But society has now fairly got the better of individuality; and the danger which threatens human nature is not the excess, but the deficiency, of personal impulses and preferences. Things are vastly changed, since the passions of those who were strong by station or by personal endowment[Pg 114] were in a state of habitual rebellion against laws and ordinances, and required to be rigorously chained up to enable the persons within their reach to enjoy any particle of security. In our times, from the highest class of society down to the lowest, every one lives as under the eye of a hostile and dreaded censorship. Not only in what concerns others, but in what concerns only themselves, the individual, or the family, do not ask themselves—what do I prefer? or, what would suit my character and disposition? or, what would allow the best and highest in me to have fair-play, and enable it to grow and thrive? They ask themselves, what is suitable to my position? what is usually done by persons of my station and pecuniary circumstances? or (worse still) what is usually done by persons of a station and circumstances superior to mine? I do not mean that they choose what is customary, in preference to what suits their own inclination. It does not occur to them to have any inclination, except for what is customary. Thus the mind itself is bowed to the yoke: even in what people do for pleasure, conformity is the first thing thought of; they live in crowds; they exercise choice only among things commonly done: peculiarity of taste, eccentricity of conduct, are shunned equally with[Pg 115] crimes: until by dint of not following their own nature, they have no nature to follow: their human capacities are withered and starved: they become incapable of any strong wishes or native pleasures, and are generally without either opinions or feelings of home growth, or properly their own. Now is this, or is it not, the desirable condition of human nature?

In some early societies, these forces may have been, and were, far ahead of the society's capacity to discipline and control them. There was a time when spontaneity and individuality were in excess, and the social principle struggled against it. The challenge was to get strong individuals—physically or mentally—to obey any rules that required them to control their impulses. To tackle this issue, law and discipline claimed authority over the whole person, insisting on controlling their entire life to shape their character—which society had not found any other effective ways to bind. But society has now managed to gain an upper hand over individuality; the threat to human nature now arises not from having too many personal impulses, but from a lack of them. Things have vastly changed since the strong-willed individuals from high stations or with personal gifts routinely rebelled against laws and ordinances and needed to be strictly restrained for others to have any sense of security. Nowadays, from the highest social class to the lowest, everyone lives under the watchful eyes of a feared and hostile judgment. Not only concerning others but also regarding themselves, individuals or families don’t ask, “What do I prefer?” or “What would fit my character and disposition?” or “What would allow the best in me to thrive?” Instead, they ask, “What is appropriate for my situation?” or “What is typically done by people in my position and financial circumstances?” or even worse, “What is usually done by people in a higher position than mine?” I don’t mean they choose to follow what’s customary over what they personally prefer. It doesn’t even occur to them to have a personal inclination except for what’s common. As a result, their minds are constrained: even in leisure activities, conformity is the first concern; they exist in groups; they make choices only among common options: unique tastes or eccentric behaviors are avoided just like crimes; until, by not following their own nature, they lose any nature to follow: their human capacities become stunted and malnourished: they become unable to have strong desires or genuine pleasures and generally lack opinions or feelings that are truly their own. Is this truly the ideal state for human nature?

It is so, on the Calvinistic theory. According to that, the one great offence of man is Self-will. All the good of which humanity is capable, is comprised in Obedience. You have no choice; thus you must do, and no otherwise: "whatever is not a duty, is a sin." Human nature being radically corrupt, there is no redemption for any one until human nature is killed within him. To one holding this theory of life, crushing out any of the human faculties, capacities, and susceptibilities, is no evil: man needs no capacity, but that of surrendering himself to the will of God: and if he uses any of his faculties for any other purpose but to do that supposed will more effectually, he is better without them. That is the theory of Calvinism; and it is held, in a mitigated form, by many who do not consider themselves Calvinists; the mitigation consisting in giving a less ascetic interpretation to the alleged will of God; asserting[Pg 116] it to be his will that mankind should gratify some of their inclinations; of course not in the manner they themselves prefer, but in the way of obedience, that is, in a way prescribed to them by authority; and, therefore, by the necessary conditions of the case, the same for all.

It is true, according to the Calvinistic theory. By that theory, the main offense of humanity is Self-will. All the goodness people can achieve is found in Obedience. You have no choice; you must act, and there’s no other way: "anything that isn’t a duty is a sin." Human nature is fundamentally corrupt, so no one can find redemption until that nature is suppressed within them. For someone who believes in this life theory, eliminating any human abilities, capacities, and sensitivities is not seen as bad: a person needs only the ability to submit to the will of God. If they use any of their faculties for anything other than serving that supposed will more effectively, they’re better off without them. That’s the essence of Calvinism, and even those who don't consider themselves Calvinists often hold a softened version of it; this softening involves a less harsh interpretation of what God’s will is. They claim it’s God’s will for people to satisfy some of their desires, but not in the way they might prefer, rather in a manner of obedience, meaning in a way prescribed to them by authority, which naturally must be consistent for everyone.

In some such insidious form there is at present a strong tendency to this narrow theory of life, and to the pinched and hidebound type of human character which it patronises. Many persons, no doubt, sincerely think that human beings thus cramped and dwarfed, are as their Maker designed them to be; just as many have thought that trees are a much finer thing when clipped into pollards, or cut out into figures of animals, than as nature made them. But if it be any part of religion to believe that man was made by a good being, it is more consistent with that faith to believe, that this Being gave all human faculties that they might be cultivated and unfolded, not rooted out and consumed, and that he takes delight in every nearer approach made by his creatures to the ideal conception embodied in them, every increase in any of their capabilities of comprehension, of action, or of enjoyment. There is a different type of human excellence from the Calvinistic; a conception of humanity as having its nature[Pg 117] bestowed on it for other purposes than merely to be abnegated. "Pagan self-assertion" is one of the elements of human worth, as well as "Christian self-denial."[12] There is a Greek ideal of self-development, which the Platonic and Christian ideal of self-government blends with, but does not supersede. It may be better to be a John Knox than an Alcibiades, but it is better to be a Pericles than either; nor would a Pericles, if we had one in these days, be without anything good which belonged to John Knox.

There’s currently a strong trend towards a limiting view of life and the rigid, outdated type of human character it promotes. Many people honestly believe that those who are restricted and stunted are just as their Creator intended; just as some believe that trees look better when trimmed into shapes or cut down to size than when left to grow naturally. However, if part of religion is believing that humans were made by a benevolent being, then it makes more sense to think that this Being designed all human abilities to be nurtured and developed, not destroyed or wasted, and that this Being finds joy in every step taken by people towards the ideal version of themselves, in every improvement in their understanding, actions, or enjoyment. There's a different kind of human excellence beyond the Calvinistic view; a perspective of humanity that sees its nature as meant for purposes beyond mere renunciation. “Pagan self-assertion” is just as important to human value as “Christian self-denial.” There’s a Greek ideal of personal growth that combines with the Platonic and Christian idea of self-control, but it doesn’t replace it. It might be preferable to be a John Knox than an Alcibiades, but being a Pericles is better than both; and a modern-day Pericles wouldn’t lack any of the good traits that belonged to John Knox.

It is not by wearing down into uniformity all that is individual in themselves, but by cultivating it and calling it forth, within the limits imposed by the rights and interests of others, that human beings become a noble and beautiful object of contemplation; and as the works partake the character of those who do them, by the same process human life also becomes rich, diversified, and animating, furnishing more abundant aliment to high thoughts and elevating feelings, and strengthening the tie which binds every individual to the race, by making the race infinitely better worth belonging to. In proportion to the development of his individuality, each person becomes more valuable to himself, and is therefore capable[Pg 118] of being more valuable to others. There is a greater fulness of life about his own existence, and when there is more life in the units there is more in the mass which is composed of them. As much compression as is necessary to prevent the stronger specimens of human nature from encroaching on the rights of others, cannot be dispensed with; but for this there is ample compensation even in the point of view of human development. The means of development which the individual loses by being prevented from gratifying his inclinations to the injury of others, are chiefly obtained at the expense of the development of other people. And even to himself there is a full equivalent in the better development of the social part of his nature, rendered possible by the restraint put upon the selfish part. To be held to rigid rules of justice for the sake of others, develops the feelings and capacities which have the good of others for their object. But to be restrained in things not affecting their good, by their mere displeasure, develops nothing valuable, except such force of character as may unfold itself in resisting the restraint. If acquiesced in, it dulls and blunts the whole nature. To give any fair-play to the nature of each, it is essential that different persons should be allowed to lead[Pg 119] different lives. In proportion as this latitude has been exercised in any age, has that age been noteworthy to posterity. Even despotism does not produce its worst effects, so long as Individuality exists under it; and whatever crushes individuality is despotism, by whatever name it may be called, and whether it professes to be enforcing the will of God or the injunctions of men.

It's not by forcing everyone into the same mold that we elevate individuality, but by nurturing it and encouraging it—within the boundaries of other people's rights and interests—that humanity becomes a noble and beautiful sight to behold. Just as the creations reflect the character of their creators, human life also becomes richer and more varied, providing greater nourishment for deep thoughts and uplifting feelings, and it strengthens the connection that ties each individual to humanity by making humanity infinitely more worthwhile. As each person's individuality develops, they become more valuable to themselves, which allows them to be more valuable to others. Their existence feels fuller, and when individuals are more alive, the collective group they form is also more vibrant. While some limits are necessary to stop stronger individuals from infringing on the rights of others, these limits actually benefit human development. The personal growth someone sacrifices to avoid harming others is primarily gained at the expense of others' growth. Moreover, there's a significant benefit that comes from better cultivating the social aspects of their nature due to the self-restraint required. Being held to strict standards of justice for the sake of others fosters feelings and abilities aimed at benefiting them. However, being restricted in ways that don't impact their well-being just based on others' discontent results in little value gained, except for possibly strengthening their character through resistance. If someone goes along with it, it dulls their entire nature. To truly allow each person to thrive, it's crucial that different individuals are permitted to live different lives. The more this freedom has been allowed in any given time, the more noteworthy that era is for future generations. Even under tyranny, the worst consequences are mitigated as long as individuality still exists; anything that stifles individuality is a form of tyranny, regardless of its naming—whether it's claiming to enforce God's will or human laws.

Having said that Individuality is the same thing with development, and that it is only the cultivation of individuality which produces, or can produce, well-developed human beings, I might here close the argument: for what more or better can be said of any condition of human affairs, than that it brings human beings themselves nearer to the best thing they can be? or what worse can be said of any obstruction to good, than that it prevents this? Doubtless, however, these considerations will not suffice to convince those who most need convincing; and it is necessary further to show, that these developed human beings are of some use to the undeveloped—to point out to those who do not desire liberty, and would not avail themselves of it, that they may be in some intelligible manner rewarded for allowing other people to make use of it without hindrance.

Saying that individuality is the same as development, and that cultivating individuality is what creates well-rounded people, I could end my argument here: what more can be said about any human situation than that it helps people get closer to their best selves? And what could be worse about any obstacles to goodness than that they stop this progress? However, these points probably won’t convince those who are most resistant to change; it’s also important to show that these developed individuals benefit those who are still developing—to explain to those who don’t want freedom, and wouldn’t make use of it, that they might gain something in a meaningful way by allowing others to enjoy it without interference.

In the first place, then, I would suggest that they might possibly learn something from them. It will not be denied by anybody, that originality is a valuable element in human affairs. There is always need of persons not only to discover new truths, and point out when what were once truths are true no longer, but also to commence new practices, and set the example of more enlightened conduct, and better taste and sense in human life. This cannot well be gainsaid by anybody who does not believe that the world has already attained perfection in all its ways and practices. It is true that this benefit is not capable of being rendered by everybody alike: there are but few persons, in comparison with the whole of mankind, whose experiments, if adopted by others, would be likely to be any improvement on established practice. But these few are the salt of the earth; without them, human life would become a stagnant pool. Not only is it they who introduce good things which did not before exist; it is they who keep the life in those which already existed. If there were nothing new to be done, would human intellect cease to be necessary? Would it be a reason why those who do the old things should forget why they are done, and do them like cattle, not like human beings? There is only too great[Pg 121] a tendency in the best beliefs and practices to degenerate into the mechanical; and unless there were a succession of persons whose ever-recurring originality prevents the grounds of those beliefs and practices from becoming merely traditional, such dead matter would not resist the smallest shock from anything really alive, and there would be no reason why civilisation should not die out, as in the Byzantine Empire. Persons of genius, it is true, are, and are always likely to be, a small minority; but in order to have them, it is necessary to preserve the soil in which they grow. Genius can only breathe freely in an atmosphere of freedom. Persons of genius are, ex vi termini, more individual than any other people—less capable, consequently, of fitting themselves, without hurtful compression, into any of the small number of moulds which society provides in order to save its members the trouble of forming their own character. If from timidity they consent to be forced into one of these moulds, and to let all that part of themselves which cannot expand under the pressure remain unexpanded, society will be little the better for their genius. If they are of a strong character, and break their fetters, they become a mark for the society which has not succeeded in reducing[Pg 122] them to commonplace, to point at with solemn warning as "wild," "erratic," and the like; much as if one should complain of the Niagara river for not flowing smoothly between its banks like a Dutch canal.

First of all, I would suggest that they might learn something from them. No one can deny that originality is a valuable part of human life. There’s always a need for people who can discover new truths, point out when once-accepted truths are no longer valid, start new practices, and set an example of more enlightened behavior, along with better taste and judgment in life. Anyone who doesn’t believe that the world has already reached perfection in all its ways and practices can’t argue against this. It's true that this contribution isn’t something everyone can make equally: there are only a few individuals, compared to all of humanity, whose experiments would likely improve established practices if adopted by others. But these few are the salt of the earth; without them, human life would become stagnant. Not only do they introduce good things that didn’t exist before, but they also keep alive the existing things. If there were nothing new to accomplish, would human intellect become unnecessary? Would it justify those who perform old tasks forgetting why they do them and doing them like animals, rather than like humans? There is a troubling tendency for even the best beliefs and practices to become mechanical; and without a succession of individuals whose ongoing originality prevents these beliefs and practices from becoming merely traditional, this lifeless matter would easily crumble under the slightest impact from anything truly alive, and there would be no reason why civilization shouldn't fade away, like in the Byzantine Empire. It's true that geniuses are always likely to be a small minority; but to have them, it’s essential to nurture the environment in which they can flourish. Genius can only thrive in a climate of freedom. Geniuses are, by definition, more individual than anyone else—less able, therefore, to fit themselves into the limited molds that society creates to spare its members the effort of developing their own character. If they timidly agree to be squeezed into one of these molds, allowing parts of themselves that can’t expand under pressure to remain stifled, society gains little from their genius. If they have a strong character and break free from their constraints, they become targets for the society that failed to reduce them to the ordinary, which will point at them with solemn warnings like "wild" or "erratic," much like complaining that the Niagara River doesn't flow smoothly between its banks like a Dutch canal.

I insist thus emphatically on the importance of genius, and the necessity of allowing it to unfold itself freely both in thought and in practice, being well aware that no one will deny the position in theory, but knowing also that almost every one, in reality, is totally indifferent to it. People think genius a fine thing if it enables a man to write an exciting poem, or paint a picture. But in its true sense, that of originality in thought and action, though no one says that it is not a thing to be admired, nearly all, at heart, think that they can do very well without it. Unhappily this is too natural to be wondered at. Originality is the one thing which unoriginal minds cannot feel the use of. They cannot see what it is to do for them: how should they? If they could see what it would do for them, it would not be originality. The first service which originality has to render them, is that of opening their eyes: which being once fully done, they would have a chance of being themselves original. Meanwhile, recollecting that nothing was ever yet done which some one[Pg 123] was not the first to do, and that all good things which exist are the fruits of originality, let them be modest enough to believe that there is something still left for it to accomplish, and assure themselves that they are more in need of originality, the less they are conscious of the want.

I strongly emphasize the importance of genius and the necessity of letting it unfold freely in both thought and practice. I know that no one will deny this in theory, but I also understand that almost everyone, in reality, is completely indifferent to it. People appreciate genius when it allows someone to write an exciting poem or create a beautiful painting. However, in its true sense—originality in thought and action—most people, while not openly dismissing it, still believe they can get by just fine without it. Unfortunately, this reaction is quite natural. Originality is something that unoriginal minds can't grasp the value of. They can't see what it could do for them—after all, if they could see its benefits, it wouldn't be originality. The first thing originality does for them is open their eyes, and once that happens, they might have a chance to be original themselves. Meanwhile, let's remember that nothing has ever been accomplished without someone being the first to do it, and that all good things that exist are the results of originality. So, they should be humble enough to believe that there is still more for originality to achieve and understand that they need originality the most when they are least aware of their need for it.

In sober truth, whatever homage may be professed, or even paid, to real or supposed mental superiority, the general tendency of things throughout the world is to render mediocrity the ascendant power among mankind. In ancient history, in the middle ages, and in a diminishing degree through the long transition from feudality to the present time, the individual was a power in himself; and if he had either great talents or a high social position, he was a considerable power. At present individuals are lost in the crowd. In politics it is almost a triviality to say that public opinion now rules the world. The only power deserving the name is that of masses, and of governments while they make themselves the organ of the tendencies and instincts of masses. This is as true in the moral and social relations of private life as in public transactions. Those whose opinions go by the name of public opinion, are not always the same sort of public: in[Pg 124] America they are the whole white population; in England, chiefly the middle class. But they are always a mass, that is to say, collective mediocrity. And what is a still greater novelty, the mass do not now take their opinions from dignitaries in Church or State, from ostensible leaders, or from books. Their thinking is done for them by men much like themselves, addressing them or speaking in their name, on the spur of the moment, through the newspapers. I am not complaining of all this. I do not assert that anything better is compatible, as a general rule, with the present low state of the human mind. But that does not hinder the government of mediocrity from being mediocre government. No government by a democracy or a numerous aristocracy, either in its political acts or in the opinions, qualities, and tone of mind which it fosters, ever did or could rise above mediocrity, except in so far as the sovereign Many have let themselves be guided (which in their best times they always have done) by the counsels and influence of a more highly gifted and instructed One or Few. The initiation of all wise or noble things, comes and must come from individuals; generally at first from some one individual. The honour and glory of the average man is that he is capable of following that initiative; that he can[Pg 125] respond internally to wise and noble things, and be led to them with his eyes open. I am not countenancing the sort of "hero-worship" which applauds the strong man of genius for forcibly seizing on the government of the world and making it do his bidding in spite of itself. All he can claim is, freedom to point out the way. The power of compelling others into it, is not only inconsistent with the freedom and development of all the rest, but corrupting to the strong man himself. It does seem, however, that when the opinions of masses of merely average men are everywhere become or becoming the dominant power, the counterpoise and corrective to that tendency would be, the more and more pronounced individuality of those who stand on the higher eminences of thought. It is in these circumstances most especially, that exceptional individuals, instead of being deterred, should be encouraged in acting differently from the mass. In other times there was no advantage in their doing so, unless they acted not only differently, but better. In this age the mere example of nonconformity, the mere refusal to bend the knee to custom, is itself a service. Precisely because the tyranny of opinion is such as to make eccentricity a reproach, it is desirable, in order to break through that tyranny,[Pg 126] that people should be eccentric. Eccentricity has always abounded when and where strength of character has abounded; and the amount of eccentricity in a society has generally been proportional to the amount of genius, mental vigour, and moral courage which it contained. That so few now dare to be eccentric, marks the chief danger of the time.

In all honesty, no matter how much people might claim or actually show respect for real or perceived mental superiority, the general trend worldwide is to elevate mediocrity to a dominant power among humanity. In ancient times, during the Middle Ages, and to a lesser extent as we transitioned from feudalism to today, individuals held significant power on their own; if they possessed great talents or a high social status, they had considerable influence. Nowadays, individuals get lost in the crowd. It’s almost trivial to say that public opinion is what rules the world today. The only power that deserves the name is that of the masses and of governments that position themselves as representatives of the feelings and instincts of those masses. This is just as true in the moral and social aspects of private life as it is in public matters. Those whose views are labeled as public opinion aren’t always the same type of public: in[Pg 124] America, it’s mainly the entire white population; in England, it’s mostly the middle class. But they are always a mass, meaning collective mediocrity. What’s even more striking is that the masses no longer take their opinions from Church or State leaders, from visible figures, or from books. Their thoughts are shaped by people much like themselves, addressing them or speaking on their behalf, spontaneously, through newspapers. I’m not criticizing this. I don’t claim that anything better is generally compatible with the current low state of human thought. However, that doesn’t prevent the rule of mediocrity from resulting in mediocre governance. No democratic or large aristocratic government, whether in its political actions or in the opinions, traits, and mindset it promotes, has ever risen above mediocrity, except when the masses have allowed themselves to be guided (which they always have, especially in the best of times) by the advice and influence of someone more gifted and knowledgeable. The initiation of all wise or noble ideas comes from individuals, usually starting with one person. The honor of the average person lies in their ability to follow that lead; they can internally respond to wise and noble concepts and be drawn to them with their eyes wide open. I’m not supporting the kind of "hero-worship" that praises a genius for forcibly taking control of the world and making it conform to his will regardless of the consequences. All he can rightfully ask for is the freedom to show the way. The power to compel others is not only inconsistent with the freedom and development of everyone else but also corrupts the strong person themselves. However, it seems that when the opinions of average people become or are becoming the dominant force, a counterbalance and corrective to that trend would be the increasingly distinct individuality of those at the higher levels of thought. In these circumstances, exceptional individuals should be encouraged to act differently from the masses, rather than deterred. In past times, there was little benefit in their doing so unless they acted not only differently but also better. In this era, even the mere act of nonconformity—the simple refusal to submit to convention—is a form of service. Precisely because the oppression of opinion is such that it makes eccentricity a stigma, it’s important, to break through that oppression,[Pg 126] for people to be eccentric. Eccentricity has always thrived where there is strength of character; the level of eccentricity in a society has typically been proportional to the amount of genius, mental energy, and moral courage it possesses. The fact that so few dare to be eccentric now indicates the primary danger of our time.

I have said that it is important to give the freest scope possible to uncustomary things, in order that it may in time appear which of these are fit to be converted into customs. But independence of action, and disregard of custom are not solely deserving of encouragement for the chance they afford that better modes of action, and customs more worthy of general adoption, may be struck out; nor is it only persons of decided mental superiority who have a just claim to carry on their lives in their own way. There is no reason that all human existences should be constructed on some one, or some small number of patterns. If a person possesses any tolerable amount of common-sense and experience, his own mode of laying out his existence is the best, not because it is the best in itself, but because it is his own mode. Human beings are not like sheep; and even sheep are not[Pg 127] undistinguishably alike. A man cannot get a coat or a pair of boots to fit him, unless they are either made to his measure, or he has a whole warehouseful to choose from: and is it easier to fit him with a life than with a coat, or are human beings more like one another in their whole physical and spiritual conformation than in the shape of their feet? If it were only that people have diversities of taste, that is reason enough for not attempting to shape them all after one model. But different persons also require different conditions for their spiritual development; and can no more exist healthily in the same moral, than all the variety of plants can in the same physical, atmosphere and climate. The same things which are helps to one person towards the cultivation of his higher nature, are hindrances to another. The same mode of life is a healthy excitement to one, keeping all his faculties of action and enjoyment in their best order, while to another it is a distracting burthen, which suspends or crushes all internal life. Such are the differences among human beings in their sources of pleasure, their susceptibilities of pain, and the operation on them of different physical and moral agencies, that unless there is a corresponding diversity in their modes of life, they neither obtain[Pg 128] their fair share of happiness, nor grow up to the mental, moral, and aesthetic stature of which their nature is capable. Why then should tolerance, as far as the public sentiment is concerned, extend only to tastes and modes of life which extort acquiescence by the multitude of their adherents? Nowhere (except in some monastic institutions) is diversity of taste entirely unrecognised; a person may, without blame, either like or dislike rowing, or smoking, or music, or athletic exercises, or chess, or cards, or study, because both those who like each of these things, and those who dislike them, are too numerous to be put down. But the man, and still more the woman, who can be accused either of doing "what nobody does," or of not doing "what everybody does," is the subject of as much depreciatory remark as if he or she had committed some grave moral delinquency. Persons require to possess a title, or some other badge of rank, or of the consideration of people of rank, to be able to indulge somewhat in the luxury of doing as they like without detriment to their estimation. To indulge somewhat, I repeat: for whoever allow themselves much of that indulgence, incur the risk of something worse than disparaging speeches—they are in peril of a commission de lunatico, and of having their[Pg 129] property taken from them and given to their relations.[13]

I’ve mentioned that it’s important to allow unconventional ideas the greatest freedom possible, so it can eventually be determined which of these might become customs. But independence in action and a disregard for tradition deserve encouragement not just for the possibility that they may lead to better ways of acting and customs worthy of broader acceptance, nor is it only those with exceptional intelligence who have a valid right to live their lives in their own way. There’s no reason all human lives need to follow one or a few specific patterns. If a person has a decent amount of common sense and experience, their own way of living is the best—not because it’s the best overall, but because it’s theirs. Humans aren't like sheep; and even sheep aren't all indistinguishably alike. A person can’t find a coat or a pair of shoes that fit unless they are custom-made or they have a wide variety to choose from. Is it any easier to fit someone with a life than with clothing, or are people more similar in their physical and spiritual makeup than in the shape of their feet? If it were just about people having different tastes, that would be enough reason not to try to mold everyone into a single model. Different individuals also need different conditions for their spiritual growth; they can’t thrive in the same moral environment any more than all types of plants can thrive in the same physical atmosphere and climate. What helps one person develop their higher nature may hinder another. The same lifestyle can be invigorating for one person, keeping all their faculties of action and enjoyment in peak condition, while for another, it’s a distracting burden that stifles their inner life. The differences among people in what makes them happy, their sensitivity to pain, and how they respond to different physical and moral influences are so distinct that without diverse lifestyles, they won’t achieve the happiness they deserve or develop to the mental, moral, and aesthetic potential they have. So why should tolerance, in terms of public sentiment, only extend to tastes and ways of living that are accepted because they have a multitude of followers? Nowhere, except in some monastic settings, is diversity of taste completely ignored; a person can like or dislike rowing, smoking, music, athletic activities, chess, cards, or studying without facing blame, simply because both supporters and detractors of each are too numerous to ignore. But a person, especially a woman, who is accused of doing “what nobody does” or not doing “what everybody does” faces just as much negative judgment as if they had committed a serious moral offense. People often need a title, a badge of rank, or to be recognized by those of higher status in order to enjoy the freedom to act according to their preferences without facing social repercussions. To enjoy some of that freedom, I emphasize: because those who indulge too much in that freedom risk something worse than harsh comments—they’re in danger of being declared insane and having their belongings taken away to be given to their relatives.

There is one characteristic of the present direction of public opinion, peculiarly calculated to make it intolerant of any marked demonstration of individuality. The general average of mankind are not only moderate in intellect, but also moderate in inclinations: they have no tastes or wishes strong enough to incline them to do anything unusual, and they consequently do not understand those who have, and class all such with the wild and intemperate whom they are accustomed to look down upon. Now, in addition to this fact which is general, we have only to suppose that a strong movement has set in[Pg 130] towards the improvement of morals, and it is evident what we have to expect. In these days such a movement has set in; much has actually been effected in the way of increased regularity of conduct, and discouragement of excesses; and there is a philanthropic spirit abroad, for the exercise of which there is no more inviting field than the moral and prudential improvement of our fellow-creatures. These tendencies of the times cause the public to be more disposed than at most former periods to prescribe general rules of conduct, and endeavour to make every one conform to the approved standard. And that standard, express or tacit, is to desire nothing strongly. Its ideal of character is to be without any marked character; to maim by compression,[Pg 131] like a Chinese lady's foot, every part of human nature which stands out prominently, and tends to make the person markedly dissimilar in outline to commonplace humanity.

One feature of today's public opinion is that it tends to be very intolerant of any clear display of individuality. The average person is not only average in intelligence but also in their interests: they don’t have tastes or desires strong enough to push them toward doing anything out of the ordinary, and as a result, they don’t understand those who do and label them alongside the wild and reckless individuals they usually look down on. Now, if we consider that a strong movement has started toward moral improvement, it becomes clear what to expect. Nowadays, such a movement has emerged; significant progress has been made in promoting more regular behavior and discouraging excesses. There’s a philanthropic energy in the air, and there’s no better area to apply it than in the moral and practical betterment of our fellow humans. These trends have made the public more inclined than in previous times to set general standards for behavior and try to make everyone conform to those standards. And that standard, whether explicitly stated or implied, is to not desire anything too intensely. Its ideal of character is one that lacks distinctiveness; it seeks to suppress, like the binding of a Chinese lady's foot, any part of human nature that stands out prominently and makes an individual noticeably different from ordinary people.

As is usually the case with ideals which exclude one-half of what is desirable, the present standard of approbation produces only an inferior imitation of the other half. Instead of great energies guided by vigorous reason, and strong feelings strongly controlled by a conscientious will, its result is weak feelings and weak energies, which therefore can be kept in outward conformity to rule without any strength either of will or of reason. Already energetic characters on any large scale are becoming merely traditional. There is now scarcely any outlet for energy in this country except business. The energy expended in that may still be regarded as considerable. What little is left from that employment, is expended on some hobby; which may be a useful, even a philanthropic hobby, but is always some one thing, and generally a thing of small dimensions. The greatness of England is now all collective: individually small, we only appear capable of anything great by our habit of combining; and with this our moral and religious philanthropists are perfectly contented. But it was men of[Pg 132] another stamp than this that made England what it has been; and men of another stamp will be needed to prevent its decline.

As is often the case with ideals that leave out half of what is truly desirable, the current standard of approval only produces a poor imitation of the other half. Instead of having strong energies driven by solid reasoning and deep feelings tightly managed by a committed will, it results in weak feelings and weak energies, which can only comply with rules without any real strength of will or reason. Already, truly energetic individuals on a large scale are becoming more of a tradition. There's hardly any outlet for energy in this country apart from business. The energy spent in that area can still be considered significant. What little is left after that is often devoted to some hobby, which might be useful or even philanthropic, but it tends to be just one thing, and usually something minor. England's greatness is now all about collective effort: individually small, we only seem capable of achieving something great through our ability to come together; and our moral and religious philanthropists are perfectly fine with this. However, it was men of a different kind who made England what it is; and men of a different kind will be needed to stop its decline.

The despotism of custom is everywhere the standing hindrance to human advancement, being in unceasing antagonism to that disposition to aim at something better than customary, which is called, according to circumstances, the spirit of liberty, or that of progress or improvement. The spirit of improvement is not always a spirit of liberty, for it may aim at forcing improvements on an unwilling people; and the spirit of liberty, in so far as it resists such attempts, may ally itself locally and temporarily with the opponents of improvement; but the only unfailing and permanent source of improvement is liberty, since by it there are as many possible independent centres of improvement as there are individuals. The progressive principle, however, in either shape, whether as the love of liberty or of improvement, is antagonistic to the sway of Custom, involving at least emancipation from that yoke; and the contest between the two constitutes the chief interest of the history of mankind. The greater part of the world has, properly speaking, no history, because the despotism of Custom is complete. This is the case over the whole East.[Pg 133] Custom is there, in all things, the final appeal; justice and right mean conformity to custom; the argument of custom no one, unless some tyrant intoxicated with power, thinks of resisting. And we see the result. Those nations must once have had originality; they did not start out of the ground populous, lettered, and versed in many of the arts of life; they made themselves all this, and were then the greatest and most powerful nations in the world. What are they now? The subjects or dependants of tribes whose forefathers wandered in the forests when theirs had magnificent palaces and gorgeous temples, but over whom custom exercised only a divided rule with liberty and progress. A people, it appears, may be progressive for a certain length of time, and then stop: when does it stop? When it ceases to possess individuality. If a similar change should befall the nations of Europe, it will not be in exactly the same shape: the despotism of custom with which these nations are threatened is not precisely stationariness. It proscribes singularity, but it does not preclude change, provided all change together. We have discarded the fixed costumes of our forefathers; every one must still dress like other people, but the fashion may change once or twice a year. We thus take care that when there[Pg 134] is change, it shall be for change's sake, and not from any idea of beauty or convenience; for the same idea of beauty or convenience would not strike all the world at the same moment, and be simultaneously thrown aside by all at another moment. But we are progressive as well as changeable: we continually make new inventions in mechanical things, and keep them until they are again superseded by better; we are eager for improvement in politics, in education, even in morals, though in this last our idea of improvement chiefly consists in persuading or forcing other people to be as good as ourselves. It is not progress that we object to; on the contrary, we flatter ourselves that we are the most progressive people who ever lived. It is individuality that we war against: we should think we had done wonders if we had made ourselves all alike; forgetting that the unlikeness of one person to another is generally the first thing which draws the attention of either to the imperfection of his own type, and the superiority of another, or the possibility, by combining the advantages of both, of producing something better than either. We have a warning example in China—a nation of much talent, and, in some respects, even wisdom, owing to the rare good fortune of having been[Pg 135] provided at an early period with a particularly good set of customs, the work, in some measure, of men to whom even the most enlightened European must accord, under certain limitations, the title of sages and philosophers. They are remarkable, too, in the excellence of their apparatus for impressing, as far as possible, the best wisdom they possess upon every mind in the community, and securing that those who have appropriated most of it shall occupy the posts of honour and power. Surely the people who did this have discovered the secret of human progressiveness, and must have kept themselves steadily at the head of the movement of the world. On the contrary, they have become stationary—have remained so for thousands of years; and if they are ever to be farther improved, it must be by foreigners. They have succeeded beyond all hope in what English philanthropists are so industriously working at—in making a people all alike, all governing their thoughts and conduct by the same maxims and rules; and these are the fruits. The modern régime of public opinion is, in an unorganised form, what the Chinese educational and political systems are in an organised; and unless individuality shall be able successfully to assert itself against this yoke, Europe, notwithstanding[Pg 136] its noble antecedents and its professed Christianity, will tend to become another China.

The tyranny of tradition is everywhere the major obstacle to human progress. It constantly opposes the desire to strive for something better than the usual, which is referred to, depending on the situation, as the spirit of liberty, or the spirit of progress or improvement. The drive for improvement isn’t always linked to liberty, as it can sometimes impose change on a reluctant population; and the spirit of liberty, while resisting such efforts, may locally and temporarily align itself with those against improvement. However, the only consistent and enduring source of improvement is liberty, as it allows for as many independent centers of improvement as there are individuals. The principle of progress, whether expressed as the love of liberty or improvement, is at odds with the dominance of tradition, necessitating at least a break from that control; and the struggle between these two is the central theme of human history. Most of the world doesn't really have a history because the grip of tradition is absolute. This is especially true in the East. There, tradition is the final authority in everything; justice and right mean following tradition, and only a power-drunk tyrant would think of challenging it. The outcome is clear. Those nations must have once had originality; they didn’t just emerge fully formed with large populations, literacy, and various skills; they developed all of that, becoming the greatest and most dominant nations in the world. What are they now? The subjects or dependencies of tribes whose ancestors roamed forests while theirs built grand palaces and beautiful temples, but where tradition only shared power with liberty and progress. It seems that a society can be progressive for a while and then halt: when does it stop? When it loses its individuality. If a similar fate were to befall the nations of Europe, it wouldn’t look exactly the same: the tyranny of tradition that threatens these nations isn't exactly stagnation. It rejects uniqueness but doesn't prevent change, as long as all change occurs simultaneously. We have abandoned the fixed styles of our ancestors; everyone still dresses similarly, but styles may change once or twice a year. We ensure that when there is a change, it's just for the sake of change, not out of any real appreciation for beauty or practicality; since the same ideas of beauty or convenience wouldn’t hit everyone at once and be discarded by all at the same time. Yet we are both progressive and changeable: we constantly invent new mechanical devices and keep them until better ones come along; we seek improvement in politics, education, even morals, although in the latter our idea of improvement mostly involves convincing or forcing others to be as good as we are. It's not progress we oppose; on the contrary, we pride ourselves on being the most progressive people to have ever existed. What we resist is individuality: we’d think we achieved something amazing if we all became the same; forgetting that the differences between people are often what first alert either to the flaws in their own type and the strengths of another, or the possibility of creating something better by blending the strengths of both. We have a cautionary example in China—a nation with considerable talent and, in certain ways, even wisdom due to the rare fortune of having been endowed early on with a particularly good set of traditions, shaped, in part, by men who even the most enlightened Europeans would acknowledge, within certain limits, as sages and philosophers. They are also notable for having an excellent system for instilling their best wisdom into every mind in their society and ensuring that those who absorb the most of it occupy the positions of honor and power. Surely, those who accomplished this must have uncovered the secret to human progress and kept themselves at the forefront of global advancement. Instead, they have become stagnant—remaining so for thousands of years; and if they are to improve at all, it must be through outside influence. They have succeeded beyond all expectation at what English philanthropists are tirelessly attempting—creating a population that is all the same, all governed by the same maxims and rules; and these are the outcomes. The modern regime of public opinion is, in an unstructured manner, what the Chinese educational and political systems are in an organized fashion; and unless individuality can effectively assert itself against this burden, Europe, despite its noble heritage and professed Christianity, will likely become another China.

What is it that has hitherto preserved Europe from this lot? What has made the European family of nations an improving, instead of a stationary portion of mankind? Not any superior excellence in them, which, when it exists, exists as the effect, not as the cause; but their remarkable diversity of character and culture. Individuals, classes, nations, have been extremely unlike one another: they have struck out a great variety of paths, each leading to something valuable; and although at every period those who travelled in different paths have been intolerant of one another, and each would have thought it an excellent thing if all the rest could have been compelled to travel his road, their attempts to thwart each other's development have rarely had any permanent success, and each has in time endured to receive the good which the others have offered. Europe is, in my judgment, wholly indebted to this plurality of paths for its progressive and many-sided development. But it already begins to possess this benefit in a considerably less degree. It is decidedly advancing towards the Chinese ideal of making all people alike. M. de Tocqueville, in his last important[Pg 137] work, remarks how much more the Frenchmen of the present day resemble one another, than did those even of the last generation. The same remark might be made of Englishmen in a far greater degree. In a passage already quoted from Wilhelm von Humboldt, he points out two things as necessary conditions of human development, because necessary to render people unlike one another; namely, freedom, and variety of situations. The second of these two conditions is in this country every day diminishing. The circumstances which surround different classes and individuals, and shape their characters, are daily becoming more assimilated. Formerly, different ranks, different neighbourhoods, different trades and professions, lived in what might be called different worlds; at present, to a great degree in the same. Comparatively speaking, they now read the same things, listen to the same things, see the same things, go to the same places, have their hopes and fears directed to the same objects, have the same rights and liberties, and the same means of asserting them. Great as are the differences of position which remain, they are nothing to those which have ceased. And the assimilation is still proceeding. All the political changes of the age promote it, since they all tend[Pg 138] to raise the low and to lower the high. Every extension of education promotes it, because education brings people under common influences, and gives them access to the general stock of facts and sentiments. Improvements in the means of communication promote it, by bringing the inhabitants of distant places into personal contact, and keeping up a rapid flow of changes of residence between one place and another. The increase of commerce and manufactures promotes it, by diffusing more widely the advantages of easy circumstances, and opening all objects of ambition, even the highest, to general competition, whereby the desire of rising becomes no longer the character of a particular class, but of all classes. A more powerful agency than even all these, in bringing about a general similarity among mankind, is the complete establishment, in this and other free countries, of the ascendency of public opinion in the State. As the various social eminences which enabled persons entrenched on them to disregard the opinion of the multitude, gradually become levelled; as the very idea of resisting the will of the public, when it is positively known that they have a will, disappears more and more from the minds of practical politicians; there ceases to be any social support for non-conformity—any [Pg 139]substantive power in society, which, itself opposed to the ascendency of numbers, is interested in taking under its protection opinions and tendencies at variance with those of the public.

What has kept Europe from facing this outcome so far? What has allowed the European family of nations to evolve rather than remain stagnant? It’s not because they are inherently superior; rather, when excellence does exist, it’s usually a result, not a cause. Instead, it’s their incredible diversity in character and culture. Individuals, classes, and nations have been vastly different from each other, forging a wide array of paths that each lead to something valuable. Although those who took different paths have often been intolerant of one another and wished that others could be forced to follow their road, their efforts to prevent each other's growth have rarely succeeded in the long run, and each has eventually accepted the benefits offered by the others. In my view, Europe owes its rich and varied progress entirely to this multiplicity of paths. However, this advantage has begun to wane. It is clearly moving toward the Chinese idea of uniformity. M. de Tocqueville notes in his last major work how much more similar contemporary French people are compared to those of just a generation ago. The same could be said even more so for the English. In a previously cited passage from Wilhelm von Humboldt, he identifies two essential conditions for human development that create uniqueness: freedom and variety of circumstances. Unfortunately, the latter condition is diminishing every day in this country. The situations surrounding different classes and individuals, which shape their characters, are becoming increasingly similar. In the past, different social ranks, neighborhoods, and professions lived in what could be called separate worlds; now, they largely inhabit the same one. Comparatively, they now read the same things, listen to the same music, watch the same shows, visit the same places, share the same hopes and fears, enjoy the same rights and liberties, and have similar means to assert them. While significant differences in status still exist, they pale in comparison to those that have disappeared. And this trend of assimilation is ongoing. All the political changes of the time promote it, as they tend to elevate the lower and lower the higher. Every expansion of education supports it because education brings people under shared influences and provides access to a common pool of knowledge and feelings. Advances in communication facilitate it as well, by connecting individuals from distant locations and enabling rapid movement between places. The growth of commerce and industry encourages it by broadly spreading the benefits of better circumstances and making ambitious goals accessible to all, transforming the desire to advance into a collective aspiration across all classes. An even stronger force for creating general similarity among people is the complete establishment of public opinion as the dominant influence in government in this and other free countries. As social privileges that allowed individuals to ignore the public's opinions gradually diminish, and as the idea of resisting the will of the populace grows less prevalent among politicians, there is no longer social backing for nonconformity—no substantive power in society that stands against the majority and aims to protect opinions and movements that differ from the public's views.

The combination of all these causes forms so great a mass of influences hostile to Individuality, that it is not easy to see how it can stand its ground. It will do so with increasing difficulty, unless the intelligent part of the public can be made to feel its value—to see that it is good there should be differences, even though not for the better, even though, as it may appear to them, some should be for the worse. If the claims of Individuality are ever to be asserted, the time is now, while much is still wanting to complete the enforced assimilation. It is only in the earlier stages that any stand can be successfully made against the encroachment. The demand that all other people shall resemble ourselves, grows by what it feeds on. If resistance waits till life is reduced nearly to one uniform type, all deviations from that type will come to be considered impious, immoral, even monstrous and contrary to nature. Mankind speedily become unable to conceive diversity, when they have been for some time unaccustomed to see it.

The combination of all these factors creates such a huge range of influences against Individuality that it's hard to see how it can hold its ground. It will become increasingly difficult unless the smart part of the public can understand its value—to recognize that differences are good, even if they don't always lead to improvement, or even if some seem worse to them. If we are ever going to assert the importance of Individuality, now is the time, while there is still a lot missing to finish the forced conformity. It's only in the early stages that we can effectively resist this encroachment. The demand for everyone else to be like us grows with what it feeds on. If we wait to resist until life is almost entirely uniform, any differences from that norm will be seen as sinful, immoral, even monstrous and against nature. People quickly lose the ability to imagine diversity when they've been used to not seeing it for a while.

FOOTNOTES:

[11] The Sphere and Duties of Government, from the German of Baron Wilhelm von Humboldt, pp. 11-13.

[11] The Sphere and Duties of Government, translated from the German by Baron Wilhelm von Humboldt, pp. 11-13.

[12] Sterling's Essays.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Sterling's Essays.

[13] There is something both contemptible and frightful in the sort of evidence on which, of late years, any person can be judicially declared unfit for the management of his affairs; and after his death, his disposal of his property can be set aside, if there is enough of it to pay the expenses of litigation—which are charged on the property itself. All the minute details of his daily life are pried into, and whatever is found which, seen through the medium of the perceiving and describing faculties of the lowest of the low, bears an appearance unlike absolute commonplace, is laid before the jury as evidence of insanity, and often with success; the jurors being little, if at all, less vulgar and ignorant than the witnesses; while the judges, with that extraordinary want of knowledge of human nature and life which continually astonishes us in English lawyers, often help to mislead them. These trials speak volumes as to the state of feeling and opinion among the vulgar with regard to human liberty. So far from setting any value on individuality—so far from respecting the rights of each individual to act, in things indifferent, as seems good to his own judgment and inclinations, judges and juries cannot even conceive that a person in a state of sanity can desire such freedom. In former days, when it was proposed to burn atheists, charitable people used to suggest putting them in a madhouse instead: it would be nothing surprising nowadays were we to see this done, and the doers applauding themselves, because, instead of persecuting for religion, they had adopted so humane and Christian a mode of treating these unfortunates, not without a silent satisfaction at their having thereby obtained their deserts.

[13] There’s something both despicable and terrifying about the kind of evidence that can lead to someone being officially declared incapable of managing their own affairs. After their death, their wishes for their property can be ignored if there’s enough to cover the legal fees, which are taken from the property itself. Every detail of their daily life is scrutinized, and anything that, when interpreted by the lowest of the low, seems different from the ordinary, is presented to the jury as proof of insanity—often successfully, since the jurors are usually just as vulgar and ignorant as the witnesses. Judges, with their astounding lack of understanding of human nature and life, often contribute to misleading them. These trials reveal a lot about the attitudes and beliefs of the common people regarding personal freedom. Far from valuing individuality or respecting each person's right to act according to their own judgment in trivial matters, judges and juries can’t even imagine that a sane person would want such freedom. In the past, when burning atheists was suggested, more charitable individuals would propose sending them to a mental institution instead. It wouldn’t be surprising nowadays to see this happen, with those responsible patting themselves on the back for being so compassionate and Christian in treating these unfortunate souls, secretly pleased that they believe they are getting what they deserve.


CHAPTER 4. OF THE LIMITS TO SOCIETY'S AUTHORITY OVER THE INDIVIDUAL.

What, then, is the rightful limit to the sovereignty of the individual over himself? Where does the authority of society begin? How much of human life should be assigned to individuality, and how much to society?

What, then, is the proper limit to a person's control over themselves? Where does society's authority start? How much of human life should belong to individuality, and how much should belong to society?

Each will receive its proper share, if each has that which more particularly concerns it. To individuality should belong the part of life in which it is chiefly the individual that is interested; to society, the part which chiefly interests society.

Each will get what it deserves, as long as each has what specifically matters to it. The individual should have the aspect of life that is mainly of interest to the individual; society should have the part that primarily concerns society.

Though society is not founded on a contract, and though no good purpose is answered by inventing a contract in order to deduce social obligations from it, every one who receives the protection of society owes a return for the benefit, and the fact of living in society renders it indispensable that each should be bound to[Pg 141] observe a certain line of conduct towards the rest. This conduct consists, first, in not injuring the interests of one another; or rather certain interests which, either by express legal provision or by tacit understanding, ought to be considered as rights; and secondly, in each person's bearing his share (to be fixed on some equitable principle) of the labours and sacrifices incurred for defending the society or its members from injury and molestation. These conditions society is justified in enforcing, at all costs to those who endeavour to withhold fulfilment. Nor is this all that society may do. The acts of an individual may be hurtful to others, or wanting in due consideration for their welfare, without going the length of violating any of their constituted rights. The offender may then be justly punished by opinion though not by law. As soon as any part of a person's conduct affects prejudicially the interests of others, society has jurisdiction over it, and the question whether the general welfare will or will not be promoted by interfering with it, becomes open to discussion. But there is no room for entertaining any such question when a person's conduct affects the interests of no persons besides himself, or needs not affect them unless they like (all the persons concerned being of full age, and[Pg 142] the ordinary amount of understanding). In all such cases there should be perfect freedom, legal and social, to do the action and stand the consequences.

Although society isn't based on a contract, and there's no real benefit to creating a contract just to derive social obligations from it, anyone who benefits from society's protection owes something in return. Living in a community makes it essential for everyone to follow certain conduct towards each other. This conduct includes, first, not harming each other's interests, or at least respecting certain interests that should be viewed as rights, either by law or mutual understanding. Second, individuals should contribute fairly to the efforts and sacrifices needed to protect society and its members from harm. Society has the right to enforce these conditions against anyone who tries to avoid their responsibilities. Furthermore, society can take action beyond this. An individual's actions can cause harm to others or show a lack of consideration for their well-being, even if they don’t violate any established rights. In such cases, the individual can justly be judged by public opinion, even if not by law. Whenever someone’s behavior negatively impacts the interests of others, society can step in, and it's open to discussion whether intervening will benefit the general welfare. However, there's no basis for such discussion if someone's actions only affect themselves or only impact others if they choose to get involved (assuming everyone involved is of legal age and has a reasonable level of understanding). In these situations, there should be complete legal and social freedom to act as one chooses and accept the consequences.

It would be a great misunderstanding of this doctrine, to suppose that it is one of selfish indifference, which pretends that human beings have no business with each other's conduct in life, and that they should not concern themselves about the well-doing or well-being of one another, unless their own interest is involved. Instead of any diminution, there is need of a great increase of disinterested exertion to promote the good of others. But disinterested benevolence can find other instruments to persuade people to their good, than whips and scourges, either of the literal or the metaphorical sort. I am the last person to undervalue the self-regarding virtues; they are only second in importance, if even second, to the social. It is equally the business of education to cultivate both. But even education works by conviction and persuasion as well as by compulsion, and it is by the former only that, when the period of education is past, the self-regarding virtues should be inculcated. Human beings owe to each other help to distinguish the better from the worse, and encouragement to choose the[Pg 143] former and avoid the latter. They should be for ever stimulating each other to increased exercise of their higher faculties, and increased direction of their feelings and aims towards wise instead of foolish, elevating instead of degrading, objects and contemplations. But neither one person, nor any number of persons, is warranted in saying to another human creature of ripe years, that he shall not do with his life for his own benefit what he chooses to do with it. He is the person most interested in his own well-being: the interest which any other person, except in cases of strong personal attachment, can have in it, is trifling, compared with that which he himself has; the interest which society has in him individually (except as to his conduct to others) is fractional, and altogether indirect: while, with respect to his own feelings and circumstances, the most ordinary man or woman has means of knowledge immeasurably surpassing those that can be possessed by any one else. The interference of society to overrule his judgment and purposes in what only regards himself, must be grounded on general presumptions; which may be altogether wrong, and even if right, are as likely as not to be misapplied to individual cases, by persons no better acquainted with the circumstances of such[Pg 144] cases than those are who look at them merely from without. In this department, therefore, of human affairs, Individuality has its proper field of action. In the conduct of human beings towards one another, it is necessary that general rules should for the most part be observed, in order that people may know what they have to expect; but in each person's own concerns, his individual spontaneity is entitled to free exercise. Considerations to aid his judgment, exhortations to strengthen his will, may be offered to him, even obtruded on him, by others; but he himself is the final judge. All errors which he is likely to commit against advice and warning, are far outweighed by the evil of allowing others to constrain him to what they deem his good.

It would be a big misunderstanding of this idea to think it promotes selfish indifference, suggesting that people should ignore each other's actions in life and not worry about helping one another unless it's in their own interest. Instead of needing less concern, we need a lot more selfless efforts to support the well-being of others. However, selfless kindness can find better ways to encourage others towards their good than through punishment or coercion, whether physical or metaphorical. I'm not one to downplay the importance of self-care; it's only slightly less important, if at all, than the social virtues. Education should develop both. But education works through convincing and persuading as well as through force, and it’s only through the former that self-care values should be taught once formal education is over. People owe it to each other to help discern right from wrong and to encourage the choice of good over bad. They should constantly inspire one another to better exercise their higher abilities and direct their feelings and goals towards wise, uplifting pursuits rather than foolish or degrading ones. However, no one person, nor any group, has the right to tell another adult how to live their life for their own benefit. That person is the most invested in their own well-being: the concern anyone else has, except in cases of strong personal connection, is minimal compared to their own; society’s interest in an individual (aside from their behavior towards others) is fractional and indirect. Moreover, regarding their own feelings and circumstances, even the most ordinary person has a level of understanding far beyond what anyone else can have. Societal interference to override their judgment and intentions concerning their own lives must be based on general assumptions, which could be entirely incorrect, and even if accurate, might be misapplied to specific situations by people who know no more about those situations than outsiders do. Therefore, in this area of human affairs, individuality has its rightful role. In how people interact with one another, it’s essential to mostly follow general rules so that everyone knows what to expect. But in each person's own matters, their individual freedom should be fully respected. Others can offer advice to assist their judgment or encouragement to strengthen their will, even pushing their views on them, but ultimately, they themselves are the final decision-makers. Any mistakes they might make despite warnings are far outweighed by the harm of allowing others to force them into what those others think is best for them.

I do not mean that the feelings with which a person is regarded by others, ought not to be in any way affected by his self-regarding qualities or deficiencies. This is neither possible nor desirable. If he is eminent in any of the qualities which conduce to his own good, he is, so far, a proper object of admiration. He is so much the nearer to the ideal perfection of human nature. If he is grossly deficient in those qualities, a sentiment the opposite of admiration will follow. There is a degree of folly, and a degree of what may be[Pg 145] called (though the phrase is not unobjectionable) lowness or depravation of taste, which, though it cannot justify doing harm to the person who manifests it, renders him necessarily and properly a subject of distaste, or, in extreme cases, even of contempt: a person could not have the opposite qualities in due strength without entertaining these feelings. Though doing no wrong to any one, a person may so act as to compel us to judge him, and feel to him, as a fool, or as a being of an inferior order: and since this judgment and feeling are a fact which he would prefer to avoid, it is doing him a service to warn him of it beforehand, as of any other disagreeable consequence to which he exposes himself. It would be well, indeed, if this good office were much more freely rendered than the common notions of politeness at present permit, and if one person could honestly point out to another that he thinks him in fault, without being considered unmannerly or presuming. We have a right, also, in various ways, to act upon our unfavourable opinion of any one, not to the oppression of his individuality, but in the exercise of ours. We are not bound, for example, to seek his society; we have a right to avoid it (though not to parade the avoidance), for we have a right to choose the society most acceptable to us. We[Pg 146] have a right, and it may be our duty, to caution others against him, if we think his example or conversation likely to have a pernicious effect on those with whom he associates. We may give others a preference over him in optional good offices, except those which tend to his improvement. In these various modes a person may suffer very severe penalties at the hands of others, for faults which directly concern only himself; but he suffers these penalties only in so far as they are the natural, and, as it were, the spontaneous consequences of the faults themselves, not because they are purposely inflicted on him for the sake of punishment. A person who shows rashness, obstinacy, self-conceit—who cannot live within moderate means—who cannot restrain himself from hurtful indulgences—who pursues animal pleasures at the expense of those of feeling and intellect—must expect to be lowered in the opinion of others, and to have a less share of their favourable sentiments; but of this he has no right to complain, unless he has merited their favour by special excellence in his social relations, and has thus established a title to their good offices, which is not affected by his demerits towards himself.

I don’t mean to suggest that how others feel about a person should be unaffected by that person's self-respect or shortcomings. That’s neither possible nor desirable. If someone excels in qualities that contribute to their own well-being, they become a worthy object of admiration and are closer to the ideal of human nature. Conversely, if someone is severely lacking in those qualities, the opposite of admiration will naturally follow. There are levels of foolishness and what might be called (though the term is debatable) poor taste or moral degradation, which, while not justifying harm to the person exhibiting them, do make them a subject of dislike or, in extreme cases, even contempt. A person cannot possess the positive qualities strongly without feeling these negative judgments. While doing no direct harm, someone can act in a way that forces us to view them as foolish or inferior. Since this judgment is something they would rather avoid, it's actually helpful to warn them about it in advance, much like informing them of any other unpleasant consequence they might face. It would be great if this kind of helpfulness were offered more openly than current social conventions of politeness allow, and if one person could genuinely point out another's faults without being seen as rude or presumptuous. We also have various rights to respond to our unfavorable opinions about someone, not to undermine their individuality but to exercise our own. For instance, we are not obligated to seek their company; we can choose to avoid it (though we shouldn't flaunt this avoidance) because we have the right to choose the company we prefer. We have the right, and perhaps even the duty, to warn others about them if we think that their example or conversation could negatively influence others. We can also favor others over them when it comes to optional kindnesses, except those that promote their improvement. In these ways, a person can face serious consequences from others for faults that primarily affect only them; however, they experience these consequences only as natural and, so to speak, automatic results of their faults, not as deliberate punishments. Someone who acts recklessly, stubbornly, or arrogantly—who can't live within their means—who can't resist harmful indulgences—who prioritizes physical pleasures over emotional or intellectual ones—should expect to be looked down upon by others and to receive less goodwill from them. However, they have no right to complain about this unless they have earned their favor through exceptional behavior in social contexts, creating a claim on their goodwill that isn't diminished by their personal shortcomings.

What I contend for is, that the inconveniences which are strictly inseparable from the [Pg 147]unfavourable judgment of others, are the only ones to which a person should ever be subjected for that portion of his conduct and character which concerns his own good, but which does not affect the interests of others in their relations with him. Acts injurious to others require a totally different treatment. Encroachment on their rights; infliction on them of any loss or damage not justified by his own rights; falsehood or duplicity in dealing with them; unfair or ungenerous use of advantages over them; even selfish abstinence from defending them against injury—these are fit objects of moral reprobation, and, in grave cases, of moral retribution and punishment. And not only these acts, but the dispositions which lead to them, are properly immoral, and fit subjects of disapprobation which may rise to abhorrence. Cruelty of disposition; malice and ill-nature; that most anti-social and odious of all passions, envy; dissimulation and insincerity; irascibility on insufficient cause, and resentment disproportioned to the provocation; the love of domineering over others; the desire to engross more than one's share of advantages (the πλεονεξἱα [Greek: pleonexia] of the Greeks); the pride which derives gratification from the abasement of others; the egotism which thinks self and its concerns more important than [Pg 148]everything else, and decides all doubtful questions in its own favour;—these are moral vices, and constitute a bad and odious moral character: unlike the self-regarding faults previously mentioned, which are not properly immoralities, and to whatever pitch they may be carried, do not constitute wickedness. They may be proofs of any amount of folly, or want of personal dignity and self-respect; but they are only a subject of moral reprobation when they involve a breach of duty to others, for whose sake the individual is bound to have care for himself. What are called duties to ourselves are not socially obligatory, unless circumstances render them at the same time duties to others. The term duty to oneself, when it means anything more than prudence, means self-respect or self-development; and for none of these is any one accountable to his fellow-creatures, because for none of them is it for the good of mankind that he be held accountable to them.

What I argue is that the drawbacks that are inevitably tied to the negative opinions of others are the only ones a person should face regarding their behavior and character related to their own well-being, as long as it doesn't impact others' interests in their interactions with them. Actions that harm others require a completely different approach. Treading on their rights, causing them loss or damage that isn’t justified by one’s own rights, lying or being deceitful in dealings with them, unfairly exploiting advantages over them, or selfishly choosing not to defend them against harm—these actions deserve moral condemnation and, in serious cases, moral punishment. The attitudes that lead to these actions are also properly considered immoral and may be subject to strong disapproval, even disgust. Dispositions marked by cruelty, malice, and ill-will; that awful and anti-social passion, envy; deceit and insincerity; getting angry over trivial matters and feeling disproportionate resentment; the desire to dominate others; wanting to take more than one’s fair share (the πλεονεξἱα [Greek: pleonexia] of the Greeks); the pride that finds joy in belittling others; the egotism that views oneself and one’s interests as more important than everything else, deciding all ambiguous matters in its own favor—these are moral vices and contribute to a bad and detestable moral character. Unlike the self-focused faults mentioned earlier, which aren’t true immoralities, and no matter how extreme they might be, they don’t define wickedness. They can be signs of foolishness, or a lack of personal dignity and self-respect; however, they only become a matter of moral condemnation when they involve neglecting one’s duty to others, for whom the individual has a responsibility to look after themselves. What are called duties to ourselves aren’t socially obligatory unless the circumstances also make them duties to others. The idea of duty to oneself, when it signifies anything more than being prudent, relates to self-respect or self-growth; and for none of these is anyone accountable to others, because holding someone accountable for them doesn’t benefit humanity.

The distinction between the loss of consideration which a person may rightly incur by defect of prudence or of personal dignity, and the reprobation which is due to him for an offence against the rights of others, is not a merely nominal distinction. It makes a vast difference both in our feelings and in our conduct towards him,[Pg 149] whether he displeases us in things in which we think we have a right to control him, or in things in which we know that we have not. If he displeases us, we may express our distaste, and we may stand aloof from a person as well as from a thing that displeases us; but we shall not therefore feel called on to make his life uncomfortable. We shall reflect that he already bears, or will bear, the whole penalty of his error; if he spoils his life by mismanagement, we shall not, for that reason, desire to spoil it still further: instead of wishing to punish him, we shall rather endeavour to alleviate his punishment, by showing him how he may avoid or cure the evils his conduct tends to bring upon him. He may be to us an object of pity, perhaps of dislike, but not of anger or resentment; we shall not treat him like an enemy of society: the worst we shall think ourselves justified in doing is leaving him to himself, if we do not interfere benevolently by showing interest or concern for him. It is far otherwise if he has infringed the rules necessary for the protection of his fellow-creatures, individually or collectively. The evil consequences of his acts do not then fall on himself, but on others; and society, as the protector of all its members, must retaliate on him; must inflict pain on him for the express purpose[Pg 150] of punishment, and must take care that it be sufficiently severe. In the one case, he is an offender at our bar, and we are called on not only to sit in judgment on him, but, in one shape or another, to execute our own sentence: in the other case, it is not our part to inflict any suffering on him, except what may incidentally follow from our using the same liberty in the regulation of our own affairs, which we allow to him in his.

The difference between the loss of respect that someone might justifiably experience due to a lack of common sense or self-respect, and the condemnation they deserve for violating the rights of others, is not just a trivial distinction. It significantly affects both our feelings and how we act toward them,[Pg 149] whether their actions irritate us in areas where we feel we have a right to manage them, or in areas where we know we do not. If they annoy us, we might express our dislike and distance ourselves from someone or something that bothers us; however, we won't feel compelled to make their life miserable. We will understand that they are already experiencing, or will experience, the full consequences of their mistakes; if they ruin their life due to poor choices, we won’t wish to make it worse: rather than wanting to punish them, we will try to ease their suffering by helping them find ways to avoid or fix the mess their behavior is causing. They might be someone we pity, perhaps even dislike, but not someone we feel anger or resentment toward; we won’t treat them as an outcast: the most we might think justified is to leave them to handle their own issues, unless we choose to show concern or interest in their well-being. It’s completely different if they have broken the rules necessary for protecting others, either individually or as a group. The harmful results of their actions then affect other people, not just themselves; and society, as the defender of all its members, must respond to them; it must impose suffering on them specifically for the purpose[Pg 150] of punishment, and must ensure that the punishment is sufficiently harsh. In one situation, they are a lawbreaker in front of us, and we are required not only to judge them but also, in one form or another, to carry out our own judgment: in the other situation, it is not our role to inflict any pain on them, except what may happen naturally from exercising the same freedom in managing our own affairs that we permit them in theirs.

The distinction here pointed out between the part of a person's life which concerns only himself, and that which concerns others, many persons will refuse to admit. How (it may be asked) can any part of the conduct of a member of society be a matter of indifference to the other members? No person is an entirely isolated being; it is impossible for a person to do anything seriously or permanently hurtful to himself, without mischief reaching at least to his near connections, and often far beyond them. If he injures his property, he does harm to those who directly or indirectly derived support from it, and usually diminishes, by a greater or less amount, the general resources of the community. If he deteriorates his bodily or mental faculties, he not only brings evil upon all who depended on him for any portion of their happiness, but disqualifies himself for rendering[Pg 151] the services which he owes to his fellow-creatures generally; perhaps becomes a burthen on their affection or benevolence; and if such conduct were very frequent, hardly any offence that is committed would detract more from the general sum of good. Finally, if by his vices or follies a person does no direct harm to others, he is nevertheless (it may be said) injurious by his example; and ought to be compelled to control himself, for the sake of those whom the sight or knowledge of his conduct might corrupt or mislead.

The distinction made here between the part of a person's life that only affects themselves and the part that affects others is something many people refuse to accept. How can it be argued that any aspect of someone’s behavior as a member of society is irrelevant to others? No one is completely isolated; it’s impossible for someone to do something seriously or permanently harmful to themselves without affecting their close connections, and often even further out. If a person damages their possessions, they harm those who rely on it for support, and usually lessen the overall resources of the community. If they compromise their physical or mental abilities, they not only harm everyone who depends on them for any part of their happiness, but they also make themselves incapable of providing the services they owe to their fellow human beings; they may even become a burden on others’ kindness or goodwill. If such behavior were common, almost any wrongdoing would add to the overall reduction of good. Lastly, if a person’s vices or foolishness don’t directly harm others, they can still be harmful by setting a bad example; they should be made to control their behavior for the sake of those who might be corrupted or misled by witnessing it.

And even (it will be added) if the consequences of misconduct could be confined to the vicious or thoughtless individual, ought society to abandon to their own guidance those who are manifestly unfit for it? If protection against themselves is confessedly due to children and persons under age, is not society equally bound to afford it to persons of mature years who are equally incapable of self-government? If gambling, or drunkenness, or incontinence, or idleness, or uncleanliness, are as injurious to happiness, and as great a hindrance to improvement, as many or most of the acts prohibited by law, why (it may be asked) should not law, so far as is consistent with practicability and social convenience, endeavour to repress these[Pg 152] also? And as a supplement to the unavoidable imperfections of law, ought not opinion at least to organise a powerful police against these vices, and visit rigidly with social penalties those who are known to practise them? There is no question here (it may be said) about restricting individuality, or impeding the trial of new and original experiments in living. The only things it is sought to prevent are things which have been tried and condemned from the beginning of the world until now; things which experience has shown not to be useful or suitable to any person's individuality. There must be some length of time and amount of experience, after which a moral or prudential truth may be regarded as established: and it is merely desired to prevent generation after generation from falling over the same precipice which has been fatal to their predecessors.

And even if it can be said that the consequences of bad behavior could be limited to the immoral or careless individual, should society really leave those who clearly can't handle it to their own devices? If protection against harm is acknowledged to be necessary for children and minors, shouldn't society also be responsible for providing it to adults who are equally unable to govern themselves? If gambling, drunkenness, promiscuity, laziness, or lack of cleanliness are just as harmful to happiness and a significant barrier to improvement as many, if not most, of the actions prohibited by law, why shouldn't the law, as much as is feasible and convenient for society, attempt to control these behaviors as well? Furthermore, as a supplement to the unavoidable shortcomings of law, shouldn't public opinion at least create a strong reaction against these vices and impose strict social penalties on those known to engage in them? There is no issue here about limiting individual expression or hindering new and original ways of living. The only things we aim to prevent are those that have been tried and condemned throughout history; things that experience has shown are not beneficial or suitable for anyone's individuality. After a certain period and amount of experience, some moral or practical truth can be regarded as established: we simply want to stop each new generation from repeatedly falling into the same trap that has already proven deadly for their ancestors.

I fully admit that the mischief which a person does to himself, may seriously affect, both through their sympathies and their interests, those nearly connected with him, and in a minor degree, society at large. When, by conduct of this sort, a person is led to violate a distinct and assignable obligation to any other person or persons, the case is taken out of the self-regarding class, and becomes amenable to moral disapprobation in the proper[Pg 153] sense of the term. If, for example, a man, through intemperance or extravagance, becomes unable to pay his debts, or, having undertaken the moral responsibility of a family, becomes from the same cause incapable of supporting or educating them, he is deservedly reprobated, and might be justly punished; but it is for the breach of duty to his family or creditors, not for the extravagance. If the resources which ought to have been devoted to them, had been diverted from them for the most prudent investment, the moral culpability would have been the same. George Barnwell murdered his uncle to get money for his mistress, but if he had done it to set himself up in business, he would equally have been hanged. Again, in the frequent case of a man who causes grief to his family by addiction to bad habits, he deserves reproach for his unkindness or ingratitude; but so he may for cultivating habits not in themselves vicious, if they are painful to those with whom he passes his life, or who from personal ties are dependent on him for their comfort. Whoever fails in the consideration generally due to the interests and feelings of others, not being compelled by some more imperative duty, or justified by allowable self-preference, is a subject of moral disapprobation[Pg 154] for that failure, but not for the cause of it, nor for the errors, merely personal to himself, which may have remotely led to it. In like manner, when a person disables himself, by conduct purely self-regarding, from the performance of some definite duty incumbent on him to the public, he is guilty of a social offence. No person ought to be punished simply for being drunk; but a soldier or a policeman should be punished for being drunk on duty. Whenever, in short, there is a definite damage, or a definite risk of damage, either to an individual or to the public, the case is taken out of the province of liberty, and placed in that of morality or law.

I fully admit that the trouble a person causes themselves can seriously impact those close to them, both emotionally and in terms of their interests, and to a lesser extent, society as a whole. When someone’s actions lead them to break a clear and specific obligation to another person or people, it moves beyond being just a personal issue and becomes subject to moral criticism in the proper[Pg 153] sense of the term. For example, if a man becomes unable to pay his debts due to excessive drinking or spending, or if he has taken on the moral responsibility of caring for a family but is then unable to support or educate them because of the same issues, he deserves to be criticized and might justly face consequences; but this is due to his failure in his duty to his family or creditors, not just his irresponsibility. If the resources that should have gone to support them were instead spent on something more prudent, his moral fault would still be the same. George Barnwell killed his uncle to get money for his mistress, but if he had done it to start a business, he would still have faced execution. Similarly, when a man causes distress to his family by indulging in harmful habits, he deserves reproach for his unkindness or ingratitude; but he could also be criticized for developing habits that aren’t inherently bad if they cause pain to those he lives with or to whom he has personal ties and who depend on him for their well-being. Anyone who neglects to consider the interests and feelings of others, without being driven by a more pressing duty or justified by reasonable self-interest, is subject to moral disapproval[Pg 154] for that neglect, but not for the reasons behind it, nor for any personal mistakes that may have indirectly led to it. Similarly, when a person makes themselves unable to fulfill a specific duty to the public through purely self-centered actions, they commit a social offense. No one should be punished just for being drunk; however, a soldier or a police officer should be held accountable for being drunk while on duty. In short, whenever there is clear harm, or a definite risk of harm, either to an individual or to the public, the situation goes beyond personal freedom and falls into the realm of morality or law.

But with regard to the merely contingent, or, as it may be called, constructive injury which a person causes to society, by conduct which neither violates any specific duty to the public, nor occasions perceptible hurt to any assignable individual except himself; the inconvenience is one which society can afford to bear, for the sake of the greater good of human freedom. If grown persons are to be punished for not taking proper care of themselves, I would rather it were for their own sake, than under pretence of preventing them from impairing their capacity of rendering to society benefits which society does not pretend it[Pg 155] has a right to exact. But I cannot consent to argue the point as if society had no means of bringing its weaker members up to its ordinary standard of rational conduct, except waiting till they do something irrational, and then punishing them, legally or morally, for it. Society has had absolute power over them during all the early portion of their existence: it has had the whole period of childhood and nonage in which to try whether it could make them capable of rational conduct in life. The existing generation is master both of the training and the entire circumstances of the generation to come; it cannot indeed make them perfectly wise and good, because it is itself so lamentably deficient in goodness and wisdom; and its best efforts are not always, in individual cases, its most successful ones; but it is perfectly well able to make the rising generation, as a whole, as good as, and a little better than, itself. If society lets any considerable number of its members grow up mere children, incapable of being acted on by rational consideration of distant motives, society has itself to blame for the consequences. Armed not only with all the powers of education, but with the ascendency which the authority of a received opinion always exercises over the minds who are least fitted to[Pg 156] judge for themselves; and aided by the natural penalties which cannot be prevented from falling on those who incur the distaste or the contempt of those who know them; let not society pretend that it needs, besides all this, the power to issue commands and enforce obedience in the personal concerns of individuals, in which, on all principles of justice and policy, the decision ought to rest with those who are to abide the consequences. Nor is there anything which tends more to discredit and frustrate the better means of influencing conduct, than a resort to the worse. If there be among those whom it is attempted to coerce into prudence or temperance, any of the material of which vigorous and independent characters are made, they will infallibly rebel against the yoke. No such person will ever feel that others have a right to control him in his concerns, such as they have to prevent him from injuring them in theirs; and it easily comes to be considered a mark of spirit and courage to fly in the face of such usurped authority, and do with ostentation the exact opposite of what it enjoins; as in the fashion of grossness which succeeded, in the time of Charles II., to the fanatical moral intolerance of the Puritans. With respect to what is said of the necessity of protecting society from[Pg 157] the bad example set to others by the vicious or the self-indulgent; it is true that bad example may have a pernicious effect, especially the example of doing wrong to others with impunity to the wrong-doer. But we are now speaking of conduct which, while it does no wrong to others, is supposed to do great harm to the agent himself: and I do not see how those who believe this, can think otherwise than that the example, on the whole, must be more salutary than hurtful, since, if it displays the misconduct, it displays also the painful or degrading consequences which, if the conduct is justly censured, must be supposed to be in all or most cases attendant on it.

But when it comes to the merely incidental, or what could be called, constructive harm that a person causes to society through behavior that doesn't break any specific duty to the public, nor causes noticeable harm to any particular individual except themselves; the inconvenience is one that society can choose to tolerate for the greater good of human freedom. If adults are to be punished for not taking proper care of themselves, I'd prefer it to be for their own sake, rather than under the guise of preventing them from reducing their ability to provide benefits to society that society does not claim it has the right to demand. However, I can't agree to argue this as if society has no way of helping its weaker members reach a standard of reasonable behavior, except by waiting until they do something irrational and then punishing them, legally or morally, for it. Society has had complete power over them during the early stages of their lives: it has had the entire period of childhood and adolescence to try to make them capable of rational behavior in life. The current generation holds the responsibility for both the upbringing and the overall circumstances of the upcoming generation; it can’t make them perfectly wise and good because it itself is sadly lacking in goodness and wisdom; and its best efforts are not always, in individual cases, the most successful ones; but it can certainly make the rising generation, as a whole, as good as, and even a little better than, itself. If society allows a significant number of its members to grow up as mere children, unable to be influenced by rational thoughts of distant goals, society must take responsibility for the consequences. Equipped not only with all the educational tools but also with the influence that the authority of accepted opinion always has over those least able to judge for themselves; and aided by the natural repercussions that cannot be avoided by those who earn the disapproval or contempt of those who know them; let society not pretend that it also needs the power to issue commands and enforce obedience over individuals’ personal matters, in which, on all grounds of justice and policy, the decision should rest with those who will face the consequences. Furthermore, nothing undermines and frustrates the better ways of influencing behavior more than resorting to the worse. If there are any among those being pressured into prudence or self-control who have the potential for strong and independent character, they will surely rebel against such control. No such person will ever feel that others have the right to control them in their personal affairs, as much as they have the right to prevent them from wronging others in theirs; and it gradually comes to be seen as a mark of spirit and courage to defy such usurped authority, doing the exact opposite in a showy way of what it demands; similar to the trend of excess that emerged during the time of Charles II, following the fanatical moral intolerance of the Puritans. Regarding what is said about the need to protect society from the bad example set by the immoral or self-indulgent; it’s true that a bad example can have a negative impact, especially the example of wronging others without consequences for the wrongdoer. But we are currently discussing behavior that, while it wrongs no one else, is believed to harm the individual significantly: and I don’t see how those who believe this can think otherwise than that the overall example must be more beneficial than harmful, since it not only shows the misconduct but also reveals the painful or degrading consequences that, if the behavior is rightly criticized, should be presumed to follow it in all or most cases.

But the strongest of all the arguments against the interference of the public with purely personal conduct, is that when it does interfere, the odds are that it interferes wrongly, and in the wrong place. On questions of social morality, of duty to others, the opinion of the public, that is, of an overruling majority, though often wrong, is likely to be still oftener right; because on such questions they are only required to judge of their own interests; of the manner in which some mode of conduct, if allowed to be practised, would affect themselves. But the opinion of a similar majority, imposed as a law on the minority, on questions of[Pg 158] self-regarding conduct, is quite as likely to be wrong as right; for in these cases public opinion means, at the best, some people's opinion of what is good or bad for other people; while very often it does not even mean that; the public, with the most perfect indifference, passing over the pleasure or convenience of those whose conduct they censure, and considering only their own preference. There are many who consider as an injury to themselves any conduct which they have a distaste for, and resent it as an outrage to their feelings; as a religious bigot, when charged with disregarding the religious feelings of others, has been known to retort that they disregard his feelings, by persisting in their abominable worship or creed. But there is no parity between the feeling of a person for his own opinion, and the feeling of another who is offended at his holding it; no more than between the desire of a thief to take a purse, and the desire of the right owner to keep it. And a person's taste is as much his own peculiar concern as his opinion or his purse. It is easy for any one to imagine an ideal public, which leaves the freedom and choice of individuals in all uncertain matters undisturbed, and only requires them to abstain from modes of conduct which universal experience has condemned. But where[Pg 159] has there been seen a public which set any such limit to its censorship? or when does the public trouble itself about universal experience? In its interferences with personal conduct it is seldom thinking of anything but the enormity of acting or feeling differently from itself; and this standard of judgment, thinly disguised, is held up to mankind as the dictate of religion and philosophy, by nine-tenths of all moralists and speculative writers. These teach that things are right because they are right; because we feel them to be so. They tell us to search in our own minds and hearts for laws of conduct binding on ourselves and on all others. What can the poor public do but apply these instructions, and make their own personal feelings of good and evil, if they are tolerably unanimous in them, obligatory on all the world?

But the strongest argument against public interference in personal behavior is that when it does interfere, it's likely to do so incorrectly and in the wrong way. On issues of social morality and duty to others, public opinion—meaning the views of the overwhelming majority—while often wrong, is more likely to be right because, in those cases, they’re only judging how certain behaviors would impact their own interests. However, when a similar majority imposes its views as law on a minority regarding self-regarding behavior, it could easily be wrong just as much as it could be right. In these situations, public opinion reflects, at best, some people's views on what’s good or bad for others; often, it doesn’t even consider that—ignoring the enjoyment or convenience of those they're judging and focusing only on their own preferences. Many people see conduct they dislike as a personal offense and react as if it’s an attack on their feelings; for instance, a religious zealot, when criticized for disregarding others' beliefs, might claim that those others disregard his feelings by practicing their unacceptable worship. But there’s no comparison between someone’s feelings about their own beliefs and someone else being offended by them, just like there’s no comparison between a thief wanting to take a purse and the rightful owner wanting to keep it. A person's taste is just as personal as their opinions or possessions. It’s easy to imagine an ideal society that respects individual freedom and choice in uncertain matters, only asking people to avoid actions universally condemned by experience. But when has there ever been a public that imposed any such limits on its judgment? When does the public consider universal experience? In its interference with personal behavior, it often focuses solely on the severity of someone acting or feeling differently from itself; this judgment, thinly veiled, is presented as the dictate of morality and philosophy by most moralists and theoretical writers. They teach that things are right simply because they are right; because we perceive them to be so. They tell us to look within our own minds and hearts for rules of conduct that apply to ourselves and to others. What can the public do but follow these teachings and impose their own collective feelings of right and wrong, if they largely agree on them, onto everyone else?

The evil here pointed out is not one which exists only in theory; and it may perhaps be expected that I should specify the instances in which the public of this age and country improperly invests its own preferences with the character of moral laws. I am not writing an essay on the aberrations of existing moral feeling. That is too weighty a subject to be discussed parenthetically, and by way of illustration. Yet examples are necessary, to show that the principle[Pg 160] I maintain is of serious and practical moment, and that I am not endeavouring to erect a barrier against imaginary evils. And it is not difficult to show, by abundant instances, that to extend the bounds of what may be called moral police, until it encroaches on the most unquestionably legitimate liberty of the individual, is one of the most universal of all human propensities.

The evil I'm talking about isn't just a theoretical concept; it might be expected that I should point out the ways in which people today and in this country wrongly treat their personal preferences as if they were moral laws. I'm not writing an essay about the flaws in current moral beliefs. That's too complex a topic to cover briefly as an aside. However, examples are necessary to illustrate that the principle[Pg 160] I argue for is important and practical, and that I'm not trying to guard against imagined threats. It's not hard to demonstrate, with plenty of examples, that expanding what can be considered moral enforcement until it infringes on the clear liberties of the individual is one of the most common human tendencies.

As a first instance, consider the antipathies which men cherish on no better grounds than that persons whose religious opinions are different from theirs, do not practise their religious observances, especially their religious abstinences. To cite a rather trivial example, nothing in the creed or practice of Christians does more to envenom the hatred of Mahomedans against them, than the fact of their eating pork. There are few acts which Christians and Europeans regard with more unaffected disgust, than Mussulmans regard this particular mode of satisfying hunger. It is, in the first place, an offence against their religion; but this circumstance by no means explains either the degree or the kind of their repugnance; for wine also is forbidden by their religion, and to partake of it is by all Mussulmans accounted wrong, but not disgusting. Their aversion to the flesh of the "unclean beast" is,[Pg 161] on the contrary, of that peculiar character, resembling an instinctive antipathy, which the idea of uncleanness, when once it thoroughly sinks into the feelings, seems always to excite even in those whose personal habits are anything but scrupulously cleanly, and of which the sentiment of religious impurity, so intense in the Hindoos, is a remarkable example. Suppose now that in a people, of whom the majority were Mussulmans, that majority should insist upon not permitting pork to be eaten within the limits of the country. This would be nothing new in Mahomedan countries.[14] Would it be a legitimate exercise of the moral authority of public opinion? and if not, why not? The practice is really revolting to such a public. They also sincerely[Pg 162] think that it is forbidden and abhorred by the Deity. Neither could the prohibition be censured as religious persecution. It might be religious in its origin, but it would not be persecution for religion, since nobody's religion makes it a duty to eat pork. The only tenable ground of condemnation would be, that with the personal tastes and self-regarding concerns of individuals the public has no business to interfere.

As a first point, think about the dislikes that people hold simply because others have different religious beliefs and don’t follow their practices, especially when it comes to not eating certain foods. A pretty trivial example is that nothing really fuels the animosity of Muslims toward Christians more than the fact that Christians eat pork. There are few actions that Christians and Europeans find more genuinely repulsive than how Muslims view this specific way of satisfying hunger. First of all, it goes against their religion; however, that doesn’t fully explain the level or type of their aversion. Wine is also prohibited by their faith, and while Muslims believe it’s wrong to drink it, they don’t find it disgusting. Their strong dislike for the flesh of the "unclean animal" is more instinctual, tied to a deep-seated feeling of uncleanness that can arise even in those who don’t have particularly clean habits. The intense sentiment of religious impurity, so prevalent among Hindus, serves as a notable example of this. Now, imagine a situation where the majority of a population are Muslims, and they insist on banning the consumption of pork within their country. This wouldn’t be surprising in Muslim countries. Would this then be a reasonable exercise of public opinion's moral authority? And if not, why not? This practice is genuinely offensive to them. They sincerely believe it is forbidden and reviled by God. The ban couldn’t be criticized as religious persecution, since nobody’s religion requires them to eat pork. The only valid argument against it would be that the public shouldn’t interfere with individual preferences and self-interest.

To come somewhat nearer home: the majority of Spaniards consider it a gross impiety, offensive in the highest degree to the Supreme Being, to worship him in any other manner than the Roman Catholic; and no other public worship is lawful on Spanish soil. The people of all Southern Europe look upon a married clergy as not only irreligious, but unchaste, indecent, gross, disgusting. What do Protestants think of these perfectly sincere feelings, and of the attempt to enforce them against non-Catholics? Yet, if mankind are justified in interfering with each other's liberty in things which do not concern the interests of others, on what principle is it possible consistently to exclude these cases? or who can blame people for desiring to suppress what they regard as a scandal in the sight of God and man? No stronger case can be shown for prohibiting[Pg 163] anything which is regarded as a personal immorality, than is made out for suppressing these practices in the eyes of those who regard them as impieties; and unless we are willing to adopt the logic of persecutors, and to say that we may persecute others because we are right, and that they must not persecute us because they are wrong, we must beware of admitting a principle of which we should resent as a gross injustice the application to ourselves.

To bring it a bit closer to home: most Spaniards see it as a huge offense, extremely disrespectful to God, to worship Him in any way other than Roman Catholicism; and no other form of public worship is allowed on Spanish territory. People across Southern Europe view a married clergy as not just irreligious, but also unchaste, inappropriate, crude, and revolting. What do Protestants think about these deeply held beliefs and the effort to impose them on non-Catholics? Yet, if people have the right to interfere with each other's freedom in matters that don’t affect others, on what basis can we consistently exclude these situations? And who can fault people for wanting to eliminate what they see as a scandal before God and humanity? There’s no stronger argument for banning anything viewed as personal immorality than the case made for putting an end to these practices by those who see them as offenses. Unless we are ready to adopt the reasoning of persecutors and claim that we can persecute others because we are correct, while they can’t persecute us because they are wrong, we need to be careful about accepting a principle that we would find blatantly unjust if it were applied to us.

The preceding instances may be objected to, although unreasonably, as drawn from contingencies impossible among us: opinion, in this country, not being likely to enforce abstinence from meats, or to interfere with people for worshipping, and for either marrying or not marrying, according to their creed or inclination. The next example, however, shall be taken from an interference with liberty which we have by no means passed all danger of. Wherever the Puritans have been sufficiently powerful, as in New England, and in Great Britain at the time of the Commonwealth, they have endeavoured, with considerable success, to put down all public, and nearly all private, amusements: especially music, dancing, public games, or other assemblages for purposes of diversion, and the theatre. There[Pg 164] are still in this country large bodies of persons by whose notions of morality and religion these recreations are condemned; and those persons belonging chiefly to the middle class, who are the ascendant power in the present social and political condition of the kingdom, it is by no means impossible that persons of these sentiments may at some time or other command a majority in Parliament. How will the remaining portion of the community like to have the amusements that shall be permitted to them regulated by the religious and moral sentiments of the stricter Calvinists and Methodists? Would they not, with considerable peremptoriness, desire these intrusively pious members of society to mind their own business? This is precisely what should be said to every government and every public, who have the pretension that no person shall enjoy any pleasure which they think wrong. But if the principle of the pretension be admitted, no one can reasonably object to its being acted on in the sense of the majority, or other preponderating power in the country; and all persons must be ready to conform to the idea of a Christian commonwealth, as understood by the early settlers in New England, if a religious profession similar to theirs should ever succeed in[Pg 165] regaining its lost ground, as religions supposed to be declining have so often been known to do.

The previous examples might be criticized, though unreasonably, as they come from situations that are impossible for us: in this country, it's unlikely that opinions will enforce abstaining from meat or interfere with people's ability to worship, marry, or not marry based on their beliefs or preferences. However, the next example will come from an interference with freedom that we are by no means free from. Whenever the Puritans have had enough power, as in New England and Great Britain during the Commonwealth, they've tried, with considerable success, to eliminate all public and nearly all private forms of entertainment: especially music, dancing, public games, or any gatherings for fun, and theater. There[Pg 164] are still large groups in this country whose views on morality and religion condemn these activities; and those individuals, mainly from the middle class, make up the dominant force in the current social and political climate of the country. It’s entirely possible that at some point, people with these views could hold a majority in Parliament. How would the rest of the community feel about having their permitted entertainment controlled by the religious and moral beliefs of strict Calvinists and Methodists? Wouldn't they firmly want these overly pious individuals to mind their own business? That’s exactly what should be said to every government and public that claims no one should enjoy any pleasure they deem wrong. But if we accept the principle behind this claim, then no one can reasonably object to its application based on the views of the majority or other dominant powers in society; and everyone must be willing to conform to the idea of a Christian commonwealth, as understood by the early settlers in New England, if a religious group similar to theirs ever manages to regain its lost influence, just as religions believed to be declining have frequently done.

To imagine another contingency, perhaps more likely to be realised than the one last mentioned. There is confessedly a strong tendency in the modern world towards a democratic constitution of society, accompanied or not by popular political institutions. It is affirmed that in the country where this tendency is most completely realised—where both society and the government are most democratic—the United States—the feeling of the majority, to whom any appearance of a more showy or costly style of living than they can hope to rival is disagreeable, operates as a tolerably effectual sumptuary law, and that in many parts of the Union it is really difficult for a person possessing a very large income, to find any mode of spending it, which will not incur popular disapprobation. Though such statements as these are doubtless much exaggerated as a representation of existing facts, the state of things they describe is not only a conceivable and possible, but a probable result of democratic feeling, combined with the notion that the public has a right to a veto on the manner in which individuals shall spend their incomes. We have only further to suppose a considerable diffusion of[Pg 166] Socialist opinions, and it may become infamous in the eyes of the majority to possess more property than some very small amount, or any income not earned by manual labour. Opinions similar in principle to these, already prevail widely among the artisan class, and weigh oppressively on those who are amenable to the opinion chiefly of that class, namely, its own members. It is known that the bad workmen who form the majority of the operatives in many branches of industry, are decidedly of opinion that bad workmen ought to receive the same wages as good, and that no one ought to be allowed, through piecework or otherwise, to earn by superior skill or industry more than others can without it. And they employ a moral police, which occasionally becomes a physical one, to deter skilful workmen from receiving, and employers from giving, a larger remuneration for a more useful service. If the public have any jurisdiction over private concerns, I cannot see that these people are in fault, or that any individual's particular public can be blamed for asserting the same authority over his individual conduct, which the general public asserts over people in general.

To consider another scenario, which might be more likely to happen than the previous one I mentioned. There's definitely a strong movement in today's world towards a democratic structure in society, whether or not it's paired with popular political organizations. It's said that in the country where this trend is fully realized—where both society and the government are most democratic—the United States—the majority's feelings, which find any extravagant or expensive lifestyle that they can’t replicate unpleasant, act as a pretty effective law against excessive spending. In many parts of the country, it’s genuinely hard for someone with a very high income to find a way to spend it without facing public disapproval. While these claims are likely exaggerated representations of reality, the situation they describe is not only conceivable and possible, but a likely outcome of democratic sentiment mixed with the belief that the public has the right to approve or disapprove of how individuals spend their money. Furthermore, if we assume that Socialist ideas become widely spread, it may become disgraceful in the eyes of the majority to possess more wealth than a very small amount, or to have any income that isn't earned through manual labor. Similar views already exist among many in the working class and weigh heavily on those who primarily care about the opinions of that group, particularly its own members. It's known that the less skilled workers who make up the majority in various industries believe strongly that poorly performing workers should earn the same wages as those who do well, and that no one should be allowed to earn more through piecework or otherwise simply because of their superior skill or hard work. They enforce a sort of moral policing, which sometimes turns into physical enforcement, to discourage skilled workers from earning, and employers from providing, higher pay for better services. If the public has any say over private matters, I don’t see how these individuals are at fault, or how any specific community can be criticized for exerting the same authority over personal behavior that the broader community exercises over everyone in general.

But, without dwelling upon supposititious cases, there are, in our own day, gross usurpations upon[Pg 167] the liberty of private life actually practised, and still greater ones threatened with some expectation of success, and opinions proposed which assert an unlimited right in the public not only to prohibit by law everything which it thinks wrong, but in order to get at what it thinks wrong, to prohibit any number of things which it admits to be innocent.

But without getting into hypothetical situations, there are, in our time, serious violations of[Pg 167] personal freedoms happening now, and even greater ones might succeed in the future. There are opinions being put forward that claim the public has an unlimited right not only to ban by law anything it considers wrong, but also to restrict many things it acknowledges are harmless just to find out what it believes is wrong.

Under the name of preventing intemperance, the people of one English colony, and of nearly half the United States, have been interdicted by law from making any use whatever of fermented drinks, except for medical purposes: for prohibition of their sale is in fact, as it is intended to be, prohibition of their use. And though the impracticability of executing the law has caused its repeal in several of the States which had adopted it, including the one from which it derives its name, an attempt has notwithstanding been commenced, and is prosecuted with considerable zeal by many of the professed philanthropists, to agitate for a similar law in this country. The association, or "Alliance" as it terms itself, which has been formed for this purpose, has acquired some notoriety through the publicity given to a correspondence between its Secretary and one of the very few English public men who hold that a[Pg 168] politician's opinions ought to be founded on principles. Lord Stanley's share in this correspondence is calculated to strengthen the hopes already built on him, by those who know how rare such qualities as are manifested in some of his public appearances, unhappily are among those who figure in political life. The organ of the Alliance, who would "deeply deplore the recognition of any principle which could be wrested to justify bigotry and persecution," undertakes to point out the "broad and impassable barrier" which divides such principles from those of the association. "All matters relating to thought, opinion, conscience, appear to me," he says, "to be without the sphere of legislation; all pertaining to social act, habit, relation, subject only to a discretionary power vested in the State itself, and not in the individual, to be within it." No mention is made of a third class, different from either of these, viz. acts and habits which are not social, but individual; although it is to this class, surely, that the act of drinking fermented liquors belongs. Selling fermented liquors, however, is trading, and trading is a social act. But the infringement complained of is not on the liberty of the seller, but on that of the buyer and consumer; since the State might just as well forbid him to drink wine,[Pg 169] as purposely make it impossible for him to obtain it. The Secretary, however, says, "I claim, as a citizen, a right to legislate whenever my social rights are invaded by the social act of another." And now for the definition of these "social rights." "If anything invades my social rights, certainly the traffic in strong drink does. It destroys my primary right of security, by constantly creating and stimulating social disorder. It invades my right of equality, by deriving a profit from the creation of a misery, I am taxed to support. It impedes my right to free moral and intellectual development, by surrounding my path with dangers, and by weakening and demoralising society, from which I have a right to claim mutual aid and intercourse." A theory of "social rights," the like of which probably never before found its way into distinct language—being nothing short of this—that it is the absolute social right of every individual, that every other individual shall act in every respect exactly as he ought; that whosoever fails thereof in the smallest particular, violates my social right, and entitles me to demand from the legislature the removal of the grievance. So monstrous a principle is far more dangerous than any single interference with liberty; there is no violation of liberty which it[Pg 170] would not justify; it acknowledges no right to any freedom whatever, except perhaps to that of holding opinions in secret, without ever disclosing them: for the moment an opinion which I consider noxious, passes any one's lips, it invades all the "social rights" attributed to me by the Alliance. The doctrine ascribes to all mankind a vested interest in each other's moral, intellectual, and even physical perfection, to be defined by each claimant according to his own standard.

Under the guise of preventing excessive drinking, the people of one English colony, and almost half of the United States, have been legally banned from using fermented drinks for any purpose other than medical: the restriction on their sale effectively means a restriction on their use. Although the difficulty of enforcing this law has led to its repeal in several states that adopted it, including the one that inspired its name, efforts have nonetheless started, and are vigorously pursued by many self-proclaimed philanthropists, to push for a similar law in this country. The group, or "Alliance" as it calls itself, formed for this purpose, has gained some notoriety due to public discussions between its Secretary and one of the few public figures in England who believes that a politician's views should be based on principles. Lord Stanley's involvement in this conversation is likely to bolster the hopes of those who recognize how rare the qualities he demonstrates in some of his public appearances are among those in politics. The spokesperson for the Alliance, who would "deeply regret the endorsement of any principle that could be twisted to justify intolerance and persecution," aims to clarify the "broad and unbridgeable divide" between their principles and those of the association. "All matters concerning thought, opinion, and conscience," he states, "should be outside the realm of legislation; everything related to social actions, habits, and relationships should fall under discretionary power given to the State itself, not the individual." No mention is made of a third category, distinct from the two mentioned, which refers to actions and habits that are individual rather than social; yet surely, drinking fermented beverages falls into this category. Selling fermented drinks is a type of commerce, and commerce is a social act. However, the complaint is not about the freedom of the seller but rather about the freedom of the buyer and consumer; since the State could just as easily prohibit him from drinking wine as intentionally make it impossible for him to get it. The Secretary, however, states, "I assert, as a citizen, my right to legislate whenever my social rights are infringed by another person's social act." Now for the definition of these "social rights." "If my social rights are invaded by anything, then certainly the trade in strong drinks does so. It undermines my basic right to security by continuously causing and provoking social chaos. It violates my right to equality by profiting from the creation of a suffering that I am required to support. It obstructs my right to free moral and intellectual growth by placing dangers in my way and by weakening and demoralizing society, from which I have the right to expect mutual support and interaction." A theory of "social rights," likely never articulated so clearly before—nothing less than the assertion that it is an absolute social right of every individual that every other individual should act in every way exactly as they should; that anyone who deviates even slightly from this principle infringes on my social rights and justifies my demand to the legislature for the elimination of that grievance. Such a monstrous principle is far more dangerous than any single infringement on liberty; there is no encroachment on freedom that it would not justify; it acknowledges no right to any freedom whatsoever, except perhaps the right to hold opinions in private without revealing them: for the moment an opinion that I deem harmful is spoken aloud, it encroaches on all the "social rights" attributed to me by the Alliance. This doctrine gives the entire human race a vested interest in each other’s moral, intellectual, and even physical perfection, defined by each person according to their own standards.

Another important example of illegitimate interference with the rightful liberty of the individual, not simply threatened, but long since carried into triumphant effect, is Sabbatarian legislation. Without doubt, abstinence on one day in the week, so far as the exigencies of life permit, from the usual daily occupation, though in no respect religiously binding on any except Jews, is a highly beneficial custom. And inasmuch as this custom cannot be observed without a general consent to that effect among the industrious classes, therefore, in so far as some persons by working may impose the same necessity on others, it may be allowable and right that the law should guarantee to each, the observance by others of the custom, by suspending the greater operations of industry on a particular day. But this justification, grounded on the direct[Pg 171] interest which others have in each individual's observance of the practice, does not apply to the self-chosen occupations in which a person may think fit to employ his leisure; nor does it hold good, in the smallest degree, for legal restrictions on amusements. It is true that the amusement of some is the day's work of others; but the pleasure, not to say the useful recreation, of many, is worth the labour of a few, provided the occupation is freely chosen, and can be freely resigned. The operatives are perfectly right in thinking that if all worked on Sunday, seven days' work would have to be given for six days' wages: but so long as the great mass of employments are suspended, the small number who for the enjoyment of others must still work, obtain a proportional increase of earnings; and they are not obliged to follow those occupations, if they prefer leisure to emolument. If a further remedy is sought, it might be found in the establishment by custom of a holiday on some other day of the week for those particular classes of persons. The only ground, therefore, on which restrictions on Sunday amusements can be defended, must be that they are religiously wrong; a motive of legislation which never can be too earnestly protested against. "Deorum injuriæ Diis curæ." It remains to be proved that society[Pg 172] or any of its officers holds a commission from on high to avenge any supposed offence to Omnipotence, which is not also a wrong to our fellow-creatures. The notion that it is one man's duty that another should be religious, was the foundation of all the religious persecutions ever perpetrated, and if admitted, would fully justify them. Though the feeling which breaks out in the repeated attempts to stop railway travelling on Sunday, in the resistance to the opening of Museums, and the like, has not the cruelty of the old persecutors, the state of mind indicated by it is fundamentally the same. It is a determination not to tolerate others in doing what is permitted by their religion, because it is not permitted by the persecutor's religion. It is a belief that God not only abominates the act of the misbeliever, but will not hold us guiltless if we leave him unmolested.

Another key example of improper interference with an individual's rightful freedom, not just threatened but already implemented, is Sabbatarian legislation. It's clear that taking one day off each week from regular daily activities, as much as life allows, even though it doesn't religiously bind anyone except for Jews, is a beneficial custom. Because this practice relies on a collective agreement among the working population, it seems reasonable for the law to ensure that everyone respects this custom by pausing major industries on that specific day. However, this justification, based on the direct interest others have in an individual’s adherence to the custom, doesn’t apply to self-chosen activities during a person's free time, nor does it support legal restrictions on entertainment. It's true that some people's leisure activities become others' jobs, but the enjoyment—if not the constructive recreation—of many is worth the effort of a few, as long as those jobs are freely chosen and can be willingly given up. Workers are right to believe that if everyone worked on Sunday, they'd need to give seven days of work for just six days of pay. But as long as most jobs are on hold, those few who continue working for the enjoyment of others will get a fair increase in pay; and they are not forced to stay in those jobs if they prefer leisure over money. If a solution is sought, it might be achieved by establishing a holiday on another day of the week for specific groups. Therefore, the only valid reason to restrict Sunday entertainment is if it's considered religiously wrong, a motive for legislation that should be vehemently opposed. "Deorum injuriæ Diis curæ." It needs to be proven that society or any of its officials have the authority to punish any perceived offense to the Almighty, which isn't also a harm to our fellow humans. The idea that one person's duty is to ensure another's religiousness was the basis for all religious persecutions, and if accepted, would fully justify them. While the sentiment behind the repeated efforts to halt train service on Sundays and the opposition to opening museums resembles the old persecutors, the motivation behind it is fundamentally the same. It's a resolve not to allow others to do what their religion allows if it goes against the beliefs of the persecutors. It's a belief that God not only detests the actions of the non-believer but will not let us off the hook if we let them be.

I cannot refrain from adding to these examples of the little account commonly made of human liberty, the language of downright persecution which breaks out from the press of this country, whenever it feels called on to notice the remarkable phenomenon of Mormonism. Much might be said on the unexpected and instructive fact, that an alleged new revelation, and a religion founded[Pg 173] on it, the product of palpable imposture, not even supported by the prestige of extraordinary qualities in its founder, is believed by hundreds of thousands, and has been made the foundation of a society, in the age of newspapers, railways, and the electric telegraph. What here concerns us is, that this religion, like other and better religions, has its martyrs; that its prophet and founder was, for his teaching, put to death by a mob; that others of its adherents lost their lives by the same lawless violence; that they were forcibly expelled, in a body, from the country in which they first grew up; while, now that they have been chased into a solitary recess in the midst of a desert, many in this country openly declare that it would be right (only that it is not convenient) to send an expedition against them, and compel them by force to conform to the opinions of other people. The article of the Mormonite doctrine which is the chief provocative to the antipathy which thus breaks through the ordinary restraints of religious tolerance, is its sanction of polygamy; which, though permitted to Mahomedans, and Hindoos, and Chinese, seems to excite unquenchable animosity when practised by persons who speak English, and profess to be a kind of Christians. No one has a deeper disapprobation than I have[Pg 174] of this Mormon institution; both for other reasons, and because, far from being in any way countenanced by the principle of liberty, it is a direct infraction of that principle, being a mere riveting of the chains of one half of the community, and an emancipation of the other from reciprocity of obligation towards them. Still, it must be remembered that this relation is as much voluntary on the part of the women concerned in it, and who may be deemed the sufferers by it, as is the case with any other form of the marriage institution; and however surprising this fact may appear, it has its explanation in the common ideas and customs of the world, which teaching women to think marriage the one thing needful, make it intelligible that many a woman should prefer being one of several wives, to not being a wife at all. Other countries are not asked to recognise such unions, or release any portion of their inhabitants from their own laws on the score of Mormonite opinions. But when the dissentients have conceded to the hostile sentiments of others, far more than could justly be demanded; when they have left the countries to which their doctrines were unacceptable, and established themselves in a remote corner of the earth, which they have been the first to render habitable to human[Pg 175] beings; it is difficult to see on what principles but those of tyranny they can be prevented from living there under what laws they please, provided they commit no aggression on other nations, and allow perfect freedom of departure to those who are dissatisfied with their ways. A recent writer, in some respects of considerable merit, proposes (to use his own words), not a crusade, but a civilizade, against this polygamous community, to put an end to what seems to him a retrograde step in civilisation. It also appears so to me, but I am not aware that any community has a right to force another to be civilised. So long as the sufferers by the bad law do not invoke assistance from other communities, I cannot admit that persons entirely unconnected with them ought to step in and require that a condition of things with which all who are directly interested appear to be satisfied, should be put an end to because it is a scandal to persons some thousands of miles distant, who have no part or concern in it. Let them send missionaries, if they please, to preach against it; and let them, by any fair means (of which silencing the teachers is not one), oppose the progress of similar doctrines among their own people. If civilisation has got the better of barbarism when barbarism had the world to itself,[Pg 176] it is too much to profess to be afraid lest barbarism, after having been fairly got under, should revive and conquer civilisation. A civilisation that can thus succumb to its vanquished enemy, must first have become so degenerate, that neither its appointed priests and teachers, nor anybody else, has the capacity, or will take the trouble, to stand up for it. If this be so, the sooner such a civilisation receives notice to quit, the better. It can only go on from bad to worse, until destroyed and regenerated (like the Western Empire) by energetic barbarians.

I can’t help but point out the lack of respect often shown to human freedom by the harsh language that appears in the media of this country whenever it discusses the unusual situation of Mormonism. It’s surprising—and quite instructive—that a so-called new revelation and the religion based on it, which clearly seems to be a fraud and lacks any remarkable qualities in its founder, is believed by hundreds of thousands and has become the basis of a society in an age of newspapers, railways, and the electric telegraph. What matters here is that this religion, like other, more accepted faiths, has its martyrs; its prophet and founder was killed by a mob for his teachings; others among its followers also lost their lives to similar violence; they were forcefully expelled as a group from the country where they first originated; and now, after being driven into a lonely part of the desert, many people in this country openly say it would be right (if only it weren’t so inconvenient) to send a military expedition against them and force them to conform to the beliefs of others. The aspect of Mormon doctrine that most stirs such strong animosity, breaking through the usual boundaries of religious tolerance, is its acceptance of polygamy; which, although allowed for Muslims, Hindus, and Chinese, seems to spark unending resentment when practiced by English speakers who claim to follow a form of Christianity. I personally disapprove of this Mormon practice more than anyone else; not only for various other reasons but also because it is a clear violation of the principle of liberty, as it simply tightens the chains on half the community while freeing the other half from mutual responsibilities. However, it should be noted that this situation is just as voluntary for the women involved, who may be considered the ones suffering from it, as is any other type of marriage; and even though this might seem surprising, it makes sense within the typical ideas and customs of the world, which teach women to see marriage as the most essential thing, making it understandable that many women would rather be one of several wives than not be a wife at all. Other countries aren’t required to recognize these unions or exempt any of their citizens from their own laws because of Mormon beliefs. But when those who disagree have already conceded to the negative feelings of others—more than what could fairly be asked of them—when they have left the countries that didn’t accept their teachings and settled in a remote area that they’ve been the first to make livable, it’s hard to see on what basis other than tyranny they can be stopped from living there under whatever laws they choose, as long as they don’t infringe on other nations and allow complete freedom for anyone who wants to leave. A recent writer, who has merit in some ways, suggests (using his own words) not a crusade, but a “civilizade” against this polygamous community, to end what he sees as a backward step in civilization. I agree with him, but I don’t believe any community has the right to force another to become civilized. As long as those suffering under this unjust law don’t seek help from other communities, I can’t see why people who have nothing to do with them should step in and insist that a situation that seems to satisfy all directly involved should be ended just because it offends people thousands of miles away who have no stake in it. If they want to send missionaries to preach against it, they can; and they should use any fair means (but not by silencing the teachers) to counter such teachings among their own communities. If civilization triumphed over barbarism when barbarism had the world to itself, it’s too much to act as though we fear that once it has been overcome, barbarism might rise again and overpower civilization. A civilization that can fall prey to a defeated enemy must be so weakened that neither its designated leaders nor anyone else is willing or able to fight for it. If that’s the case, the sooner such a civilization is told to leave, the better. It can only continue to decline until it is destroyed and renewed (like the Western Empire) by vigorous barbarians.

FOOTNOTE:

[14] The case of the Bombay Parsees is a curious instance in point. When this industrious and enterprising tribe, the descendants of the Persian fire-worshippers, flying from their native country before the Caliphs, arrived in Western India, they were admitted to toleration by the Hindoo sovereigns, on condition of not eating beef. When those regions afterwards fell under the dominion of Mahomedan conquerors, the Parsees obtained from them a continuance of indulgence, on condition of refraining from pork. What was at first obedience to authority became a second nature, and the Parsees to this day abstain both from beef and pork. Though not required by their religion, the double abstinence has had time to grow into a custom of their tribe; and custom, in the East, is a religion.

[14] The case of the Bombay Parsees is a fascinating example. When this hardworking and ambitious community, the descendants of Persian fire-worshippers, fled their homeland before the Caliphs and arrived in Western India, they were allowed to live there by the Hindu kings as long as they didn't eat beef. Later, when those areas came under Muslim rule, the Parsees managed to secure the same privilege, provided they avoided pork. What started as compliance with authority became second nature, and to this day, the Parsees refrain from both beef and pork. Although their religion doesn’t require it, this dual abstinence has become a tradition within their community, and in the East, tradition is often as powerful as religion.


CHAPTER 5. Apps.

The principles asserted in these pages must be more generally admitted as the basis for discussion of details, before a consistent application of them to all the various departments of government and morals can be attempted with any prospect of advantage. The few observations I propose to make on questions of detail, are designed to illustrate the principles, rather than to follow them out to their consequences. I offer, not so much applications, as specimens of application; which may serve to bring into greater clearness the meaning and limits of the two maxims which together form the entire doctrine of this Essay, and to assist the judgment in holding the balance between them, in the cases where it appears doubtful which of them is applicable to the case.

The principles outlined in these pages need to be more widely accepted as the foundation for discussions about specific details before we can consistently apply them across all areas of government and ethics with any real benefit. The few points I plan to make about specific questions are meant to demonstrate the principles, rather than explore all their implications. I present not so much applications as examples of application, which may help clarify the meaning and limits of the two maxims that together make up the complete doctrine of this Essay, and to aid judgment in finding a balance between them in situations where it’s unclear which one applies.

The maxims are, first, that the individual is not accountable to society for his actions, in so far as[Pg 178] these concern the interests of no person but himself. Advice, instruction, persuasion, and avoidance by other people if thought necessary by them for their own good, are the only measures by which society can justifiably express its dislike or disapprobation of his conduct. Secondly, that for such actions as are prejudicial to the interests of others, the individual is accountable and may be subjected either to social or to legal punishments, if society is of opinion that the one or the other is requisite for its protection.

The principles are, first, that a person isn’t accountable to society for their actions as long as[Pg 178] they don’t affect anyone other than themselves. The only ways society can justifiably show its disapproval of such behavior are through advice, teaching, persuasion, or distancing themselves if they feel it’s necessary for their own well-being. Secondly, for actions that harm the interests of others, the individual is accountable and can face social or legal consequences if society believes that either is needed for its protection.

In the first place, it must by no means be supposed, because damage, or probability of damage, to the interests of others, can alone justify the interference of society, that therefore it always does justify such interference. In many cases, an individual, in pursuing a legitimate object, necessarily and therefore legitimately causes pain or loss to others, or intercepts a good which they had a reasonable hope of obtaining. Such oppositions of interest between individuals often arise from bad social institutions, but are unavoidable while those institutions last; and some would be unavoidable under any institutions. Whoever succeeds in an overcrowded profession, or in a competitive examination; whoever is preferred to another in any contest for an object[Pg 179] which both desire, reaps benefit from the loss of others, from their wasted exertion and their disappointment. But it is, by common admission, better for the general interest of mankind, that persons should pursue their objects undeterred by this sort of consequences. In other words, society admits no rights, either legal or moral, in the disappointed competitors, to immunity from this kind of suffering; and feels called on to interfere, only when means of success have been employed which it is contrary to the general interest to permit—namely, fraud or treachery, and force.

First of all, it should not be assumed that because harm, or the possibility of harm, to the interests of others can justify society's interference, it always does justify such interference. In many instances, an individual, while pursuing a legitimate goal, unwittingly and therefore legitimately causes pain or loss to others, or blocks a benefit that they had a reasonable expectation of obtaining. These conflicts of interest between individuals often stem from poor social systems, but they are unavoidable as long as those systems exist; and some would be unavoidable under any system. Whoever succeeds in a crowded profession, or in a competitive examination; whoever is chosen over another in any competition for a shared goal—benefits from the loss of others, from their wasted efforts and their disappointment. However, it is generally accepted that it is better for the overall well-being of humanity that individuals pursue their goals without being held back by this kind of impact. In other words, society acknowledges no rights, either legal or moral, for the disappointed competitors to be free from this kind of suffering; and it feels compelled to intervene only when means of success have been used that it is against the general interest to allow—namely, deceit or betrayal, and force.

Again, trade is a social act. Whoever undertakes to sell any description of goods to the public, does what affects the interest of other persons, and of society in general; and thus his conduct, in principle, comes within the jurisdiction of society: accordingly, it was once held to be the duty of governments, in all cases which were considered of importance, to fix prices, and regulate the processes of manufacture. But it is now recognised, though not till after a long struggle, that both the cheapness and the good quality of commodities are most effectually provided for by leaving the producers and sellers perfectly free, under the sole check of equal[Pg 180] freedom to the buyers for supplying themselves elsewhere. This is the so-called doctrine of Free Trade, which rests on grounds different from, though equally solid with, the principle of individual liberty asserted in this Essay. Restrictions on trade, or on production for purposes of trade, are indeed restraints; and all restraint, quâ restraint, is an evil: but the restraints in question affect only that part of conduct which society is competent to restrain, and are wrong solely because they do not really produce the results which it is desired to produce by them. As the principle of individual liberty is not involved in the doctrine of Free Trade, so neither is it in most of the questions which arise respecting the limits of that doctrine: as for example, what amount of public control is admissible for the prevention of fraud by adulteration; how far sanitary precautions, or arrangements to protect work-people employed in dangerous occupations, should be enforced on employers. Such questions involve considerations of liberty, only in so far as leaving people to themselves is always better, cæteris paribus, than controlling them: but that they may be legitimately controlled for these ends, is in principle undeniable. On the other hand, there are questions relating to interference with trade,[Pg 181] which are essentially questions of liberty; such as the Maine Law, already touched upon; the prohibition of the importation of opium into China; the restriction of the sale of poisons; all cases, in short, where the object of the interference is to make it impossible or difficult to obtain a particular commodity. These interferences are objectionable, not as infringements on the liberty of the producer or seller, but on that of the buyer.

Once again, trade is a social act. Anyone who sells any kind of goods to the public does something that impacts the interests of other people and society as a whole; therefore, their actions fall under society's rules. It was once thought that it was the government’s duty, in important cases, to set prices and manage manufacturing processes. However, it is now recognized—after a long struggle—that both affordable prices and high-quality goods are best achieved by allowing producers and sellers to operate freely, as long as buyers also have the equal right to find supplies elsewhere. This is the principle of Free Trade, which is based on different, yet equally strong, foundations as the principle of individual liberty explained in this Essay. Restrictions on trade or production aimed at trade are indeed limitations; and all limitations, simply as limitations, are harmful. However, these limitations only affect the part of conduct that society can actually regulate, and they are wrong simply because they fail to actually achieve the intended results. While the principle of individual liberty is not linked to the doctrine of Free Trade, it is also not relevant to most issues related to that doctrine's boundaries. For instance, how much public oversight is acceptable to prevent fraud through adulteration; how far should health safety measures or protections for workers in hazardous jobs be enforced upon employers? Such issues involve considerations of liberty only insofar as giving people their freedom is typically better, all other things being equal, than controlling them. Yet, it is undeniably valid in principle that they can be properly regulated for these purposes. On the flip side, there are issues concerning interference with trade, which are fundamentally issues of liberty; such as the Maine Law mentioned earlier, the ban on importing opium into China, and restrictions on selling poisons; in short, cases where the aim of the interference is to make it impossible or hard to obtain a specific good. These interferences are problematic, not because they violate the freedom of the producer or seller, but because they infringe on the freedom of the buyer.

One of these examples, that of the sale of poisons, opens a new question; the proper limits of what may be called the functions of police; how far liberty may legitimately be invaded for the prevention of crime, or of accident. It is one of the undisputed functions of government to take precautions against crime before it has been committed, as well as to detect and punish it afterwards. The preventive function of government, however, is far more liable to be abused, to the prejudice of liberty, than the punitory function; for there is hardly any part of the legitimate freedom of action of a human being which would not admit of being represented, and fairly too, as increasing the facilities for some form or other of delinquency. Nevertheless, if a public authority, or even a private person, sees any one[Pg 182] evidently preparing to commit a crime, they are not bound to look on inactive until the crime is committed, but may interfere to prevent it. If poisons were never bought or used for any purpose except the commission of murder, it would be right to prohibit their manufacture and sale. They may, however, be wanted not only for innocent but for useful purposes, and restrictions cannot be imposed in the one case without operating in the other. Again, it is a proper office of public authority to guard against accidents. If either a public officer or any one else saw a person attempting to cross a bridge which had been ascertained to be unsafe, and there were no time to warn him of his danger, they might seize him and turn him back, without any real infringement of his liberty; for liberty consists in doing what one desires, and he does not desire to fall into the river. Nevertheless, when there is not a certainty, but only a danger of mischief, no one but the person himself can judge of the sufficiency of the motive which may prompt him to incur the risk: in this case, therefore (unless he is a child, or delirious, or in some state of excitement or absorption incompatible with the full use of the reflecting faculty), he ought, I conceive, to be only warned of the danger; not forcibly prevented from[Pg 183] exposing himself to it. Similar considerations, applied to such a question as the sale of poisons, may enable us to decide which among the possible modes of regulation are or are not contrary to principle. Such a precaution, for example, as that of labelling the drug with some word expressive of its dangerous character, may be enforced without violation of liberty: the buyer cannot wish not to know that the thing he possesses has poisonous qualities. But to require in all cases the certificate of a medical practitioner, would make it sometimes impossible, always expensive, to obtain the article for legitimate uses. The only mode apparent to me, in which difficulties may be thrown in the way of crime committed through this means, without any infringement, worth taking into account, upon the liberty of those who desire the poisonous substance for other purposes, consists in providing what, in the apt language of Bentham, is called "preappointed evidence." This provision is familiar to every one in the case of contracts. It is usual and right that the law, when a contract is entered into, should require as the condition of its enforcing performance, that certain formalities should be observed, such as signatures, attestation of witnesses, and the like, in order that in case of subsequent dispute, there may be[Pg 184] evidence to prove that the contract was really entered into, and that there was nothing in the circumstances to render it legally invalid: the effect being, to throw great obstacles in the way of fictitious contracts, or contracts made in circumstances which, if known, would destroy their validity. Precautions of a similar nature might be enforced in the sale of articles adapted to be instruments of crime. The seller, for example, might be required to enter into a register the exact time of the transaction, the name and address of the buyer, the precise quality and quantity sold; to ask the purpose for which it was wanted, and record the answer he received. When there was no medical prescription, the presence of some third person might be required, to bring home the fact to the purchaser, in case there should afterwards be reason to believe that the article had been applied to criminal purposes. Such regulations would in general be no material impediment to obtaining the article, but a very considerable one to making an improper use of it without detection.

One example, the sale of poisons, raises a new question: what should the limits of police authority be? How much can personal freedom be legitimately restricted to prevent crime or accidents? It's clearly one of the government's roles to protect against crime before it happens, as well as to identify and punish it afterward. However, the government's preventive role is more likely to be misused and infringe on personal freedom compared to its punitive role; almost any legitimate freedom someone has could be seen as increasing the chances for some form of wrongdoing. Still, if a public authority, or even an individual, sees someone obviously getting ready to commit a crime, they aren't obligated to wait until the crime is done but can step in to stop it. If poisons were only ever bought or used to commit murder, it would make sense to ban their manufacture and sale. However, poisons can also be required for innocent or useful purposes, meaning that restrictions in one area would affect the other too. Furthermore, it's appropriate for authorities to prevent accidents. If a public official or anyone else saw someone trying to cross a bridge known to be unsafe and there wasn't time to warn them, they could grab the person and turn them back without really violating their freedom; after all, freedom means doing what one wants, and that person wouldn't want to fall into the river. However, when there's not a certainty but just a potential danger, only the individual can assess whether their reason for taking the risk is sufficient: in such a case (unless the person is a child, delusional, or in an excited state that impairs their judgment), they should just be warned of the danger—not forcibly stopped from exposing themselves to it. Similar reasoning can help us figure out which methods of regulating poison sales are or aren't against principle. For instance, requiring that the drug be labeled to indicate its dangerous nature can be enforced without infringing on freedom: the buyer won't want to be unaware that what they have is poisonous. But requiring a doctor's certificate in all cases would make it sometimes impossible and always costly to obtain the substance for legitimate reasons. The only way I can see to reduce crime related to this without making it too hard for those who want the poison for other purposes involves providing what Bentham described as "preappointed evidence." This concept is widely understood in contracts. It is standard and correct that the law should require certain formalities—like signatures and witness attestations—when a contract is made, so there's evidence to prove the contract actually happened and that nothing about the situation would make it legally invalid. This creates significant barriers against fake contracts or those formed under circumstances that would nullify them if known. Similar precautions could be put in place for selling items that could be used in crimes. For example, the seller could be required to log the exact time of the sale, the buyer's name and address, the specific type and amount sold; ask what the buyer intends to use it for, and document their response. If there’s no medical prescription, having a third party present could help establish the facts in case it's later believed the item was used for criminal activities. These regulations would generally not be a major barrier to acquiring the item but would significantly hinder its improper use without being detected.

The right inherent in society, to ward off crimes against itself by antecedent precautions, suggests the obvious limitations to the maxim, that purely self-regarding misconduct cannot properly be[Pg 185] meddled with in the way of prevention or punishment. Drunkenness, for example, in ordinary cases, is not a fit subject for legislative interference; but I should deem it perfectly legitimate that a person, who had once been convicted of any act of violence to others under the influence of drink, should be placed under a special legal restriction, personal to himself; that if he were afterwards found drunk, he should be liable to a penalty, and that if when in that state he committed another offence, the punishment to which he would be liable for that other offence should be increased in severity. The making himself drunk, in a person whom drunkenness excites to do harm to others, is a crime against others. So, again, idleness, except in a person receiving support from the public, or except when it constitutes a breach of contract, cannot without tyranny be made a subject of legal punishment; but if either from idleness or from any other avoidable cause, a man fails to perform his legal duties to others, as for instance to support his children, it is no tyranny to force him to fulfil that obligation, by compulsory labour, if no other means are available.

The right of society to prevent crimes against itself through prior precautions implies clear limitations to the idea that personal misconduct should not be interfered with for prevention or punishment. For instance, in usual cases, drunkenness isn't something lawmakers should interfere with; however, I believe it's completely reasonable for someone who has previously been convicted of a violent act while drunk to face specific legal restrictions that apply to them. If that person is found drunk again, they should face a penalty, and if they commit another offense while in that state, the punishment for that offense should be harsher. A person getting drunk who becomes a threat to others is committing a crime against them. Similarly, being idle, unless it’s someone relying on public support or breaching a contract, shouldn’t be punishable by law without it being oppressive. But if a person fails to fulfill their legal responsibilities to others—such as supporting their children—due to idleness or any other avoidable reason, it’s not oppressive to compel them to meet that obligation through forced labor, provided no other options are available.

Again, there are many acts which, being directly injurious only to the agents themselves, ought not to be legally interdicted, but which, if done[Pg 186] publicly, are a violation of good manners and coming thus within the category of offences against others may rightfully be prohibited. Of this kind are offences against decency; on which it is unnecessary to dwell, the rather as they are only connected indirectly with our subject, the objection to publicity being equally strong in the case of many actions not in themselves condemnable, nor supposed to be so.

Again, there are many actions that only harm the individuals involved and shouldn't be banned by law, but if they're done[Pg 186] publicly, they violate social norms and can justifiably be prohibited. This includes offenses against decency; we don't need to elaborate on this, especially since they are only indirectly related to our topic, as the objection to publicity is just as strong for many actions that are neither inherently wrong nor thought to be.

There is another question to which an answer must be found, consistent with the principles which have been laid down. In cases of personal conduct supposed to be blamable, but which respect for liberty precludes society from preventing or punishing, because the evil directly resulting falls wholly on the agent; what the agent is free to do, ought other persons to be equally free to counsel or instigate? This question is not free from difficulty. The case of a person who solicits another to do an act, is not strictly a case of self-regarding conduct. To give advice or offer inducements to any one, is a social act, and may therefore, like actions in general which affect others, be supposed amenable to social control. But a little reflection corrects the first impression, by showing that if the case is not strictly within the definition of individual liberty, yet the reasons[Pg 187] on which the principle of individual liberty is grounded, are applicable to it. If people must be allowed, in whatever concerns only themselves, to act as seems best to themselves at their own peril, they must equally be free to consult with one another about what is fit to be so done; to exchange opinions, and give and receive suggestions. Whatever it is permitted to do, it must be permitted to advise to do. The question is doubtful, only when the instigator derives a personal benefit from his advice; when he makes it his occupation, for subsistence or pecuniary gain, to promote what society and the state consider to be an evil. Then, indeed, a new element of complication is introduced; namely, the existence of classes of persons with an interest opposed to what is considered as the public weal, and whose mode of living is grounded on the counteraction of it. Ought this to be interfered with, or not? Fornication, for example, must be tolerated, and so must gambling; but should a person be free to be a pimp, or to keep a gambling-house? The case is one of those which lie on the exact boundary line between two principles, and it is not at once apparent to which of the two it properly belongs. There are arguments on both sides. On the side of toleration it may be said, that the fact[Pg 188] of following anything as an occupation, and living or profiting by the practice of it, cannot make that criminal which would otherwise be admissible; that the act should either be consistently permitted or consistently prohibited; that if the principles which we have hitherto defended are true, society has no business, as society, to decide anything to be wrong which concerns only the individual; that it cannot go beyond dissuasion, and that one person should be as free to persuade, as another to dissuade. In opposition to this it may be contended, that although the public, or the State, are not warranted in authoritatively deciding, for purposes of repression or punishment, that such or such conduct affecting only the interests of the individual is good or bad, they are fully justified in assuming, if they regard it as bad, that its being so or not is at least a disputable question: That, this being supposed, they cannot be acting wrongly in endeavouring to exclude the influence of solicitations which are not disinterested, of instigators who cannot possibly be impartial—who have a direct personal interest on one side, and that side the one which the State believes to be wrong, and who confessedly promote it for personal objects only. There can surely, it may be urged, be nothing lost, no sacrifice of good, by[Pg 189] so ordering matters that persons shall make their election, either wisely or foolishly, on their own prompting, as free as possible from the arts of persons who stimulate their inclinations for interested purposes of their own. Thus (it may be said) though the statutes respecting unlawful games are utterly indefensible—though all persons should be free to gamble in their own or each other's houses, or in any place of meeting established by their own subscriptions, and open only to the members and their visitors—yet public gambling-houses should not be permitted. It is true that the prohibition is never effectual, and that whatever amount of tyrannical power is given to the police, gambling-houses can always be maintained under other pretences; but they may be compelled to conduct their operations with a certain degree of secrecy and mystery, so that nobody knows anything about them but those who seek them; and more than this, society ought not to aim at. There is considerable force in these arguments; I will not venture to decide whether they are sufficient to justify the moral anomaly of punishing the accessary, when the principal is (and must be) allowed to go free; or fining or imprisoning the procurer, but not the fornicator, the gambling-house keeper, but not the gambler.[Pg 190] Still less ought the common operations of buying and selling to be interfered with on analogous grounds. Almost every article which is bought and sold may be used in excess, and the sellers have a pecuniary interest in encouraging that excess; but no argument can be founded on this, in favour, for instance, of the Maine Law; because the class of dealers in strong drinks, though interested in their abuse, are indispensably required for the sake of their legitimate use. The interest, however, of these dealers in promoting intemperance is a real evil, and justifies the State in imposing restrictions and requiring guarantees, which but for that justification would be infringements of legitimate liberty.

There’s another question that needs an answer, in line with the principles we’ve established. In situations where someone’s personal behavior is thought to be blameworthy, but respect for individual freedom prevents society from stopping or punishing them—because the harm falls entirely on the person—should others be equally free to advise or encourage that behavior? This question isn’t easy. When someone tries to persuade another to take action, it isn’t just about self-regarding behavior. Offering advice or incentives to someone is a social act, and, like any actions affecting others, could be subject to social oversight. However, some thought shows that while this situation might not fit neatly into the definition of individual freedom, the reasons supporting individual liberty still apply. If individuals should be allowed to act as they see fit in matters that concern only them and face the consequences, they should also be free to talk with each other about what should be done; to share opinions and offer suggestions. What’s allowed to be done should also be allowed to be advised. The question becomes complicated only when the advisor stands to gain personally from their advice; when they make a living promoting what society and the state see as wrong. This introduces a new complication: the existence of people whose interests conflict with what’s considered the public good, and who make a living by undermining it. Should this be interfered with or not? For instance, while fornication and gambling should be tolerated, should a person be free to be a pimp or run a gambling house? This situation lies at the boundary between two principles, and it’s not immediately clear which one it belongs to. There are arguments on both sides. In favor of toleration, one might argue that making something part of a profession and living off it doesn’t make it morally wrong if it could otherwise be acceptable; that the action should either consistently be allowed or consistently prohibited. If the principles we’ve defended are correct, society shouldn’t judge something to be wrong if it involves only the individual; they can only dissuade, and one person should be as free to persuade as another is to dissuade. On the other side, it could be claimed that while the public or the state can’t definitively decide if conduct affecting only the individual is good or bad for purposes of punishment, they’re justified in believing it’s a debatable issue if they see it as bad. If that assumption holds, they wouldn’t be wrong to work to limit the impact of solicitations that aren’t impartial, from instigators who have a personal stake on one side, which is the side the state believes is wrong, and who obviously promote it for their own gain. It could certainly be argued that no good is lost by arranging things so that people make choices, either wisely or foolishly, as freely as possible from the influence of those who excite their desires for personal gain. Thus, even if laws against illegal gambling are completely indefensible—because everyone should be free to gamble in their own or each other’s homes, or in any gathering space they create with their own funds, only open to members and their guests—public gambling establishments shouldn’t be allowed. It’s true that prohibition is never fully effective, and regardless of how much authority the police are given, gambling houses can always operate under other pretenses. But they can be forced to run their business with some secrecy so that only those who seek them out know about them; and that’s about as far as society should go. These arguments have substantial weight; I won’t attempt to decide if they are enough to justify the moral contradiction of punishing the accessory while the principal goes free, or of fining or imprisoning the facilitator, but not the fornicator, or the gambling house owner, but not the gambler. Still, the ordinary activities of buying and selling shouldn’t be interfered with on similar grounds. Almost anything that’s bought and sold can be overindulged in, and sellers have a financial interest in promoting that excess; but no argument can be made from this, for instance, in support of the Maine Law, because the dealers in strong drinks, despite being interested in their misuse, are essential for their legitimate use. The interest of these dealers in encouraging intemperance is a real problem, and it justifies the state in imposing restrictions and requiring assurances, which would otherwise be infringements on legitimate freedom.

A further question is, whether the State, while it permits, should nevertheless indirectly discourage conduct which it deems contrary to the best interests of the agent; whether, for example, it should take measures to render the means of drunkenness more costly, or add to the difficulty of procuring them, by limiting the number of the places of sale. On this as on most other practical questions, many distinctions require to be made. To tax stimulants for the sole purpose of making them more difficult to be obtained, is a measure differing only in degree from their entire [Pg 191]prohibition; and would be justifiable only if that were justifiable. Every increase of cost is a prohibition, to those whose means do not come up to the augmented price; and to those who do, it is a penalty laid on them for gratifying a particular taste. Their choice of pleasures, and their mode of expending their income, after satisfying their legal and moral obligations to the State and to individuals, are their own concern, and must rest with their own judgment. These considerations may seem at first sight to condemn the selection of stimulants as special subjects of taxation for purposes of revenue. But it must be remembered that taxation for fiscal purposes is absolutely inevitable; that in most countries it is necessary that a considerable part of that taxation should be indirect; that the State, therefore, cannot help imposing penalties, which to some persons may be prohibitory, on the use of some articles of consumption. It is hence the duty of the State to consider, in the imposition of taxes, what commodities the consumers can best spare; and à fortiori, to select in preference those of which it deems the use, beyond a very moderate quantity, to be positively injurious. Taxation, therefore, of stimulants, up to the point which produces the largest amount of revenue (supposing that the[Pg 192] State needs all the revenue which it yields) is not only admissible, but to be approved of.

Another question is whether the State, while allowing certain behaviors, should still indirectly discourage actions it believes go against the agent's best interests. For instance, should it take steps to make the means of getting drunk more expensive or make it harder to obtain them by limiting the number of places that sell alcohol? On this issue, as with many other practical matters, many distinctions need to be made. Taxing stimulants solely to make them harder to get is only a slight variation from outright prohibition and would only be justifiable if that prohibition is justifiable. Any increase in cost acts as a prohibition for those whose means don’t meet the higher price, and for those who can afford it, it's a penalty for indulging a particular preference. How individuals choose to enjoy their pleasures and spend their income, after fulfilling their legal and moral obligations to the State and others, is their own matter and should rely on their own judgment. At first glance, these ideas might seem to critique the targeting of stimulants for additional taxation for revenue purposes. However, it’s important to remember that taxation for fiscal needs is unavoidable; in many countries, a significant part of that taxation has to be indirect. Therefore, the State inevitably imposes penalties that may be prohibitive for some consumers on certain goods. Thus, it's the State's responsibility to consider which goods consumers can most afford to do without in setting taxes, and even more so, to prioritize those goods it believes to be harmful if used in excess. Hence, taxing stimulants up to the point that generates the maximum revenue (assuming the State needs all the revenue it collects) is not only acceptable but also advisable.

The question of making the sale of these commodities a more or less exclusive privilege, must be answered differently, according to the purposes to which the restriction is intended to be subservient. All places of public resort require the restraint of a police, and places of this kind peculiarly, because offences against society are especially apt to originate there. It is, therefore, fit to confine the power of selling these commodities (at least for consumption on the spot) to persons of known or vouched-for respectability of conduct; to make such regulations respecting hours of opening and closing as may be requisite for public surveillance, and to withdraw the licence if breaches of the peace repeatedly take place through the connivance or incapacity of the keeper of the house, or if it becomes a rendezvous for concocting and preparing offences against the law. Any further restriction I do not conceive to be, in principle, justifiable. The limitation in number, for instance, of beer and spirit-houses, for the express purpose of rendering them more difficult of access, and diminishing the occasions of temptation, not only exposes all to an inconvenience because there are some by whom the[Pg 193] facility would be abused, but is suited only to a state of society in which the labouring classes are avowedly treated as children or savages, and placed under an education of restraint, to fit them for future admission to the privileges of freedom. This is not the principle on which the labouring classes are professedly governed in any free country; and no person who sets due value on freedom will give his adhesion to their being so governed, unless after all efforts have been exhausted to educate them for freedom and govern them as freemen, and it has been definitively proved that they can only be governed as children. The bare statement of the alternative shows the absurdity of supposing that such efforts have been made in any case which needs be considered here. It is only because the institutions of this country are a mass of inconsistencies, that things find admittance into our practice which belong to the system of despotic, or what is called paternal, government, while the general freedom of our institutions precludes the exercise of the amount of control necessary to render the restraint of any real efficacy as a moral education.

The question of whether to make the sale of these goods an exclusive privilege needs to be answered differently, depending on what the restrictions are meant to achieve. All public places need some degree of oversight, especially because offenses against society are likely to occur there. Therefore, it makes sense to limit the power to sell these goods (at least for onsite consumption) to people with known or verified good character; to set rules about opening and closing hours for public safety; and to revoke the license if disturbances often happen due to the negligence or inability of the establishment’s owner, or if it becomes a meeting place for planning illegal activities. I don't believe any further restrictions can be justified in principle. For instance, limiting the number of pubs and bars to make them less accessible and reduce temptation not only inconveniences everyone, especially because some might misuse the access, but it also reflects a society that treats working-class people like children or savages, needing control before they can be trusted with freedom. This isn't how working-class people are meant to be governed in any free country; and no one who values freedom will support them being governed that way unless all efforts to educate them for freedom and govern them as equals have failed, and it has been definitively proven that they can only be governed as children. The mere mention of this alternative highlights the absurdity of thinking that such efforts have been made in any case we need to consider here. It’s only because our country's institutions are a jumble of contradictions that practices emerge that belong to a despotic, or so-called paternal, system while the overall freedom of our institutions prevents the level of control necessary for those restrictions to truly serve as effective moral education.

It was pointed out in an early part of this Essay, that the liberty of the individual, in things wherein the individual is alone concerned,[Pg 194] implies a corresponding liberty in any number of individuals to regulate by mutual agreement such things as regard them jointly, and regard no persons but themselves. This question presents no difficulty, so long as the will of all the persons implicated remains unaltered; but since that will may change, it is often necessary, even in things in which they alone are concerned, that they should enter into engagements with one another; and when they do, it is fit, as a general rule, that those engagements should be kept. Yet in the laws, probably, of every country, this general rule has some exceptions. Not only persons are not held to engagements which violate the rights of third parties, but it is sometimes considered a sufficient reason for releasing them from an engagement, that it is injurious to themselves. In this and most other civilised countries, for example, an engagement by which a person should sell himself, or allow himself to be sold, as a slave, would be null and void; neither enforced by law nor by opinion. The ground for thus limiting his power of voluntarily disposing of his own lot in life, is apparent, and is very clearly seen in this extreme case. The reason for not interfering, unless for the sake of others, with a person's voluntary acts, is consideration for his[Pg 195] liberty. His voluntary choice is evidence that what he so chooses is desirable, or at the least endurable, to him, and his good is on the whole best provided for by allowing him to take his own means of pursuing it. But by selling himself for a slave, he abdicates his liberty; he foregoes any future use of it, beyond that single act. He therefore defeats, in his own case, the very purpose which is the justification of allowing him to dispose of himself. He is no longer free; but is thenceforth in a position which has no longer the presumption in its favour, that would be afforded by his voluntarily remaining in it. The principle of freedom cannot require that he should be free not to be free. It is not freedom, to be allowed to alienate his freedom. These reasons, the force of which is so conspicuous in this peculiar case, are evidently of far wider application; yet a limit is everywhere set to them by the necessities of life, which continually require, not indeed that we should resign our freedom, but that we should consent to this and the other limitation of it. The principle, however, which demands uncontrolled freedom of action in all that concerns only the agents themselves, requires that those who have become bound to one another, in things which concern no third party, should be able to release[Pg 196] one another from the engagement: and even without such voluntary release, there are perhaps no contracts or engagements, except those that relate to money or money's worth, of which one can venture to say that there ought to be no liberty whatever of retractation. Baron Wilhelm von Humboldt, in the excellent essay from which I have already quoted, states it as his conviction, that engagements which involve personal relations or services, should never be legally binding beyond a limited duration of time; and that the most important of these engagements, marriage, having the peculiarity that its objects are frustrated unless the feelings of both the parties are in harmony with it, should require nothing more than the declared will of either party to dissolve it. This subject is too important, and too complicated, to be discussed in a parenthesis, and I touch on it only so far as is necessary for purposes of illustration. If the conciseness and generality of Baron Humboldt's dissertation had not obliged him in this instance to content himself with enunciating his conclusion without discussing the premises, he would doubtless have recognised that the question cannot be decided on grounds so simple as those to which he confines himself. When a person, either by express promise or by conduct, has[Pg 197] encouraged another to rely upon his continuing to act in a certain way—to build expectations and calculations, and stake any part of his plan of life upon that supposition, a new series of moral obligations arises on his part towards that person, which may possibly be overruled, but cannot be ignored. And again, if the relation between two contracting parties has been followed by consequences to others; if it has placed third parties in any peculiar position, or, as in the case of marriage, has even called third parties into existence, obligations arise on the part of both the contracting parties towards those third persons, the fulfilment of which, or at all events the mode of fulfilment, must be greatly affected by the continuance or disruption of the relation between the original parties to the contract. It does not follow, nor can I admit, that these obligations extend to requiring the fulfilment of the contract at all costs to the happiness of the reluctant party; but they are a necessary element in the question; and even if, as Von Humboldt maintains, they ought to make no difference in the legal freedom of the parties to release themselves from the engagement (and I also hold that they ought not to make much difference), they necessarily make a great difference in the moral[Pg 198] freedom. A person is bound to take all these circumstances into account, before resolving on a step which may affect such important interests of others; and if he does not allow proper weight to those interests, he is morally responsible for the wrong. I have made these obvious remarks for the better illustration of the general principle of liberty, and not because they are at all needed on the particular question, which, on the contrary, is usually discussed as if the interest of children was everything, and that of grown persons nothing.

It was mentioned earlier in this Essay that an individual's freedom in matters concerning only themselves[Pg 194] implies a similar freedom for any number of individuals to agree together on issues that affect them collectively, considering no one else. This issue poses no challenges as long as the will of everyone involved remains unchanged; however, since that will can change, it's often necessary for individuals to make agreements with each other, even for matters that only concern themselves. When they do this, it's generally appropriate that those agreements be honored. Yet, in the laws of almost every country, this rule has its exceptions. Not only are individuals not bound to agreements that violate the rights of others, but it’s sometimes viewed as a valid reason to release them from an agreement if it's harmful to them. In this and many other civilized countries, for example, an agreement where a person sells themselves or agrees to be sold as a slave would be invalid; it wouldn’t be enforced by law or social opinion. The rationale for limiting a person's ability to freely decide their own fate is clear, especially in this extreme situation. The reason for not intervening, unless to protect others, with a person's voluntary actions is respect for their[Pg 195] freedom. Their voluntary choice demonstrates that what they choose is either desirable or, at the very least, tolerable to them, and their well-being is best served by allowing them to pursue it on their own terms. However, by selling themselves into slavery, they give up their freedom; they forfeit any future use of it beyond that one act. In doing so, they undermine the very rationale that justifies allowing them to decide for themselves. They are no longer free and find themselves in a state that no longer carries the automatic assumption of benefit, like their voluntary choice would. The principle of freedom cannot demand that they should be free to relinquish their freedom. It’s not true freedom if they can trade away their freedom. The reasons that are so evident in this specific case have broader implications; yet a limit is always imposed by life’s necessities, which constantly require that we not necessarily surrender our freedom, but agree to various restrictions on it. The principle that demands unrestricted freedom of action in matters that concern only the involved parties requires that those who have committed to each other in matters that don't involve outside parties should be able to free[Pg 196] each other from their agreement: and even without such mutual release, there may be no contracts or agreements, except those related to money or its equivalent, where one can confidently assert that there should be no freedom to retract. Baron Wilhelm von Humboldt, in the excellent essay I’ve quoted previously, expresses his belief that agreements involving personal relations or services should never be legally binding for more than a limited time; and that marriage, being particularly unique since its success relies on both parties being in agreement, should dissolve with nothing more than the expressed will of either party. This matter is too significant and complicated to be adequately discussed in a footnote, and I only bring it up to illustrate my point. Had Baron Humboldt not been constrained by the brevity and generality of his essay, he would likely acknowledge that the issue cannot be settled on such simple grounds as he suggests. When someone, either through explicit promise or by action, has[Pg 197] led another to depend on them continuing to act in a certain manner—building expectations and plans based on that assumption—a new set of moral obligations arises towards that person, which may be overridden, but cannot be dismissed. Moreover, if the relationship between two contracting parties leads to consequences for others, if it creates a special situation for third parties, or even, as in the case of marriage, brings third parties into existence, obligations emerge for both contracting parties towards those third parties, the fulfillment of which, or at least the manner of fulfillment, is significantly influenced by whether the original parties continue or end their relationship. It does not necessarily mean, nor can I agree, that these obligations require the fulfillment of the contract at the expense of the happiness of the unwilling party; however, they are an essential part of the equation. Even if, as Von Humboldt argues, these obligations should not impact the legal freedom of the parties to release themselves from the agreement (and I also believe they shouldn’t make much difference), they clearly change the moral[Pg 198] freedom. A person must consider all these circumstances before taking a step that may affect significant interests of others; if they fail to weigh those interests properly, they are morally accountable for the harm they cause. I’ve made these obvious points to better illustrate the general principle of liberty, not because they are needed for the specific question, which is usually discussed as if the interests of children are all that matters, while the interests of adults are trivial.

I have already observed that, owing to the absence of any recognised general principles, liberty is often granted where it should be withheld, as well as withheld where it should be granted; and one of the cases in which, in the modern European world, the sentiment of liberty is the strongest, is a case where, in my view, it is altogether misplaced. A person should be free to do as he likes in his own concerns; but he ought not to be free to do as he likes in acting for another, under the pretext that the affairs of another are his own affairs. The State, while it respects the liberty of each in what specially regards himself, is bound to maintain a vigilant control over his exercise of any power which it allows him to possess over others. This[Pg 199] obligation is almost entirely disregarded in the case of the family relations, a case, in its direct influence on human happiness, more important than all others taken together. The almost despotic power of husbands over wives need not be enlarged upon here because nothing more is needed for the complete removal of the evil, than that wives should have the same rights, and should receive the protection of law in the same manner, as all other persons; and because, on this subject, the defenders of established injustice do not avail themselves of the plea of liberty, but stand forth openly as the champions of power. It is in the case of children, that misapplied notions of liberty are a real obstacle to the fulfilment by the State of its duties. One would almost think that a man's children were supposed to be literally, and not metaphorically, a part of himself, so jealous is opinion of the smallest interference of law with his absolute and exclusive control over them; more jealous than of almost any interference with his own freedom of action: so much less do the generality of mankind value liberty than power. Consider, for example, the case of education. Is it not almost a self-evident axiom, that the State should require and compel the education, up to a certain standard, of every human being who is born its[Pg 200] citizen? Yet who is there that is not afraid to recognise and assert this truth? Hardly any one indeed will deny that it is one of the most sacred duties of the parents (or, as law and usage now stand, the father), after summoning a human being into the world, to give to that being an education fitting him to perform his part well in life towards others and towards himself. But while this is unanimously declared to be the father's duty, scarcely anybody, in this country, will bear to hear of obliging him to perform it. Instead of his being required to make any exertion or sacrifice for securing education to the child, it is left to his choice to accept it or not when it is provided gratis! It still remains unrecognised, that to bring a child into existence without a fair prospect of being able, not only to provide food for its body, but instruction and training for its mind, is a moral crime, both against the unfortunate offspring and against society; and that if the parent does not fulfil this obligation, the State ought to see it fulfilled, at the charge, as far as possible, of the parent.

I've noticed that, because there are no clear general principles, liberty is often given when it should be denied, and denied when it should be given. One of the areas where the idea of liberty is most strongly felt in modern Europe is, in my opinion, completely misplaced. A person should be free to manage their own affairs, but they shouldn't be free to act on behalf of someone else, pretending that someone else's concerns are also theirs. The State, while respecting individual liberty in personal matters, has a duty to maintain strict control over any power it allows individuals to wield over others. This obligation is largely ignored in family relationships, which directly influence human happiness more than any other aspect. The near-absolute power husbands hold over their wives doesn't need further explanation; to eliminate this issue, wives simply need to have the same rights and legal protections as everyone else, and defenders of this inequality don't use the argument of liberty but instead openly support their dominance. The real problem with misapplied concepts of liberty arises when it comes to children, which impede the State's responsibility. It’s almost as if people think a man's children are literally a part of him, leading to a strong aversion to any legal interference in his complete and exclusive control over them—more so than they feel about interference in their own freedom. This shows how much less people generally value liberty compared to power. For instance, think about education. Isn’t it almost obvious that the State should require and ensure that every person born within its borders gets an education up to a certain standard? Yet, how many are willing to admit and state this truth? Very few would deny that it’s one of the most important duties of parents (or, under current laws, primarily the father) to provide a suitable education for the child they brought into the world, preparing them to effectively function in society and for themselves. However, while this duty is widely accepted, almost no one in this country is comfortable with the idea of making the father fulfill it. Instead of being required to put in effort or make sacrifices to ensure the child gets an education, it’s left up to him to decide if he wants to take advantage of free education when it’s offered! It remains unacknowledged that bringing a child into the world without a reasonable chance of being able to provide not just basic necessities but also education and guidance is a moral wrongdoing—both against the unfortunate child and society at large. If a parent fails in this duty, the State should step in to fulfill it, with the parent covering the costs as much as possible.

Were the duty of enforcing universal education once admitted, there would be an end to the difficulties about what the State should teach, and how it should teach, which now convert the subject into a mere battle-field for sects and[Pg 201] parties, causing the time and labour which should have been spent in educating, to be wasted in quarrelling about education. If the government would make up its mind to require for every child a good education, it might save itself the trouble of providing one. It might leave to parents to obtain the education where and how they pleased, and content itself with helping to pay the school fees of the poorer class of children, and defraying the entire school expenses of those who have no one else to pay for them. The objections which are urged with reason against State education, do not apply to the enforcement of education by the State, but to the State's taking upon itself to direct that education; which is a totally different thing. That the whole or any large part of the education of the people should be in State hands, I go as far as any one in deprecating. All that has been said of the importance of individuality of character, and diversity in opinions and modes of conduct, involves, as of the same unspeakable importance, diversity of education. A general State education is a mere contrivance for moulding people to be exactly like one another; and as the mould in which it casts them is that which pleases the predominant power in the government, whether this be a monarch, a priesthood, an aristocracy, or the[Pg 202] majority of the existing generation, in proportion as it is efficient and successful, it establishes a despotism over the mind, leading by natural tendency to one over the body. An education established and controlled by the State, should only exist, if it exist at all, as one among many competing experiments, carried on for the purpose of example and stimulus, to keep the others up to a certain standard of excellence. Unless, indeed, when society in general is in so backward a state that it could not or would not provide for itself any proper institutions of education, unless the government undertook the task; then, indeed, the government may, as the less of two great evils, take upon itself the business of schools and universities, as it may that of joint stock companies, when private enterprise, in a shape fitted for undertaking great works of industry, does not exist in the country. But in general, if the country contains a sufficient number of persons qualified to provide education under government auspices, the same persons would be able and willing to give an equally good education on the voluntary principle, under the assurance of remuneration afforded by a law rendering education compulsory, combined with State aid to those unable to defray the expense.

If the government took on the responsibility of ensuring universal education, it would eliminate the current debates about what should be taught and how, which have turned the topic into a battleground for different groups and[Pg 201] parties. This conflict wastes the time and effort that should be focused on actual education. If the government decided to require a good education for every child, it could save itself the hassle of providing that education. It could allow parents to choose how and where to educate their children, while just helping to cover the school fees for lower-income families and fully funding schooling for those without financial support. The reasonable objections made against state-run education don't apply to the enforcement of education by the state, but rather to the state's control over that education, which is a different issue altogether. I'm as critical as anyone about the government managing the education of the entire population or a large portion of it. The emphasis on the importance of individual character and diversity in beliefs and behaviors similarly highlights the need for a variety of educational approaches. A broad state education system is just a way to mold everyone into being the same; and since the way it shapes individuals will reflect the preferences of the dominant authority in government—be it a monarch, clergy, aristocracy, or the[Pg 202] majority—it risks creating a mental tyranny that can lead to physical oppression. State-run education should only exist as one of several competing options, serving as an example and motivation to maintain high standards among other educational methods. Unless society is so underdeveloped that it can't establish appropriate educational institutions without government support, then the government may assume responsibility for schools and universities as the lesser of two evils, similar to how it might manage joint stock companies in the absence of capable private initiatives. However, generally speaking, if the country has enough qualified individuals to provide education supported by the government, those same individuals would likely be able to offer equally good education voluntarily, so long as education is made compulsory by law, along with state assistance for those who can't afford it.

The instrument for enforcing the law could be no other than public examinations, extending to all children, and beginning at an early age. An age might be fixed at which every child must be examined, to ascertain if he (or she) is able to read. If a child proves unable, the father, unless he has some sufficient ground of excuse, might be subjected to a moderate fine, to be worked out, if necessary, by his labour, and the child might be put to school at his expense. Once in every year the examination should be renewed, with a gradually extending range of subjects, so as to make the universal acquisition, and what is more, retention, of a certain minimum of general knowledge, virtually compulsory. Beyond that minimum, there should be voluntary examinations on all subjects, at which all who come up to a certain standard of proficiency might claim a certificate. To prevent the State from exercising, through these arrangements, an improper influence over opinion, the knowledge required for passing an examination (beyond the merely instrumental parts of knowledge, such as languages and their use) should, even in the higher class of examinations, be confined to facts and positive science exclusively. The examinations on religion, politics, or other disputed topics, should not turn on the[Pg 204] truth or falsehood of opinions, but on the matter of fact that such and such an opinion is held, on such grounds, by such authors, or schools, or churches. Under this system, the rising generation would be no worse off in regard to all disputed truths, than they are at present; they would be brought up either churchmen or dissenters as they now are, the state merely taking care that they should be instructed churchmen, or instructed dissenters. There would be nothing to hinder them from being taught religion, if their parents chose, at the same schools where they were taught other things. All attempts by the state to bias the conclusions of its citizens on disputed subjects, are evil; but it may very properly offer to ascertain and certify that a person possesses the knowledge, requisite to make his conclusions, on any given subject, worth attending to. A student of philosophy would be the better for being able to stand an examination both in Locke and in Kant, whichever of the two he takes up with, or even if with neither: and there is no reasonable objection to examining an atheist in the evidences of Christianity, provided he is not required to profess a belief in them. The examinations, however, in the higher branches of knowledge should, I conceive, be entirely voluntary. It would be giving[Pg 205] too dangerous a power to governments, were they allowed to exclude any one from professions, even from the profession of teacher, for alleged deficiency of qualifications: and I think, with Wilhelm von Humboldt, that degrees, or other public certificates of scientific or professional acquirements, should be given to all who present themselves for examination, and stand the test; but that such certificates should confer no advantage over competitors, other than the weight which may be attached to their testimony by public opinion.

The way to enforce the law should be through public examinations for all children, starting at an early age. A specific age could be set for when every child must be tested to see if they can read. If a child cannot read, their parent might be fined, unless they have a valid reason, and the parent could work off the fine if necessary. The child could then be sent to school at their parent’s expense. The exam should happen every year, covering a wider range of subjects each time, making sure everyone acquires and retains a certain basic level of general knowledge. Beyond that basic level, there could be optional exams on various subjects, allowing those who reach a certain proficiency to receive a certificate. To avoid the State from improperly influencing opinions through these exams, the knowledge needed to pass (beyond basic skills like language) should only include facts and empirical science, even in higher-level exams. The exams on religion, politics, or other debated topics should focus on whether specific opinions are held by certain authors, schools, or churches, rather than judging the truth of those opinions. With this system, the next generation would be just as informed about debated truths as they are now; they would be raised either in the church or as dissenters, with the state ensuring they are knowledgeable in whichever belief they follow. There would be no barrier to teaching them religion in the same schools where they learn other subjects if their parents wish that. Any attempts by the state to sway people's views on disputed issues are harmful, but it can appropriately verify and certify that someone has the knowledge necessary for their opinions on a topic to be taken seriously. A philosophy student would benefit from taking exams in both Locke and Kant, regardless of which one they choose to focus on, or even if they focus on neither. It’s reasonable to examine an atheist on the evidence for Christianity, as long as they aren’t required to believe it. However, exams in advanced knowledge should be entirely voluntary. It would be too risky to give governments the power to exclude anyone from professions, even teaching, based on claimed lack of qualifications. I agree with Wilhelm von Humboldt that everyone who passes an exam should receive degrees or certificates of their scientific or professional skills, but these should not give them an edge over competitors, only the value that public opinion assigns to their credentials.

It is not in the matter of education only, that misplaced notions of liberty prevent moral obligations on the part of parents from being recognised, and legal obligations from being imposed, where there are the strongest grounds for the former always, and in many cases for the latter also. The fact itself, of causing the existence of a human being, is one of the most responsible actions in the range of human life. To undertake this responsibility—to bestow a life which may be either a curse or a blessing—unless the being on whom it is to be bestowed will have at least the ordinary chances of a desirable existence, is a crime against that being. And in a country either over-peopled, or threatened with being so, to produce children, beyond a very small number,[Pg 206] with the effect of reducing the reward of labour by their competition, is a serious offence against all who live by the remuneration of their labour. The laws which, in many countries on the Continent, forbid marriage unless the parties can show that they have the means of supporting a family, do not exceed the legitimate powers of the state: and whether such laws be expedient or not (a question mainly dependent on local circumstances and feelings), they are not objectionable as violations of liberty. Such laws are interferences of the state to prohibit a mischievous act—an act injurious to others, which ought to be a subject of reprobation, and social stigma, even when it is not deemed expedient to superadd legal punishment. Yet the current ideas of liberty, which bend so easily to real infringements of the freedom of the individual, in things which concern only himself, would repel the attempt to put any restraint upon his inclinations when the consequence of their indulgence is a life, or lives, of wretchedness and depravity to the offspring, with manifold evils to those sufficiently within reach to be in any way affected by their actions. When we compare the strange respect of mankind for liberty, with their strange want of respect for it, we might imagine that a man had an indispensable[Pg 207] right to do harm to others, and no right at all to please himself without giving pain to any one.

It's not just about education that misguided ideas of freedom prevent parents from recognizing their moral responsibilities or having legal obligations enforced, especially when there are strong reasons for both. The act of bringing a human life into existence is one of the most accountable actions a person can take. To take on this responsibility—granting life that could be either a burden or a blessing—without ensuring that the individual will at least have a fair chance at a decent life is a crime against that person. In a country that is either overpopulated or at risk of becoming so, having more children than a very small number, which then lowers the value of labor due to competition, is a serious wrongdoing against those who depend on the earnings from their work. The laws in many European countries that prohibit marriage unless couples can prove they can support a family do not exceed the proper authority of the state. Regardless of whether these laws are practical or not—something that largely hinges on local conditions and sentiments—they don't violate liberty. These laws are the government stepping in to prevent a harmful act—something that negatively impacts others and should be condemned and socially shunned, even if legal penalties aren’t deemed necessary. However, the prevailing opinions on freedom, which easily overlook actual infringements on individual liberties concerning personal matters, would reject the idea of placing any restrictions on a person's desires when the result could be a life, or lives, filled with misery and degradation for the children, causing numerous problems for those affected by their actions. When we look at the odd deference people have toward freedom alongside their equally odd lack of respect for it, one might think that a person has an essential right to harm others while having no right to seek their own happiness without inflicting pain on anyone else.

I have reserved for the last place a large class of questions respecting the limits of government interference, which, though closely connected with the subject of this Essay, do not, in strictness, belong to it. These are cases in which the reasons against interference do not turn upon the principle of liberty: the question is not about restraining the actions of individuals, but about helping them: it is asked whether the government should do, or cause to be done, something for their benefit, instead of leaving it to be done by themselves, individually, or in voluntary combination.

I have saved for last a broad group of questions regarding the boundaries of government involvement, which, although closely related to the topic of this Essay, don't strictly belong to it. These cases involve situations where the arguments against interference aren't based on the principle of liberty: the issue isn't about limiting individual actions, but about assisting them. The question is whether the government should take action or facilitate something for their benefit, rather than allowing individuals or voluntary groups to handle it themselves.

The objections to government interference, when it is not such as to involve infringement of liberty, may be of three kinds.

The objections to government intervention, when it doesn't violate freedom, can be categorized into three types.

The first is, when the thing to be done is likely to be better done by individuals than by the government. Speaking generally, there is no one so fit to conduct any business, or to determine how or by whom it shall be conducted, as those who are personally interested in it. This principle condemns the interferences, once so common, of the legislature, or the officers of government, with the ordinary processes of industry. But this part of the subject has been sufficiently enlarged upon[Pg 208] by political economists, and is not particularly related to the principles of this Essay.

The first point is that some tasks are likely to be handled better by individuals than by the government. Generally speaking, no one is more qualified to manage any business or decide how it should be run than those who have a personal stake in it. This principle criticizes the interventions, once very common, of the legislature or government officials into the normal processes of industry. However, this aspect has been thoroughly discussed[Pg 208] by political economists and isn't directly related to the principles of this Essay.

The second objection is more nearly allied to our subject. In many cases, though individuals may not do the particular thing so well, on the average, as the officers of government, it is nevertheless desirable that it should be done by them, rather than by the government, as a means to their own mental education—a mode of strengthening their active faculties, exercising their judgment, and giving them a familiar knowledge of the subjects with which they are thus left to deal. This is a principal, though not the sole, recommendation of jury trial (in cases not political); of free and popular local and municipal institutions; of the conduct of industrial and philanthropic enterprises by voluntary associations. These are not questions of liberty, and are connected with that subject only by remote tendencies; but they are questions of development. It belongs to a different occasion from the present to dwell on these things as parts of national education; as being, in truth, the peculiar training of a citizen, the practical part of the political education of a free people, taking them out of the narrow circle of personal and family selfishness, and accustoming them to the comprehension of[Pg 209] joint interests, the management of joint concerns—habituating them to act from public or semi-public motives, and guide their conduct by aims which unite instead of isolating them from one another. Without these habits and powers, a free constitution can neither be worked nor preserved, as is exemplified by the too-often transitory nature of political freedom in countries where it does not rest upon a sufficient basis of local liberties. The management of purely local business by the localities, and of the great enterprises of industry by the union of those who voluntarily supply the pecuniary means, is further recommended by all the advantages which have been set forth in this Essay as belonging to individuality of development, and diversity of modes of action. Government operations tend to be everywhere alike. With individuals and voluntary associations, on the contrary, there are varied experiments, and endless diversity of experience. What the State can usefully do, is to make itself a central depository, and active circulator and diffuser, of the experience resulting from many trials. Its business is to enable each experimentalist to benefit by the experiments of others, instead of tolerating no experiments but its own.

The second objection is more closely related to our topic. In many cases, while individuals might not perform certain tasks as well, on average, as government officials, it's still better for them to do it themselves rather than having the government take over. This serves as a way for individuals to educate themselves—strengthening their active skills, exercising their judgment, and gaining a practical understanding of the topics they handle. This is a key, though not the only, benefit of jury trials (in non-political cases), free and popular local governments, and the management of industrial and charitable projects by volunteer groups. These issues aren't about liberty but are connected to it in a more indirect way; they are development issues. It’s not the time to discuss how these elements contribute to national education; they form part of the essential training for citizens, which is the practical aspect of the political education of a free society. They help people move beyond their personal and family self-interest and get used to understanding shared interests and managing collective efforts—encouraging them to act based on public or semi-public motivations and to direct their actions towards goals that bring them together rather than separate them. Without these habits and skills, a free constitution cannot function or be sustained, as seen by the often short-lived nature of political freedom in places where it lacks a solid foundation of local liberties. Managing local issues by the local community and large industrial projects through the collaboration of those who choose to provide financial support is further justified by all the benefits discussed in this Essay related to individuality of growth and diversity of approaches. Government actions tend to be uniform everywhere. In contrast, individuals and voluntary groups can conduct various experiments and create endless diversity in experience. What the State should do is act as a central hub for collecting, circulating, and sharing the knowledge gained from many trials. Its role is to allow each experimenter to learn from the experiences of others instead of allowing only its own experiments.

The third, and most cogent reason for restricting[Pg 210] the interference of government, is the great evil of adding unnecessarily to its power. Every function superadded to those already exercised by the government, causes its influence over hopes and fears to be more widely diffused, and converts, more and more, the active and ambitious part of the public into hangers-on of the government, or of some party which aims at becoming the government. If the roads, the railways, the banks, the insurance offices, the great joint-stock companies, the universities, and the public charities, were all of them branches of the government; if, in addition, the municipal corporations and local boards, with all that now devolves on them, became departments of the central administration; if the employés of all these different enterprises were appointed and paid by the government, and looked to the government for every rise in life; not all the freedom of the press and popular constitution of the legislature would make this or any other country free otherwise than in name. And the evil would be greater, the more efficiently and scientifically the administrative machinery was constructed—the more skilful the arrangements for obtaining the best qualified hands and heads with which to work it. In England it has of late been proposed that all the members of the civil[Pg 211] service of government should be selected by competitive examination, to obtain for those employments the most intelligent and instructed persons procurable; and much has been said and written for and against this proposal. One of the arguments most insisted on by its opponents, is that the occupation of a permanent official servant of the State does not hold out sufficient prospects of emolument and importance to attract the highest talents, which will always be able to find a more inviting career in the professions, or in the service of companies and other public bodies. One would not have been surprised if this argument had been used by the friends of the proposition, as an answer to its principal difficulty. Coming from the opponents it is strange enough. What is urged as an objection is the safety-valve of the proposed system. If indeed all the high talent of the country could be drawn into the service of the government, a proposal tending to bring about that result might well inspire uneasiness. If every part of the business of society which required organised concert, or large and comprehensive views, were in the hands of the government, and if government offices were universally filled by the ablest men, all the enlarged culture and practised intelligence in the country, except the purely[Pg 212] speculative, would be concentrated in a numerous bureaucracy, to whom alone the rest of the community would look for all things: the multitude for direction and dictation in all they had to do; the able and aspiring for personal advancement. To be admitted into the ranks of this bureaucracy, and when admitted, to rise therein, would be the sole objects of ambition. Under this régime, not only is the outside public ill-qualified, for want of practical experience, to criticise or check the mode of operation of the bureaucracy, but even if the accidents of despotic or the natural working of popular institutions occasionally raise to the summit a ruler or rulers of reforming inclinations, no reform can be effected which is contrary to the interest of the bureaucracy. Such is the melancholy condition of the Russian empire, as is shown in the accounts of those who have had sufficient opportunity of observation. The Czar himself is powerless against the bureaucratic body; he can send any one of them to Siberia, but he cannot govern without them, or against their will. On every decree of his they have a tacit veto, by merely refraining from carrying it into effect. In countries of more advanced civilisation and of a more insurrectionary spirit, the public, accustomed to expect everything to be done for them by the[Pg 213] State, or at least to do nothing for themselves without asking from the State not only leave to do it, but even how it is to be done, naturally hold the State responsible for all evil which befalls them, and when the evil exceeds their amount of patience, they rise against the government and make what is called a revolution; whereupon somebody else, with or without legitimate authority from the nation, vaults into the seat, issues his orders to the bureaucracy, and everything goes on much as it did before; the bureaucracy being unchanged, and nobody else being capable of taking their place.

The third and most convincing reason for limiting government interference is the significant problem of unnecessarily increasing its power. Every new function added to those already handled by the government spreads its influence over people's hopes and fears more broadly and increasingly turns the active and ambitious members of society into dependents of the government or of any group seeking to become the government. If roads, railways, banks, insurance companies, large joint-stock firms, universities, and public charities were all branches of the government; if, in addition, municipal corporations and local boards, along with all their current responsibilities, became parts of the central administration; if employees of all these various enterprises were appointed and paid by the government and looked to it for every opportunity for advancement; then, regardless of how free the press was or how democratic the legislature appeared, this or any other country would not be free in any meaningful sense. The problem would only worsen the more effectively and scientifically the administrative system was set up—the better the arrangements for securing the most qualified individuals to run it. Recently, there has been a proposal in England to have all members of the civil service selected through competitive exams to attract the most intelligent and knowledgeable people for these positions; and there has been extensive debate for and against this idea. One of the main arguments against it is that being a permanent official in the State doesn’t offer enough potential for income and significance to entice the highest talent, which will always find more appealing careers in professions or in service to companies and other public entities. It would be understandable if supporters of the proposal used this argument to address its main challenge. However, it's surprising to hear it from the opponents. What they consider an objection is actually a safety mechanism of the proposed system. If all of the country's top talent could be drawn into government service, a proposal that aimed for that outcome could indeed cause concern. If every aspect of societal operation that required organized cooperation or wide-ranging perspectives were controlled by the government, and if government positions were entirely held by the most capable individuals, then all the broader culture and experienced intelligence in the country, except for those engaged in purely speculative work, would be concentrated in a large bureaucracy, which the rest of society would rely on for everything: the masses would look for guidance and orders for their actions; the capable and ambitious would seek personal advancement. Gaining entry into this bureaucracy and climbing the ranks would become the sole aspirations. Under such a regime, not only would the general public lack the practical experience necessary to critique or oversee the bureaucratic operations, but even if, by chance, despotic incidents or the natural functioning of democratic institutions occasionally elevate a leader with reformist intentions, no reforms contrary to the interests of the bureaucracy could be enacted. This reflects the disheartening state of the Russian empire, as illustrated by accounts from those who have had ample opportunity to observe it. The Czar himself is powerless against the bureaucratic elite; he can exile any one of them to Siberia, but he cannot govern without them, or against their wishes. They effectively have a silent veto over every decree by simply choosing not to implement it. In more developed societies with a stronger inclination toward uprisings, the public, accustomed to having everything done for them by the State or at least expecting to do nothing without first getting permission from the State—not only for permission but for guidance on how to do it—naturally hold the State accountable for all the misfortunes they face. When these misfortunes exceed their patience, they revolt against the government, leading to what is termed a revolution; then someone else, with or without the nation’s legitimate authority, takes over, issues directives to the bureaucracy, and everything proceeds much as it did before, with the bureaucracy remaining unchanged and no one else available to take their place.

A very different spectacle is exhibited among a people accustomed to transact their own business. In France, a large part of the people having been engaged in military service, many of whom have held at least the rank of non-commissioned officers, there are in every popular insurrection several persons competent to take the lead, and improvise some tolerable plan of action. What the French are in military affairs, the Americans are in every kind of civil business; let them be left without a government, every body of Americans is able to improvise one, and to carry on that or any other public business with a sufficient amount of intelligence, order, and decision. This is what every[Pg 214] free people ought to be: and a people capable of this is certain to be free; it will never let itself be enslaved by any man or body of men because these are able to seize and pull the reins of the central administration. No bureaucracy can hope to make such a people as this do or undergo anything that they do not like. But where everything is done through the bureaucracy, nothing to which the bureaucracy is really adverse can be done at all. The constitution of such countries is an organisation of the experience and practical ability of the nation, into a disciplined body for the purpose of governing the rest; and the more perfect that organisation is in itself, the more successful in drawing to itself and educating for itself the persons of greatest capacity from all ranks of the community, the more complete is the bondage of all, the members of the bureaucracy included. For the governors are as much the slaves of their organisation and discipline, as the governed are of the governors. A Chinese mandarin is as much the tool and creature of a despotism as the humblest cultivator. An individual Jesuit is to the utmost degree of abasement the slave of his order, though the order itself exists for the collective power and importance of its members.

A very different scene unfolds among a people used to handling their own affairs. In France, a large number of citizens have served in the military, many of whom have at least held the rank of non-commissioned officer. Because of this, during any popular uprising, there are always several individuals capable of taking charge and quickly coming up with a decent plan of action. Just as the French excel in military matters, Americans are skilled in all kinds of civil affairs; if left without a government, any group of Americans can quickly create one and manage that or any other public business with sufficient intelligence, order, and decisiveness. This is what every free people should be like: a people capable of this will certainly stay free; they will never allow themselves to be enslaved by any individual or group simply because they manage to take control of the central administration. No bureaucracy can expect to force such a people to do anything they don’t want to do. But when everything is managed through a bureaucracy, nothing that conflicts with the interests of that bureaucracy can get done. The structure of such countries is a system that organizes the experience and skills of the nation into a disciplined body tasked with governing the rest; and the more effectively that system operates, attracting and training the most capable individuals from all levels of society, the tighter the grip of control becomes over everyone, including the bureaucrats themselves. The rulers are just as much slaves to their organization and discipline as the ruled are to the rulers. A Chinese mandarin is as much a tool of a despotism as the lowest farmer. An individual Jesuit is as deeply subservient to his order as possible, even though the order exists for the collective strength and significance of its members.

It is not, also, to be forgotten, that the absorption of all the principal ability of the country into the governing body is fatal, sooner or later, to the mental activity and progressiveness of the body itself. Banded together as they are—working a system which, like all systems, necessarily proceeds in a great measure by fixed rules—the official body are under the constant temptation of sinking into indolent routine, or, if they now and then desert that mill-horse round, of rushing into some half-examined crudity which has struck the fancy of some leading member of the corps: and the sole check to these closely allied, though seemingly opposite, tendencies, the only stimulus which can keep the ability of the body itself up to a high standard, is liability to the watchful criticism of equal ability outside the body. It is indispensable, therefore, that the means should exist, independently of the government, of forming such ability, and furnishing it with the opportunities and experience necessary for a correct judgment of great practical affairs. If we would possess permanently a skilful and efficient body of functionaries—above all, a body able to originate and willing to adopt improvements; if we would not have our bureaucracy degenerate into a pedantocracy, this body must not engross all the occupations which form[Pg 216] and cultivate the faculties required for the government of mankind.

It’s also important to remember that concentrating all the main talent of the country in the governing body eventually harms both its mental energy and its ability to innovate. Since they are grouped together—operating a system that, like any system, often follows rigid rules—the officials constantly risk falling into lazy routines. Alternatively, when they occasionally break away from that monotonous cycle, they may jump into some untested idea that has caught the interest of a prominent member. The only thing that keeps these closely connected, yet seemingly contradictory, tendencies in check, and the only motivation that can elevate the body’s skills to a high level, is the watchful criticism from equal talent outside their ranks. Therefore, it’s crucial to have means, independent of the government, to develop such talent and provide it with the opportunities and experiences necessary for making sound judgments on significant practical matters. If we want to maintain a skilled and effective group of officials—especially a group that can create and is willing to embrace improvements—then we must not allow this body to monopolize all the jobs that shape and nurture the skills needed to govern society.

To determine the point at which evils, so formidable to human freedom and advancement, begin, or rather at which they begin to predominate over the benefits attending the collective application of the force of society, under its recognised chiefs, for the removal of the obstacles which stand in the way of its well-being; to secure as much of the advantages of centralised power and intelligence, as can be had without turning into governmental channels too great a proportion of the general activity, is one of the most difficult and complicated questions in the art of government. It is, in a great measure, a question of detail, in which many and various considerations must be kept in view, and no absolute rule can be laid down. But I believe that the practical principle in which safety resides, the ideal to be kept in view, the standard by which to test all arrangements intended for overcoming the difficulty, may be conveyed in these words: the greatest dissemination of power consistent with efficiency; but the greatest possible centralisation of information, and diffusion of it from the centre. Thus, in municipal administration, there would be, as in the New England States, a very minute [Pg 217]division among separate officers, chosen by the localities, of all business which is not better left to the persons directly interested; but besides this, there would be, in each department of local affairs, a central superintendence, forming a branch of the general government. The organ of this superintendence would concentrate, as in a focus, the variety of information and experience derived from the conduct of that branch of public business in all the localities, from everything analogous which is done in foreign countries, and from the general principles of political science. This central organ should have a right to know all that is done, and its special duty should be that of making the knowledge acquired in one place available for others. Emancipated from the petty prejudices and narrow views of a locality by its elevated position and comprehensive sphere of observation, its advice would naturally carry much authority; but its actual power, as a permanent institution, should, I conceive, be limited to compelling the local officers to obey the laws laid down for their guidance. In all things not provided for by general rules, those officers should be left to their own judgment, under responsibility to their constituents. For the violation of rules, they should be responsible to law, and the rules[Pg 218] themselves should be laid down by the legislature; the central administrative authority only watching over their execution, and if they were not properly carried into effect, appealing, according to the nature of the case, to the tribunal to enforce the law, or to the constituencies to dismiss the functionaries who had not executed it according to its spirit. Such, in its general conception, is the central superintendence which the Poor Law Board is intended to exercise over the administrators of the Poor Rate throughout the country. Whatever powers the Board exercises beyond this limit, were right and necessary in that peculiar case, for the cure of rooted habits of maladministration in matters deeply affecting not the localities merely, but the whole community; since no locality has a moral right to make itself by mismanagement a nest of pauperism, necessarily overflowing into other localities, and impairing the moral and physical condition of the whole labouring community. The powers of administrative coercion and subordinate legislation possessed by the Poor Law Board (but which, owing to the state of opinion on the subject, are very scantily exercised by them), though perfectly justifiable in a case of first-rate national interest, would be wholly out of place in the superintendence[Pg 219] of interests purely local. But a central organ of information and instruction for all the localities, would be equally valuable in all departments of administration. A government cannot have too much of the kind of activity which does not impede, but aids and stimulates, individual exertion and development. The mischief begins when, instead of calling forth the activity and powers of individuals and bodies, it substitutes its own activity for theirs; when, instead of informing, advising, and, upon occasion, denouncing, it makes them work in fetters, or bids them stand aside and does their work instead of them. The worth of a State, in the long run, is the worth of the individuals composing it; and a State which postpones the interests of their mental expansion and elevation, to a little more of administrative skill, or of that semblance of it which practice gives, in the details of business; a State which dwarfs its men, in order that they may be more docile instruments in its hands even for beneficial purposes, will find that with small men no great thing can really be accomplished; and that the perfection of machinery to which it has sacrificed everything, will in the end avail it nothing, for want of the vital power which, in order that the machine might work more smoothly, it has preferred to banish.

To figure out when serious evils start to outweigh the benefits of society's organized efforts, led by recognized leaders, to remove the obstacles to its well-being; to maximize the benefits of centralized power and intelligence without overly constraining general activity by government channels, is one of the toughest and most complex questions in governance. It largely comes down to details, requiring consideration of many factors, and no strict rules can be established. However, I believe the core principle for ensuring safety, the ideal to strive for, and the benchmark to evaluate all strategies aimed at tackling this challenge can be summed up in these words: the widest possible distribution of power that still maintains efficiency; while simultaneously ensuring maximum centralization of information and its dissemination from the center. Therefore, in local government, there would be, similar to the New England States, a detailed division among various officers, elected by localities, for all tasks that cannot be better handled by those directly affected; in addition to this, each area of local governance would have central oversight that is part of the overall government structure. This oversight body would gather, like a focal point, a variety of information and experiences from managing that area of public business across all localities, from analogous activities in other countries, and from the general principles of political science. This central body should have the authority to know everything that’s happening, and its primary role would be to make the knowledge gained in one location accessible to others. Free from the narrow biases and limited perspectives of localities due to its elevated position and broad view, its recommendations would naturally be respected; however, its actual power as a permanent institution should mainly involve ensuring that local officers follow the established laws. In all situations not governed by general rules, those officers should act based on their judgment, accountable to their constituents. They should be answerable to the law for any rule violations, with the rules themselves established by the legislature; the central administrative authority would simply oversee their implementation, and if they are not properly enforced, would appeal, depending on the situation, to the court to enforce the law or to the local communities to remove the officials who failed to execute it as intended. This is generally what the central oversight is meant to be under the Poor Law Board concerning the administration of the Poor Rate nationwide. Any powers the Board may exercise beyond this scope were justified and necessary in this specific instance, to correct deeply ingrained issues of mismanagement that impact not just local areas but the entire community; since no locality has the moral right to become a hub of poverty through mismanagement that spills over into other areas and deteriorates the moral and physical state of the entire working community. The powers for administrative intervention and subordinate legislation held by the Poor Law Board (which are rarely exercised due to prevailing public sentiments), though entirely valid in cases of high national interest, would be inappropriate for supervising purely local concerns. However, a central source of information and guidance for all localities would be equally valuable across all areas of administration. A government cannot have too much of the kind of activity that doesn’t hinder but instead supports and encourages individual initiative and development. Problems arise when, instead of empowering individuals and organizations, the government replaces their efforts with its own; when, rather than informing, advising, or occasionally criticizing, it confines them to constraints or sidesteps them to do the work on their behalf. The long-term value of a State is measured by the worth of the individuals within it; and a State that prioritizes administrative expertise, or the appearance of it gained through practice in operational details, over the mental growth and improvement of its citizens; a State that stunts its people to make them more compliant tools for its ends—even for good reasons—will realize that great achievements cannot come from small people; and that the efficiency of the system it has sacrificed everything to perfect will ultimately mean little without the vital energy it chose to reject for the sake of smoother operation.




        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!